NBS MONOGRAPH 52

, ARueo BY

ij. s, e. A

Annotated Bibliography on

Soft X-ray Spectroscopy

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS
THE NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Functions and Activities

Tlie functions of the National Bureau of Standards are set forth in the Act of Congress,

March 3, 1901, sis amended by Congress in Public Law 619, 1950. These include the development and maintenance of the national standards of measurement and the provision of means

and methods for making measurements consistent with these standards; the determination of

physical constfvnts and properties of materials; the development of methods and instruments

for testing materials, devices, and structures; advisory services to government agencies on

scientific and teclmical problems; invention and development of devices to sen'e special needs

of the Government; and tlie development of standard practices codes, and specifications. The

work includes basic and applied research, development, engineering, instrumentation, testing,

evaluation, calibration sen'ices, and various consultation and information services. Research

projects are also performed for other government agencies wlien the work relates to and

supplements the basic program of the Bureau or when the Bureau's unique competence is required. The scope of activities is suggested by the listing of divisions and sections on the

inside of the back cover.

Publications

The results of the Bureau's research are published either in the Bureau's own series of

publications or in the journals of professional and scientific societies. The Bureau itself publishes three periodicals available from the Government Printing Office: The Journal of

Research, published in four separate sections, presents complete scientific and teclmical

papers; the Technical News Bulletin presents summary and preliminary reports on work in progress; and Basic Radio Propagation Predictions provides data for detennining the best

frequencies to use for radio communications throughout the world. There are also five series

of non-periodical publications: Monographs, Applied Mathematics Series, Handbooks, Miscellaneous Publications, and Teclmical Notes. A complete listing of the Bureau's publications can be found in National Bureau of

Standards Circular 460, Publications of the National Bureau of Standards, 1901 to June 1947

($1.25), and the Supplement to National Bureau of Standards Circular 460, July 1947 to June 1957 ($1.50), and Miscellaneous Publication 240, July 1957 to June 1960 (Includes

Titles of Papers Published in Outside Journals 1950 to 1959) ($2.25) ; available from the

Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE • Luther H. Hodges, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS • A. V. Astin, Director

Annotated Bibliography on

Soft X-ray Spectroscopy

H. Yakowitz and J. R. Cuthill

National Bureau of Standards Monograph 52

Issued June 29, 1962

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D.C. - Price ?1.00

Preface

Emission and absorption spectra of solids in the 25 to 800 A range, termed

"soft X-ray spectra" by X-ray spectroscopists working up in wavelength from

the normal X-ray region, and "far ultra violet spectra" by the optical spectroscopists working down from the visible region, have been observed since the

early nineteen thirties. However, the activity was centered in relatively few

laboratories until the last decade, during which there has been a rapid expansion of interest in this spectral range. The increase in activity is the result

of a number of simultaneous developments. First, the recent developments

in ultra high vacuum technology and in detectors for this wavelength region

have overcome many of the experimental ditRculties. At the same time there

has been a sudden expansion in the scope of this region of spectroscopy with

the advent of space studies of solar radiation and laboratory research on

plasmas as well as solid state physics. These new vistas, and new tools with

which to exploit this spectral region, have brought many new people into the

field who should find this compilation to be a useful reference.
Contents

Page

Preface in

Introduction 1 Index of elements 3

Emission spectra index

K-spectra 6

K shell satellites only 8

L-spectra 8 L shell satellites only 10

M-spectra 11

M shell satellites only 11

N-spectra 11

Absoi^ption spectra index

K-spectra 12

K-absorption spectra of elements in complexes 14

L-spectra 14

L-absorption spectra of elements in complexes 15

M-spectra 15

N-spectra 15

Soft X-ray absorption coefficient studies index 16

Energy band calculations index 16

Transition probabilities for soft X-rays index 16

X-ray screening constants index 16

Critical potentials for soft X-rays index 16

Photoelectric phenomena index 17

Auger phenomena index 18

X-ray scattering studies index 18

General review papers (alphabetical by authors) 19

Bibliographic entries (alphabetical by authors, by years) 20

Author index 89

Subject index 96

Bibliographic entries (by periodical) 101

Bibliographic aids 108
Annotated Bibliography on Soft X-ray Spectroscopy

H. Yakowitz and J. R. Cuthill

About 550 references are contained in this bibliography which includes, it is believed, a complete coverage of the soft X-ray literature since 1950 and through 1960. Some

references to earlier work are given but the general review references, listed separately,

give an adequate coverage of the earlier work.

The emphasis is on the application of soft X-ray spectroscopy to the study of valence band electronic states in metals and alloys and therefore the spectral region of 25 to 800 angstroms involving ruled glass grating spectrometers is of principal interest. However,

a wealth of data have been gathered, primarily by the Russians, on valence electronic

states by means of high energy transitions where crystal spectrometers are satisfactory.

These references and any X-ray work leading to the di.stribution of valence electronic states are included regardless of the transitions employed.

In addition to soft X-ray data, references on all pertinent aspects of the apparatus

and experimental problems are included. Also listed separately are references of value

in corroborating soft X-ray data with other results, such as energy band calculations. Subject, author. X-ray band, material, and other indices are included.

Introduction

Soft X-ray spectroscopy, concerned with elec- tron transitions from the valence band to an

ionized inner shell, constitutes one of the most

direct and universal methods of obtaining the

energy distribution of electrons in the valence

band in solids. In the soft X-ray literature the

term "valence band" is taken to include all of the

electrons outside of the outermost filled shell. Generally, the transitions studied are between the

valence band and the outermost filled shell, which

results in radiation in the 50 A to 700 A region.

This is low energy radiation compared to that

which is customarily employed in X-ray diffraction and in fluorescent analysis, and hence is called

"soft". However, some investigators, particularly

the Russians, have been utilizing transitions from

the valence band to the K shell, even for the very

heavy elements. The disadvantage of utilizing

these transitions is the necessity of observing small

differences in very large energy values. Utilization of these high energy transitions has the advantage, however, of permitting the use of crystal

spectrometers rather than ruled glass grating

spectrometers. For the purposes of this bibliography, all X-ray studies seeking to obtain information on the electronic structure of the A alence

band are included regardless of the wavelength

range utilized. This bibliography was compiled in connection

with a research program on the electronic struc- ture of metals and alloys in progress at the National Bureau of Standards. The bibliography

contains about 550 references which constitute,

it is believed, a complete coverage of the .soft Xray literature that has appeared since 1950. Some

references to work published before 1950 are in- cluded, but no attempt has been made to include

all of the early work because Volume 1, part 4 of

the Landolt-Bornstein Tables contains a systematic summary of the earlier work. The ref- erence sources include, in addition to the regularly

published literature, unclassified reports on government sponsored research that are generally

available from the Office of Technical Services,

Department of Commerce, Washington 25, D.C.

In addition to the soft X-ray work itself, material

having to do with the interpretation of the soft
X-ray results is included and will be characterized

in more detail later in the Introduction.

Tlie first group of references is to general sur- vey and review papers and books which have been

written usually in connection with various significant occasions in the course of development of the

field of soft X-ray spectroscopy by leading authorities. The main listing of references then follows,

grouped by year and listed alphabetically by

author witliin each year. Under each year the

references are further separated into two groups.

The 'first group consists of references concerned

specifically with X-ray work, which have been

classified under one of three categories : theoretical

with no experimental results; contains some ex- perimental results; or description of apparatus

only. These categories are designated by a T, E,

or A, respectively, following the reference number. The second group under each year has each

reference number preceded by a "C" to indicate

that the material is not X-ray work but is corro- borative to the X-ray results. No attempt was made to make the coverage of corroborative material as complete as that of the soft X-ray papers

because this would have resulted in a prohibitively

long list. Therefore, only a selected list of corroborative material is given. The intention was to include the most useful data in connection with

the analysis and evaluation of soft X-ray data.

The corroborative material is limited primarily to energy band calculations and bond structure dis- cussions. These references also carry suffix of T,

E, or A, having the same connotation as in the

case of the X-ray work.

Tlie annotations under each reference are in the

following form

:

1. Type of data.

2. Method.

3. Results.

4. Conclusions.

One or more of these headings may not apply to a

particular reference, in which case that number

or numbers are omitted from the list. A number of indexes are given, at the front of

the Bibliography, for ready reference to papers

that contain the specific data to which the index

applies. No attempt has been made, in the General Subject Index at the rear of the Bibliography,

to duplicate any subject heading covered by the

specific indexes at the front. Therefore, references that give data only may be listed only under a

specific index at the front and will be found in the

General Subject Index only if tliere is something

in the paper pertaining to one of the subject headings given in the General Subject Index.

The spectra have been presented in the litera- ture in a variety of energy units. In compiling

this bibliography the units given in the original

paper in each case were retained. A chart is ap- pended to the bibliogi'aphy for convenience in converting from one unit to another. Each cycle

is identical in so far as the locations of the lines are concerned, and only the multiplying factors

will change, corresponding to the wavelength

range designated. For example, 40 A is seen from

the chart to correspond to approximately 310 ev, whereas 400 A corresponds to approximately 31

ev, and continuing the chart would give 3.1 ev corresponding to 4 A.

It is planned to continue this bibliography and

to issue supplements periodically. The authoi-s

would appreciate suggestions regarding significant omissions or corrections.

The authors thank Dr. M. L. Williams of this

laboratory for his suggestion of the wavelength

conversion chart and for the compilation of it. The authors also express their sincere appreciation to Prof. E. L. Jossem, Prof. D. H. Tomboulian and Dr. J. E. Holliday for their helpful com- ments and suggestions.

2
INDEX OF ELEMENTS

Atomic

No. Element Papers

Atomic

No. Element Papers

3 Li 193^(1); 1937(1); 19^*0(5); 1950(9),

(10); 1951(6); 1952(13); 195^(12);

1955(17); 1956(20); 1958(1 0) , (33)

,

(C-2); 1959(8), (9), (28); 1960(11).

(12).(15),(l8).(C-if).

k Be 193^(1); 1938(1); 1940(5); 1951(6);

1953(1). (C-4); 195^(12); 1955(33),

(3^); 1956(C-11); 1957(7), (26);

1958(10), (28); 1959(9); 1960(17),

(29). (31), (43).

5 B 19^0(5); 1951(6); 1958(C-7), (C-l8);

1957(24); 1960(29). (C-14).

6 C 1940(5); 1951(6); 1952(C-4); 1953 (l).(C-4); 1955(9); 1956(18). (C-1 ); 1957 (24) ; 1 958(C-4) , {C-6) , (C-1 8)

;

1959(16), (C-6).(C-15); 1960(17),

(29).

7 N 1953(C-4); 1957(24); 1960(22).

8 0 1953 (C-4); 1956(8); 1960(29).

9 F 1960(29), (30), (44).

10 Ne 1955(20); 1959(C-8); 1960(16).

n Na 1940(5); 1941 (2), (3); 1954(13),

(C-7); 1955(14). (17), (38); 1956(8);

1958(10), (C-2), (C-3); 1960(18), (30)

(44).

12 Mg 1934(1); 1937(1); 1940(5); 1941(2),

(3) ; 1942(1); 1950(0.(4); 1952

(C-1); 1953(18); 1954(6). (C-7);

1955(10). (17), (34); 1956(1 1 ), (20)

;

1957(6). (C-13); 1958(7), (10), (24);

1959(9), (10); 1960(1 2) , (18)

.

13 Al 1934(1); 1936(8); 1938(1); 1939(3);

1940(5); 1941 (2), (3); 1950(1). (4);

1951(18); 1952(4). (5). (24); 1953

(4) . (C-4); 1954(6). (13). (19). (C-7);

1955(2). (9). (10). (17). (23), (29),

(34); 1956(8). (10), (11), (19), (20).

(22),(C-l).(C-8). (C-11); 1957(22);

1 958 (4) , (1 0) , ( 1 5) . (24) ; 1 959 (C-27)

;

1960(12), (18), (38), (44), (C-6),

(C-7),(C-16),(C-19),(S-l),(S-2),

(S-3).

14 Si 1940(5); 1950(4); 1954(2); 1955

(10), (33), (37); 1956 ( 0,(8); 1958

(24). (C-4), (C-1 8); 1960(20.(36),

(53).

15 P 1940(5); 1955(33); 1957(19);

1958(24).

16 S 1935(2); 1936(3). (4); 1940(5);

1948(2); 1951(20); 1952(12); 1954

(9); 1955(33); 1958(24); I960

(33). (42).

17 CI 1935(2); 1936(3), (4); 1951 (14) , (20);

1954(15); 1955(14), (23), (37). (38),

(C-8); 1957(3), (4); 1958(24); 1959

(30); 1960(3), (44).

18 A 1955(C-6); 1959(33).

19 K 1935(2); 1936(3). (4); 1941(1); 1951 (11). (12), (14); 1952(18); 1954(15);

1955(14). (17). (24), (35), (C-5); 1956

(16) ; 1957(3), (30), (34); 1958(10).

(24) . (C-2); 1959(30); 1960(10).

20 Ca 1935(2); 1936(3), (4); 1951(10,(12);

1954(21); 1955(17); 1958(24); I960

(42).

21 Sc 1935(2); 1936(3), (4); 1958(24),

(C-14).

22 Ti 1935(2); 1936(2) , (3) , (4) ; 1954(3),

(4), (5), (21); 1955(35); 1956(21).

(25) ; 1957(40), (41); 1958(22), (36)

,

(C-14); 1959(39), (40). (41); I960

(7), (9), (30), (44). (45), (46). (C-1 7).

23 V 1935(2); 1936(3), (4); 1957(2), (22)

1958(24). (C-14); 1959(42) , (C-8)

;

1960(7), (35). (40,(53).

24 Cr 1935(2); 1936(4); 1952(15) , (19)

;

1953(7), (9); 1954(21); 1955(15),

(17) , (28). (33); 1956(13), (15); 1957 (0. (10), (13), (22). (23), (37), (42);

1958(3), (24). (20), (C-1 2). (C-24);

1959(5), (7). (27). (C-3); 1960(2),

(3), (6). (7). (19). (33). (34), (36),

(46).

25 Mn 1935(2); 1936(4); 1948(1); 1950(6);

1952(19); 1953(7); 1954(1 1), (21 ); 1955(16), (28). (29). (37); 1956(13).

(17), (25); 1957(22). (33), (42); 1958 (0.(15), (16), (24); 1959(23), (C-8);

1960(32), (C-11).

26 Fe 1935(2); 1936(4); 1948(17); 1949

(3) ; 1950(3), (4), (6); 1952(19);

1953(7); 1954(5), (11), (21); 1955

(15), (17), (28), (29); 1956(3), (13),

(15), (23). (24), (C-8); 1957(13),

(22), (23). (37). (42), (C-8); 1958(3).

(4) , (24) , (C-1 1 ) . (C-1 2) , (C-24) ; 1959 (0.(2). (5). (6), (8). (20), (27). (26),

(37) , (38) , (C-2) , (C-3) , (C-29) , (C-30)

;

1960(3), (6), (7), (8), (16), (20). (34),

(41).(46),(48),(C-11).(C-16).

27 Co 1935(2); 1936(4); 1939(0; 1950(7);

1954(6), (21); 1955(15), (28); 1956

(13); 1957(37), (42); 1958(25),

(C-24); 1959(14), (27); 1960(7) , (34)

.

3

i
INDEX OF ELEMENTS (Cont'd)

Atomic

No.

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

Element Papers

Ni 1935(2); 1936(4); 1937(0; 1939(1);

19^*0(1), (3); 1949(1), (2), (5); 1950

(2). (6). (8), (13). (14); 1951(13).

(C-1); 1952(19), (C-5); 1953 (3). (7),

(C-4); 1954(11), (21); 1955(2) , (16)

,

(17).(28).(29),(33),(C-3); 1956(13),

(24).(C-l),(C-8); 1957(16), (22), (37),

(C-11); 1958(13). (24), (35), (C-22).

(C-24); 1959(1), (2), (4), (14), (19).

(22),(23).(24),(27),(C-3),(C-30);

1960(7). (13), (31), (34). (37), (42).

(43).

Cu 1935(2), (C-1); 1936(4), (8); 1937(1);

1938(1); 1939(1), (5); 1940(2). (3); 1941(1); 1949(1). (2), (3); 1950(2),

(6) , (8). (14); 1952(15), (21); 1953(3).

(7) .(10),(C-4).(C-7); 1954(5). (16).

(20), (21); 1955(6). (8). (17), (27).

(28). (29); 1956(6), (7), (17), (18),

(26).(C-8); 1957(16), (25). (35), (37),

(39),(C-8),(C-11),(C-12); 1958(10),

(12). (13). (15), (16). (17), (24). (28).

(30) , (31), (C-24); 1959(3), (4), (19).

(3 1 ) , (33 ) , (C-2) , (C-20) , (C-29) ; 1 960

(7). (13), (24). (27), (34), (42), (44),

(45),(C-3).(C-6).

Zn 1936(1). (4). (7); 1939 ( 0.(3); 1940 (0.(2); 1941(1); 1949(0; 1950(6);

1951(10); 1953(10); 1955 (6) . (1 7)

.

(20.(28); 1957(3), (10), (35), (37),

(C-ll); 1958(6), (14). (24), (33); 1959 (C-20) ; 1960(3) . (25) , (27) . (34) , (38)

,

m.

Ga 1936(1). (4), (7); 1939 ( 0; 1949(0;

1951(10); 1957(19), (37); 1958(22);

1959(C-20); 1960(27).

Ge 1936(1), (4), (7); 1939(0; 1950(6);

1951 (7), (10); 1954(C-4); 1955(33);

1956(1); 1957(14), (18), (37); 1958

(9) , (24) . (C-4) ; 1 959 (25) . (34) , (C-20)

;

1960(3). (27). (47), (C-19).

As 1936(1); 1949(0; 1951(10); 1958(24).

Se 1936(1); 1951(10); 1958(23) . (24)

;

1959(15). (C-20); 1960(33).

Br 1936(1); 1951(10); 1958(24). (32);

1960(3). (30).

Kr 1951(10); 1955(C-6); 1957(29); 1958

(24); 1959(34).

Rb 1929(0; 1936(1); 1949(0; 1951(9);

1952(14); 1958(24). (C-2); 1959(29).

Sr 1929(0; 1936(1); 1951(9); 1952(14);

1953(C-5); 1958(24) ; 1960(30).

Y 1929 ( 0; 1936(1); 1951(9); 1952(14);

1958(24).

Atomic

No.

40

41

42

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

55

56

E 1 emen t Papers

Zr 1929(0; 1933(0; 1936(1); 1951(9);

1952(14); 1953(C-5); 1954(C-8); 1955

(17); 1956(21); 1958(24); 1960(26).

Nb 1929(0; 1936 ( 0; 1951(9); 1952(14);

1954(C-8); 1957(24); 1958(24); I960

(17), (22), (23).

Mo 1929 ( 0; 1933 ( 0; 1936(1); 1940(4);

1951(9); 1952(2). (14); 1953(12),

(C-5); 1954(5). (17). (C-5). (C-8);

1956(23); 1957(5); 1958(24) , (28)

;

1959(7), (12), (36); 1960(1 7) , (23)

.

Ru 1929(0; 1933 ( 0; 1936(1), (7); 1940

(4); 1951(9); 1952(14); 1958

(24).

Rh 1929(0; 1933 ( 0; 1936(0,(7); 19^0

(4); 1951(19); 1952(14); 1953(C-5);

1954(C-8); 1958(13), (24); 1960(13),

(23) .

Pd 1929(0; 1933 ( 0; 1936(0,(7); 1940

(4) ; 1951(9); 1952(14); 1953(C-5);

1954(C-8); 1955(18); 1957(27); 1958

(24) ; 1959 (C-20); 1960(13), (23), (32).

Ag 1929(0; 1933(0; 1935 ( 0; 1936(1 ), (5) ; 1939(2), (6); 1940(4); 1951(9),

(13); 1952(6), (14); 1953 (C-3) , (C-5)

;

1954(C-8); 1 955 (1 7) , (19) , (C-6) ; 1956

(C-1); 1957(11); 1958(24), (32).

(C-13 ) ; 1959 (C-1 6) , (C-20) , (C-27)

;

1960(13), (23), (C-19).

Cd 1929(0; 1935 ( 0; 1936(1); 1940(4);

1951(9); 1952(14); 1953(C-5); 1954

(C-8); 1958(24); 1959 (28) , (C-20)

,

(C-27); 1960(C-19).

In 1929(0; 1935 ( 0; 1940(4); 1951(9);

1952(14); 1955(17); 1958(24); 1959 (C-20). (C-27); 1960(C-19).

Sn 1929(0; 1931(0; 1935 ( 0; 1940(4);

1951(9); 1952(14); 1953(C-5); 1954

(C-8); 1955(2). (17); 1957(1 5) , (C-6)

;

i 1958(24), (28); 1959 (7) , (22) , (C-20)

,

(C-27); I960(C-19).

Sb 1931(0; 1935(0; 1940(4); 1952(20);

1957(19); 1958(24); 1959{C-20); I960

(33), (C-19).

Te 1931(0; 1935(0; 1940(4); 1953(6);

1955(39); 1958(24); 1959 (C-5) , (C-20)

;

1960(33), (C-19).

I 1940(4); 1957(36); 1958(22); 1960(30).

Cs 1940(4); 1957(36), (C-5); 1958(24),

(C-2); 1959(29); 1960(30).

Ba 1931(0; 1940(4); 1953 (C-4) ; 1958(24)

.

4
INDEX OF ELEMENTS (Cont'd)

Atomic

No. E 1 emen t Papers

Atomic

No. Element Papers

58 Ce 1931(1); 1953(2); 1958(19) , (24)

,

(34); 1959(C-4); 1960(4).

59 Pr 1952(26); 1953(2); 1959(23), (C-4);

1960(4).

60 Nd 1931(1); 1952(26); 1953(2); 1958

(22), (24); 1959(C-4); 1960(4).

62 Sm 1952(26); 1953(2); 1956(9); 1958

(22), (24); 1959(C-4); 1960(4).

63 Eu 1952(26); 1953 (2) , (13) , (14) ; 1955

(25), (26); 1958(24), (27); 1959 (C-4);

1960(4).

64 Gd 1953(2), (13), (15); 1 955 (25) . (26)

;

1958(22), (24), (25); 1959 (C-4); I960

(4).

65 Tb 1953(2), (13). (14); 1955(25), (26);

1958(22), (24), (27); 1959 (C-4); I960

(4).

66 Oy 1953(2); 1958(22) , (24) ; 1959 (C-4);

1960(4).

67 Ho 1953(2), (13), (16); 1955 (25) , (26)

;

1958(22), (24). (27); 1959(C-4); I960

(4).

68 Er 1951(17); 1953(2); 1954(18); 1958

(22), (24), (26), (27); 1959(C-4);

1960(4).

69 Tm 1953(2), (13). (15); 1 955(25) . (26)

;

1958(22), (24), (27); 1959(C-4);

1960(4).

70 Yb 1953(2); 1958(22) , (24) ; 1959(C-4);

1960(4).

71 Lu 1953(2); 1958(22) , (24) ; 1959(C-4);

1960(4).

72 Hf 1956(21); 1958(24).

73 Ta 1932(1); 1933(2); 1952(7) , (1 1 ) ; 1953

(17); 1954(10); 1 955 (4) , (1 1 ) ; 1958

(24); 1960(0-6).

74 W 1932(1); 1933(2); 1939(4); 1951(2);

1952(7); 1953(6), (17); 1954(8), (10).

(17); 1955(4).(11),(17),(36),(C-14);

1957(C-8); 1958(24); 1959(C-15);

1960(28), (30), (31), (43).

75 Re 1933(2); 1952(7); 1954(6), (10); 1955

(4). (11); 1958(24); 1959(14).

76 OS 1933(2): 1952(7); 1954(10); 1955(4),

(11); 1958(24).

77 Ir 1932(1); 1933(2); 1942(2); 1952(7);

1954(10); 1955(4), (II); 1958(24).

78 Pt 1932(1): 1933(2); 1939(4); 1942(2);

1950(5); 1951 (3). (13); 1952(7) , (1 0)

,

(17); 1953(17). (C-4); 1954(10); 1955

(4), (11), (C-4); 1958(8), (13), (24),

(26); 1959(13), (14), (C-11); 1960(30),

(40).

79 Au 1933(2); 1936(5); 1939(5); 1942(2);

1951(16); 1952(7), (17); 1954(10);

1955(4), (11), (17). (18), (19); 1956

(C-1); 1957(27); 1958(8), (13), (24);

1959(14), (C-27); 1960(32) , (C-3)

,

(C-19).

80 Hg 1933(2); 1942(2); 1949(4); 1951(2);

1952(7). (9). (10): 1954(10): 1955(4),

(11); 1958(2); 1959(C-1).

81 T1 1933(2): 1942(2); 1952(7), (17); 1954

(8). (10): 1955(4). (II).

82 Pb 1933(2): 1942(2); 1952(7) . (1 7) : 1954 (10),(C-5): 1955(4), (II), (17), (C-4):

1957(15). (26), (C-11).

83 Bi 1933(2); 1942(2); 1952(7) , (1 7) : 1954

(10): 1955(4), (II), (C-4): 1959(0-27);

I960(C-I9).

90 Th 1933(2); 1942(2); 1952(7), (17); 1954

(10); 1955(3), (4). (11): 1956(21);

1957(C-9).

92 U 1933(2); 1942(2); 1951(3); 1952(7),

(17) ; 1953(12); 1954(6), (10) , (C-5):

1955(4). (II): 1956(C-5): 1957(C-9):

1958(18): 1959(C-2I).

93 Np 1957(17).

94 Pu 1954(7); 1956(5); 1957(C-9); 1958

(18) .

5
EMISSION SPECTRA INDEX K-SPECTRA:

Element Papers

Ag 1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2).

Al 1950(it); 1953(it); 1955(23);

1956(19), (20).

AI in Al-Cu 1936(8); 1938(1).

Al in Al-0 1950(4); 1956(19).

As 1951(10).

Au 1955(4).

B 1940(6); 1960(28).

B in BN 1940(4).

Be 1934(1); 1940(6); 1959(9);

1960(16), (28).

Be in Be-Al 1938(1).

Be in Be-Cu 1938(1).

Bi 1955(C-4).

Br 1951(10).

Br in LiBr 1940(4).

Br in KBr 1940(4).

Br in RbBr 1940(4).

Br in AgBr 1940(4).

C 1960(17).

Cb (See Mb).

Cd 1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2).

CI in K-Cl 1940(4); 1951(14); 1954(15); 1955

(24); 1957(34); 1959(30).

CI in Li-Cl 1940(4).

CI in Rb-CI 1940(4).

CI in Cs-Cl 1940(4).

CI in Ba-Cl 1940(4).

Co 1950(6).

Cr 1958(3); 1959(5); 1960(19).

Cr in Cr-Fe 1956(14); 1957(13); 1958(3);

1959(5).

Cr in Fe-Ni 1959(5); 1960(6).

Cu 1950(6); 1951(9); 1952(14) , (C-7)

;

1957(C-8).

Element Papers

Cu in Cu-Mn 1956 (17); 1958(15).

Cu in Cu-Mn-Al 1958 (15).

Cu in Cu-Zn 1940 [2).

Dy 1958 (22).

Er 1958 (22).

F I960 (30).

F in K-F 1940 (4).

F in Li-F 1940 (4).

F in Na-F 1940 (4).

F in Mg-F 1940 (4).

Fe 1950

1958

(6); 1954(5); 1957(C-8);

(3); 1959(5).

Fe in Fe-Cr 1956

1959

(15); 1957(13); 1958(3);

(5).

Fe in Cr-Ni 1959 (5); 1960(6).

Ga 1951 (10).

Ge 1950 (7); 1951(10); 1956(1).

Gd 1958 ;22)

.

Hg 1951 1959

(2); 1955(4); 1958(2);

(C-4).

1 in Csl 1940 (4).

In 1951 (9); 1952(14), (c-2).

Ir 1955 (4).

K in K-Br 1956 (16).

K in C-O-K 1956 (16).

K in Cl-K 1951 1956

(14); 1954(15); 1955(24);

(16); 1957(34); 1959(30).

K in l-K 1956 (16).

K in K-S 1956 [16).

Kr 1951 (10).

Li 1934

(7);

(12)

(1); 1940(6); 1956(20); 1957 1958(33); 1959(9); 1960(11)

Li in Li-Mg 1959 [9); 1960(12).

Lu 1958 (22).

Mg 1950 (4); 1956(20); 1959(9). (10).
EMISSION SPECTRA INDEX (Cont'd)

K-SPECTRA (Cont'd)

E 1 emen t Element Papers

Re Mg in Mg-Li 1959(9); 1960(12).

Rii Mg in 0-Mg 1950(4); 1959(10).

Ru Mg in S-Mg 1950(4).

S Mn 1950(6).

S in S-Ca

Mn in Mn-Cu 1958(15).

S in Ca-O-S

Mn in Mn-Cu-Al 1958(15).

S in K-O-S

Mn in Mn-Ni 1955(16); 1959(22).

Mo 1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2);

1953(12); 1954(5).

S in Cu-S

S in Mn-S

N in BN 1940(4) S in Zn-S

Nb 1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2). S in Sr-S

Nd 1958(22). Se

Ne 1955(20). Si

Ni 1950(6); 1959(5), (24). Si in Si-C

Ni in Ni-Mn 1955(16). Si in 0-Si

Ni in Zn-Ni 1940(1), (3). Sm

0 1960(29). Sn

0 in 0-Be 1940 (4). Sr

0 in 0-Li 1940 (4). Ta

0 in 0-B 1940(4). Tb

0 in 0-Mg 1940 (4). Th

0 in 0-Al 1940(4). Ti

0 in 0-Si 1940(4). Ti in Ti-C

0 in 0-Ca 1940(4). Ti in Ti-H

0 in 0-Fe 1940(4). Ti in Ti-N

0 in 0-Zn 1940(4). TI

0 in O-Sr 1940(4). Tm

0 in 0-Ba 1940(4). U

Os 1955(4). W

Po 1955(4), (C-4). Y

Pd 1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2). Yb

Pt 1939(3); 1955(4), (C-4). Zn

Rb 1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2). Zn in Zn-Cu

Papers

1955(4).

1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2).

1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2).

1954(9).

1954(9).

1954(9).

1954(9); 1956(13).

1940(4).

1954(9).

1940(4)

.

1954(9).

1949(4); 1951(10).

1950(4); 1960(21).

1950(4); 1960(21).

1950(4); 1960(21).

1958(22).

1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2).

1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2).

1955(4).

1958(22).

1955(4).

1954(5); 1959(39).

1959(32).

1959(32).

1959(32).

1955(4).

1958(22).

1955(4).

1939(3); 1955(4); 1957 (C-8).

1951(9); 1952(14), (C-2).

1958(22).

1950(6); 1951(10).

1940(2).

7
EMISSION

K-SPECTFIA (Cont'd)

Element Papers

Zn in Ni-Zn 19^0(1), (3).

Zr 195U9); 1952(14), (C-2).

K SHELL SATELLITES ONLY:

El ement Papers

As 1936(7); 1955(C-1).

Be 1959(9).

Br 1936(7); 1955(C-1).

Ca 1935(2); 1936(2), (3). (it); 1955(C-1).

Cb (See Nb).

CI 1935(2); 1936(3), (4).

Co 1935(2); 1936(4); 1955 (28) , (C-I )

.

Cr 1935(2); 1936(4); 1953(9); 1955 (28),(C-1); 1957(38).

Cu 1935(2); 1936(4); 1 955 (28) , (C-1 )

,

Fe 1935(2); 1936(4); 1955(28) , (C-1 )

;

1957(38); 1960(15).

Ga 1936(4), (7); 1955(C-1).

Ge 1936(4), (7); 1955(C-1).

K 1935(2); 1936(3) . (4) , (6)

;

1955(C-1).

Lt 1959(9).

Mg 1942(1).

Mn 1935(2); 1936(4); 1 955 (28) , (C-1 )

.

Mo 1936(7); 1955(C-1).

Nb 1936(7); 1955(c-l).

Ne 1960(15).

Ni 1935(2); 1936(4); 1955(28), (c-1 )

.

Pd 1936(7).

Rb 1936(7); 1955(c-l).

Rh 1936(7).

Ru 1936(7).

S 1935(2); 1936(3), (4).

Se 1936(7); 1949(4); 1955(C-1).

Sr 1936(7); 1955(C-1).

INDEX (Cont'd)

Element Papers

Ti 1935(2); 1936(2) , (3 ), (4) ; 1955(C-1).

V 1935(2); 1936(3), (4); 1955(C-1).

Y 1936(7); 1955(C-1).

Zr 1936(7); 1955(C-1).

L-SPECTRA:

E 1 emen t Papers

Ag 1952(6).

Al 1934(1); 1940(6); 1941(2); 1952

(24); 1955(9); 1956(20) , (22)

;

1960(12), (S-2),(S-3).

Al in AI-Cu 1955(29).

Al in Mg-Al 1955(10); 1956(11).

Al in Si-Al 1955(10).

Au 1951(16); 1960(32).

B 1940(6)

B in BN 1940(4).

Bi 1955(C-4).

Br in Li-Br 1940(4).

Br in K-Br 1940(4).

Br in Rb-Br 1940(4).

Br in Ag-Br 1940(4).

C 1940(6).

Ca 1951 (II), (12); 1954(21).

Ca in Ca-0 1954(21).

Cb (See Nb).

CI in Li-Cl 1940(4).

CI in K-Cl 1940(4).

CI in Rb-Cl 1940 (4).

CI in Cs-Cl 1940(4).

CI in Ba-Cl 1940 (4).

Co 1954(21).

Cr 1954(21).

Cr in Cr-0 1954(21).

Cu 1953(3). (10); 1954(21); 1955(29);

1957(16), (35): 1958(14); 1959(30).

8
L-SPECTRA (Cont'd)

E 1 emen t

Cu i n Cu-Al 1955(29

Cu i n Ni 1957(25

Cu i n 0-Cu 1959(3)

Cu i n Zn-Cu 1953(10

Er 195'+(18

Eu 1953(13

Eu in Eu-0 1955(25

F n Li-F 1940(4)

F n Sa-F 1940(4)

F n <-F 1940(4)

F

• n F-Mg 1940(4)

Fe 1954(21

Fe in Fe-Al 1950(4)

Ga 1960(27

Gd 1953(13

Gd i n Gd-0 1955(25

Ge 1956(1)

1960(26

Ge i n Ge-0 1957(14

Ho 1953(13

Ho i n Ho-0 1955(25

Hg 1949(4)

1 in l-Cs 1940(4)

Ir 1932(1)

K 1951(11

Kr 1957(29

Li 1956(20

Li in Li-Mg 1960(12

Mg 1934(1)

1956(20

Mg i n Mg-Al 1955(10

Mg i n Li-Mg 1960(12

Mg i n Si-Mg 1955(10

Mn 1954(21

Papers

; 1957(25),

; 1957(25); 1959(30).

; 1958(24).

,(14).

.(26).

EMISSION SPECTRA INDEX (Cont'd)

Element

Mn in Mn-O

Mo

N in B-N

Na

Mb

Nb in Nb-B

Nb in Nb-C

Nb in Nb-N

Ni

; 1955(29).

.(15).

,(26).

1957(14); 1959(25):

.(16).

.(26).

.(12); 1960(10).

1940(6); 1941(2);

; 1958(7); 1960(12),

; 1956(11).

; 1955(29).

Papers

1954(21).

1959(12).

1940(4).

1940(6); 1941(2).

1957(24); 1960(22).

1957(24); 1960(22).

1957(24); 1960(22).

1957(24); 1960(22).

1953(3); 1954(21); 1955(29);

1957(16).

0 in C-Be 1940(4).

0 in 0-Li 1940(4).

0 in 0-B 1940(4).

0 in 0-Mg 1940(4).

0 in 0-Al 1940(4).

0 in 0-Si 1940(4).

0 in 0-Ca 1940(4).

0 in 0-Fe 1940(4).

0 in 0-Zn 1940(4).

0 in 0-Sr 1940(4)

V i n VJ Da

P 1940(6).

Pb 1955(C-4)

Pd 1957(11); 1960(32).

Pt 1932(1);

1960(34).

1950(5); 1955(C-4);

Pu 1954(7); 1956(5); 1958(18).

S 1940(6); 1948(2).

S in Cu-S 1940(4).

S in Zn-S 1940(4).

Si 1940(6).

Si in Si-Al 1955(10).

Si in Mg-Si 1955(10).

Sm 1956(9).
EMISSION SPECTRA INDEX (Cont'd)

L-SPECTRA (Cont'd) Element

Element Papers I

Ta 1932(1). In

Tb 1953(13). (1'+). Ir

Tb in Tb-0 1955(25), (26). Hn

TI 195't(21). Mo

Tl in Tl-0 195't(21). Nb

Tm 1953(13). (15). Nd

Tm in Tm-0 1 955(25) , (26) . Nl

U 1953(12); 195't(21); 1958(18). Os

W 1932(1); 1951(2); 1955(C-it). Pb

Zn 1953(10); 195^(21); 1957(35); Pd 1958(14); 1959(31).

Pt

Zn in Zn-Cu 1953(10); 1959(31).

Zr 1960(26). Rb

L SHELL SATELLITES ONLY: Re

Element Papers Rh

Ag 1929(1); 1933(1); 1935(1); 1936(1). Ru

(5); 1939(2); 19^0(5).

Sb As 1936(1). Se

Au 1933(2); 1951(16); 1954(10);

1955(11). Sn

Ba 1933(1); 1940(5). Sr

BI 1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11). Ta

Br 1936(1). Te

Cb (See Nb). Th

Cd 1929(1); 1935(1); 1936(1); 1940(5). Tl

Ce 1933(1). U

Co 1955(28). W

Cr 1955(28). Y

Cu 1955(28). Zn

Fe 1955(28). Zr

Ga 1936(1).

Ge 1936(1).

Hg 1933(2); 1952(9) . (1 0) ; 1954(10);

1955(11).

Papers

1933(1); 1940(5).

1935(1); 1940(5).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1955(28).

1929(1); 1933(1); 1936(1); 1940(5)

1929(1); 1936(1).

1933(1).

1955(28).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1929(1); 1933(1); 1936(1); 1940(5)

1933(2); 1951(4); 1952(10);

1954(10); 1955(11); 1960(40).

1929(1); 1936(1).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1929(1); 1933(1); 1936(1); 1940(5)

1929(1); 1933(1); 1936(1); 1940(5)

1933(1); 1935(1); 1940(5).

1936(1).

1933(1); 1935(1); 1940(5).

1929(1); 1936(1).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1933(1); 1935(1); 1940(5).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1933(2); 1954(10); 1955(11).

1929(1); 1936(1).

1936(1); 1955(28).

1929(1); 1933(1); 1936(1).

10
EMISSION SPECTRA INDEX (Cont'd)

M-SPECTRA: M SHELL SATELLITES ONLY:

Element Papers Element Papers

Ca 195^(21). Au 1936(5); 1952(17)

Ca in Ca-0 195^(21). Bi 19^2(2); 1952(17)

Cb (See Nb). Hg 19^2(2).

Co 195^(21). Ir 19^2(2).

Cr 1952(15); 1953(7); 195^^(21 ); Pb 1942(2); 1952(17)

1957(1).

Pt 1942(2); 1952(17)

Cr in Cr-0 195^(21 ). Th 1942(2); 1952(17)

Cu 1952(15); 1953(7); 1954(20,(21);

1955(29). Tl 1942(2); 1952(17)

Cu in Cu-Al 1955(29). U 1942(2); 1952(17)

Fe 1953(7); 1954(1 1 ), (21 ) ; 1955(29). N-SPECTRA:

Ge 1956(1). E 1 emen t Papers

K 1960(10). Ag 1960(13).

Mn 1953(7); 1954(1 1 ), (21 ) ; 1955(29). Pd 1960(13).

Mn in Mn-0 1954(21). Rh 1960(13).

Mo 1954(17); 1960(17). W 1954(17).

Nb 1960(17).

Ni 1953(7); 1954(10.(21); 1955(29);

1960(13).

Tf 1954(21).

Ti in Ti-0 1954(21).

U 1954(21).

11
K-SPECTRA:

Element

A

Al

Al In Al-Cu

Al in Al-Mg

Al in Al-Mg-Si

Al in Al-Zn

As

As in As-Ga

As in As- In

As in As-Ni

B

Be

ABSORPTION SPECTRA INDEX

Element

Be-0

Cl-Cs

Cl-H

Cl-K

Cl-Li

Cl-Na

Cl-Rb

Co-Cr

Co-Fe

Co-0

Co-S

Be i n

C

CI in

CI in

CI in

CI in

CI in

CI in

Co

Co in

Co i n

Co in

Co i n

Cr

Cr in Cr-B

Cr in Cr-C

Cr in Cr-Co

Cr in Cr-Fe

Cr in Cr-Mo

Cr in Cr-N

Papers

1959 (34).

1952(4), (5); 1956(10), (C-11).

1950(1).

1950(1).

1950(1).

1960(38).

1949(1).

1957(19).

1957(19).

1949(1).

1951(6).

1951(6); 1954(12); 1955(33);

1956(0-11).

1955(33).

1951(6); 1955(9).

1957(3). (4); 1959(29).

1951 (20).

1955(14), (24); 1 957(3 ) , (4) , (34)

,

1957(3). (4); 1959(29).

1955(14); 1957(3).

1957(3). (4); 1959(29).

1939(1); 1960(7), (34).

1956(13).

1959(27).

1960(34).

1960(34).

1955(33); 1958(20); 1959(7);

1950(7), (34).

1958(20).

1958(20).

1956(13).

1956(13); 1957(23); 1959(27).

1959(7).

1958(20).

Cr in Cr-0

Cr in Cr-S

Cr in Cr-Sb

Cr in Cr-Se

Cr in Cr-Si

Cr in Cr-Te

Cs in Cs-Cl

Cu

Cu in Cu-Al-Mn

Cu in Cu-Ni

Cu in Cu-0

Cu in Cu-S

Cu in Cu-Zn

Fe

Fe-Al

Fe-Co

Fe-Cr

Fe-Mo

Fe-Ni

Fe-0

Fe-Pt

Fe-S

Ga-As

Ga-P

Ga-Sb

Fe i n

Fe i n

Fe in

Fe i n

Fe i n

Fe i n

Fe i n

Fe i n

Ga

Ga i n

Ga In

Ga in

Ge

Ge in Ge-Br

Ge in Ge-Cl

Ge in Ge-H

K in K-Br

Papers

1958(20); 1960(34).

1960(33), (34).

1960(33).

1960(33).

1960(36).

1960(33).

1958(21); 1959(29).

1939(1); 1949(2), (3);

1950(8); 1958(17);

1960(7), (34), (42).

1958(16).

1950(14); 1958(17).

1949(1); 1958(17); 1960(34).

1960(34), (42).

1940(2); 1955(6); 1958(17).

1939(1); 1948(1); 1949(3);

1956(24); 1 959 (8) , (26)

;

1960(7), (8), (34).

1960(34).

1959(27).

1956(13); 1957(23); 1959(27).

1956(23).

1959(1). (2). (27).

1950(3); 1959(38); 1960(34).

1960(20).

1960(34), (41).

1939(1); 1949(1).

1957(19).

1957(19).

1957(19).

1939(1); 1955(33); 1957(18);

1958(9); 1960(47).

1951 (7).

1951 (7).

1957(7).

1952(18); 1955(35); 1957

(3). (30).

12
ABSORPTION SPECTRA INDEX (Cont'd) K-SPECTRA (Cont'd)

Element Papers

K in K-Cl 1952(18); 1955(1^+) , (24) , (35)

;

1957(3), (4), (30), (34).

Element

S

S in S-C

Papers

1955(33); 1960(42).

1951(20).

K in K-F 1952(18); 1955(35); 1957 (3 ) , (30)

.

S in S-H 1951 (20).

K in K-l 1952(18); 1955(35); 1957(3), (30). S in S-0 1951 (20).

Kr 1959(34). Sb 1952(20).

Li 1937(1); 1950(9); 1952(13). Sb in Sb-Ga 1957(19).

Li in Li-Cl 1959(29). Se 1959(15).

Mg 1957(6). Si 1955(33).

Mg in Mg-Al-Si 1950(1). Si in Si -0 1955 (33).

Mn 1948(1); 1955(33); 1960(34). Sn in Sn-Pb 1959(7).

Mn in Mn-Al-Cu 1958(16). TI 1956(25); 1960(7).

Mn in Mn-Ni 1956(13); 1959(23). Ti in Ti-B 1959(40), (41).

Mn in Mn-0 1960(34). Ti in Ti-Ba-0 1954(3), (4); 1958(36); 1960(9).

Mn in Mn-S 1960(34). Ti In Ti-C 1957(40), (41); 1958(37); 1959(41)

Mo in Mo-Cr 1959(7). Ti in Ti-C-W 1957(40).

Na in Na-CI 1955(14). Ti in Ti -Ca-0 1958(34).

Ni 1939(1); 1940(3); 1949(0,(2);

1950(2), (8), (13); 1955(33); 1956

(24); 1959(24); 1960(7) , (34) , (42)

.

Ti in Ti-Fe-0

Ti in Ti-H

1958(36).

1957(40); 1959(40), (41).

Ni in Ni-Al 1960(37). Ti in TI-Mg-0 1958(36).

Ni in Ni-As 1949(1). Ti in Ti-N 1957(40); 1959(41).

Ni in Ni-Cl 1949(5). Ti in Ti-O-Pb 1954(3), (4).

Ni in Ni-Cu 1950(2), (14). Ti in Ti-O-Sr 1958(36).

Ni in Ni-Fe

Ni in Ni-Mn

Ni in Ni-0

1959(1), (2). (27).

1956(13).

1949(1); 1950(2), (13); 1958(35);

1960(34).

Ti in Ti-0

Ti in Ti-O-Zn

Ti in Ti-Si

1954(3); 1955(36); 1956(25);

1957(40); 1958(37).

1958(36).

1959(40).

Ni in Ni-O-S 1949(5); 1950(13). V 1960(7), (35).

Ni in Ni-S 1949(1); 1950(13); 1960(34) , (42)

.

V in V-B 1959(42).

Ni in Ni-Zn 1940(1), (3). V in V-C 1959(42).

P 1955(33). V in V-Fe 1960(41 ).

P in P-Ga 1957(19). V in V-H 1959(42); 1960(35).

Pb in Pb-Sn 1959(7). V in V-N 1959(42).

Pd 1957(27). V in V-Sn 1960(53).

Pd in Pd-Au 1957(27). Zn 1939(1); 1940(3); 1960(34).
K-SPECTRA (Cont'd)

ABSORPTION SPECTRA INDEX (Cont'd)

E 1 emen t El ement Papers

2n in Zn-Al 1960(38).

Zn in Zn-Cu 19^0(2); \3k\(\); 1956(7)-

2n in Zn-Ni 19't0(l ) , (3) •

Zn in Zn-0 19^9(1 ); 1960(34).

Zn in Zn-S 1957(19); 1960(34).

K-ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ELEMENTS IN COMPLEXES:

Element and Complex Papers

Co in CoSo4'7H20; CoCl2'6H20;

Co(N03)2-6H20 1958(25).

Co in various salts 1957(42); 1959(14),

n cyano and carbonyl salts 1957(10).

n Cr2(S0Zt)3 1958(20).

n various salts 1952(19); 1957(42),

n Cu(H20)6'^ 1956(7).

n cyano and carbonyl salts 1957(10).

Cr

Cr

Cr

Cu

Cu

Cu

Fe

Mn

Ni

n various salts

n various sal ts

n various sal ts

n vari ous sal ts 4+ . Zn' ' in various sal ts

L-SPECTRA:

1956(7).

1952(19); 1957(42),

1952(19); 1957(42),

1952(19); 1959(14),

1958(6).

Element Papers

Al 1939(3); 1951(18); 1960(39) , (S-1 )

,

(S-3).

Au 1939(5); 1955(18), (19); 1960(32).

Au in Au-Ag 1955(19).

Au in Au-Pd 1955(18); 1960(32).

Be 1955(33).

Ce in Ce-Al 1958(19).

Ce in Ce-B 1958(34).

Ce in Ce-0 1958(34).

Cr 1955(33).

Cs in Cs-Br 1957(36).

Cs in Cs-CI 1957(36).

Cs in Cs-F

Cs in Cs-I

Cu

Cu in Cu-Al

Cu in Cu-Ni

Cu in Cu-0

Cu in Cu-Zn

Er

Er in Er-0

Eu

Eu in Eu-0

Ga

Gd

Gd in Gd-0

Ge

Ho

Ho in Ho-0

in l-Cs

in l-K

in l-Li

in Na-I

in Rb-I

Mg

Mn

Mo

Mo in Mo-C

Mo in Mo-0

Mo in Mo-S

Ni

Np

P

Pb in Pb-0

Pb in Pb-Sn

Re in Re-0

Papers

1957(36).

1957(36).

1953(3); 1957(16); 1958(17).

1958(17); 1960(27).

1958(17); 1960(27).

1958(17); 1959(3).

1958(17); 1960(27).

1954(18).

1958(27).

1953(14).

1958(27).

1960(27).

1953(15).

1958(27).

1955(33); 1959(25); 1960(27).

1953(16).

1958(27).

1957(36).

1957(36).

1957(36).

1957(36).

1957(36).

1937(1).

1955(33).

1959(12), (36).

1957(5).

1957(5).

1957(5).

1953(3); 1955(33); 1957(16).

1957(17).

1955(33).

1957(15).

1957(15).

1954(6).

14
L-SPECTRA (Cont'd)

Element

S

Se

Se in Se-0

S!

Si in Si-0

Tb

Tm

Tm in Tm-0

U in U-0

Zn

Zr

ABSORPTION SPECTRA INDEX (Cont'd)

M-SPECTRA:

Papers

1955(33).

1958(23).

1958(23).

1954(2); 1955(33); 1956(1).

1954(2).

1953(14).

1953(15).

1958(27).

1951(3); 1954(6).

1939(3); 1960(27).

1960(26).

L-ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ELEMENTS IN COMPLEXES:

Element and Complex Paper

fin (NaAuCli^; KAuClZj) 1958(8).

Au 1959(14).

Mo in (NHz^)2Mo04; K4Mo(CN)8 1952(2).

Pt in K2Pt(CN)6; K2PtCl3 1958(8).

Pr (20 salts)

Re (various salts)

1959(13). (14).

1959(14).

E 1 emen t

Au

Au in Au-Cu

Co

Or

Cu

Er

Eu

Fe

Fe in Fe-0

Ga

Ge

Mn

Mn in Mn-0

Nd

Ni

Pr

Ta

Th in Th-0

Th in Th-O-N

V

U in u-0

Zn

N-SPECTRA:

El emen

t

Te

Papers

1960(32).

1939(5).

1957(37).

1955(33); 1957(1). (37); 1960(2),

1937(1); 1957(37); 1960(39).

1951(17).

1952(26).

1956(3); 1957(37).

1956(3).

1957(37).

1955(33); 1956(1); 1957(37).

1955(33); 1957(37); 1958(1).

1958(1).

1952(26).

1937(1); 1955(33); 1957(37).

1952(26).

1952(14).

1955(3).

1955(3).

1957(2).

1951(3)

1957(37).

Papers

1955(39).

15
SOFT X-RAY ABSORPTION COEFFICIENT STUDIES INDEX

Substances Spectral Region Papers

Z =. 1-36 5-50 A 1957(20)

LI 5.5-20 keV 1960(15)

Mg 80-350 A 1953(18)

Mg 7-24 A 1957(6)

MgO 80-350 A 1953(18)

Te 100-400 A 1955(39)

ENERGY BAND CALCULATIONS INDEX

Element Papers

Ag 1960(23).

Al 1954(13); 1958(C-8).

6 in B-N 1958(C-7); 1960(C-l4).

C 1952(C-4); 1958(C-4) , (C-6);

1959(17). (C-15).

Co 1958(C-24).

Cr 1958(C-24); 1959(C-3).

Cr in Cr-Fe 1958(C-12).

Cs 1957(C-5); 1958(C-2).

Cu 1935(C-1); 1958(C-8),(C-24).

Fe 1958(c-ll),(C-23); 1959(C-3);

1960(C-1 1 ).

Fe in Fe-Cr 1958(C-12).

Ge 1958(C-4).

K 1958(C-2).

Li 1954(13); 1958(0-2).

Mg 1952(C-1).

Mn 1960(0-11).

Mo 1960(23).

Na 1954(13); 1958(C-2) , (C-3)

.

Nb 1960(23).

Ne 1958(0-10).

Ni 1950(C-1); 1952(C-5); 1955(C-3);

1958(0-24); 1959(C-3).

Pd

Pu

Rb

1960(23).

1957(C-9).

1958(C-2).

E 1 emen t Papers

Rh 1960(23).

Sc in Sc-0 1958(0-14).

Te 1959(C-5).

Th 1959(C-9).

Ti in Ti-0 1958(C-14).

V in V-0 1958(C-14).

U 1957(C-9).

TRANSITION PROBABILITIES FOR SOFT X-RAYS INDEX

E 1 emen t Papers

Al 1941(3).

Bi 1955(C-4).

K 1955(0-5).

Mg 1941(3).

Na 1941(3).

Pb 1955(0-4).

Pt 1955(C-4).

W 1955(C-4).

X-RAY SCREENING CONSTANTS INDEX

El emen t Papers

Ca 1960(48).

Cr 1957(22).

Fe 1957(22); 1960(48).

Mn 1957(22).

Na 1957(22).

Ni 1957(22).

V 1957(22).

Zn 1960(48).

Z = 23-92 1956(C-7).

CRITICAL POTENTIALS FOR SOFT X-RAYS INDEX

El emen t Papers

Cu 1953(C-7); 1955(27).

Fe 1959(20).

Li 1950(10).

Ni 1959(22).

16
PHOTOELECTRIC PHENOMENA INDEX El ement Papers

E 1 emen t Papers K in K-l 1960(C-18).

Ag 1960(C-19). Li in Li-Cs 1960(C-18).

Ag in Ag-Br 1958(32). Lu 1960(4).

AI 1960(C-I9). Mo 1959(32).

Au 1958(13); 1960(C-19). Na in Na-I 1960(C-18).

Au in Au-Sn 1959(28). Nd 1960(4).

Be 1960(29). Ni 1958(13); 1960(31), (43).

Bi 1960(C-19). Pt 1958(13); 1960(30).

Br-Na 1960(30). Rb in Rb-I 1960(C-18).

C 1959(32). Rh 1958(13).

Ca-F 1960(31). S 1959(32).

Cd 1959(28); 1960(C-17). Sb 1960(C-19).

Cd in Cd-0 1959(28). Se 1959(C-20).

Cl-Na 1960(31). Si 1959(32).

Cr 1959(32). Sm 1960(4).

Cs in Cs-I 1960(30). Sn 1959(28); 1960(C-19).

Cs In Cs-Br 1960(C-18). Sn in Sn-Au 1959(28).

Cs in Cs-Li 1960(C-18). Sn in Sn-0 1959(28).

Cu 1958(13). (30). (31); 1959(C-20). Tb 1960(4).

Cu in Cu-0 1958(30), (31). Te 1960(C-19).

Dy I960 (it). Ti 1959(32); 1960(30) , (C-19)

.

Er 1960(4). Tm 1960(4).

Eu 1960(4). U 1959(C-21).

F in F-Li 1960(31). W 1959(32); 1960(30), (31), (43).

F in F-Na 1960(31). Yb 1960(4).

F in F-Sr 1960(30), (31). Zn 1959(C-20).

Ga 1959(C-20). Zr 1959(32).

Gd 1960(4).

Ge 1959(C-20); 1960(C-19).

Hf 1959(32).

Ho 1960(4).

1 in l-K 1960(C-18).

1 in l-Na 1960(C-l8).

1 in l-Rb 1960(C-l8).

In 1960(C-19).

I

I
AUGER PHENOMENA INDEX

Element Papers

A 1955(C-6).

Ag 1953(C-3),(C-5); 1954(C-8); 1955(C-6);

1958(C-13).

Al 1953(C-4).

Ba 1953(C-4); 1956(C-10).

Be 1953(0-4).

C 1953 (C-4).

Cd I953(C-5); 195'+(C-8).

CI 1955(C-8).

Cu I953(C-4); 1957(0-11), (C-12); 1959(33).

Hg 1959(0-1).

Kr 1955(0-6).

Mg 1957(0-13).

Mn 1959(0-8).

Mo 1953(0-5); 195^(0-8).

N 1953(0-4).

Nb 1954(0-8).

Ne 1959(0-8).

Ni 1953(0-4); 1957(0-11); 1958(0-19).

0 1953 (0-4).

Pb 1957(0-11).

Pd 1953(0-5); 1954(0-8).

Pt 1953(0-4).

Rh 1953(0-5); 1954(0-8).

Sn 1953(0-5); 1954(0-8); 1957(0-6).

Sr 1953(0-5).

1959(0-8).

Zn 1^5710-11).

Zr 1953(0-5); T^lc-e).

X-RAY SOATTERING STUDIES INDEX

Element Papers

Al 1956(8).

Oo 1958(0-24).

Or 1958(0-24).

Cu 1958(0-24); 1959 (19) , (C-2) , (0-29)

.

Fe 1958(0-24); 1959(0-2), (C-20), (C-29).

Na 1956(8).

NI 1958(0-24); 1959 (1 9) , (C-30)

.

0 1956(8).

Si 1956(8).

18
REVIEW

(R-I)

Boyce, J. C. SPECTROSCOPY IN THE VACUUM

1

.

I ssue

ULTRAVIOLET. 10-15-52 10 Rev. Mod. Phys. 21, 1-57 (1941).

4-15-•53 12 This is a review of vacuum ultraviolet and 7-15-53 16 soft X-ray techniques. Numerous references

for the period 1893-1940 are given. 1-15-54 9 Subject headings include: 7-15--58 3 Transmission of gases and vacuum requirement.

Transmission of solid materials,

Reflecting power of gratings and mirrors, 4-15-59 13 Photographic techniques and other methods of

detection,

Spectrographic design.

Light sources. 7-15-59 44

Wavelength standards,

Atomic spectra, 1-15-60 60 Molecular spectra.

Spectra of the solid state, 1-15--60 62 Astrophysi cal and other applications.

Principal absorption band heads in oxygen and 7-15--60 63

!n nitrogen,

Tables of wavelength standards in the vacuum

ul traviolet,

Bibliography of atomic spectra in the vacuum (R-7)

ul traviolet.

{R-2)

Cauchois, Y., LES SPECTRES DE RAYONS X ET LA STRUCTURE ELECTRON I QUE DE LA MAT I ERE.

(In French.)

Paris, Gauthier-Vi 1 lars (1948), 102 pp,

(R-3)

Cauchois, Y., X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY WITH CURVED

CRYSTALS.

Instruments & Measurements Conference

Stockholm, Transactions 1949 . 46-59.

I. A general discussion of method and technique

using crystal spectrometers is given as i s a literature review on Ga, Zn, Br, Cu, Ni , Mo,

In, Cd, Sm, Sb, Te.

(R-4)

Cauchois, v., ATOMES, SPECTRES MAT I ERE. (In French.)

Paris, Albin Michel (1952), 640 pp.

(R-5) LANDOLT-BORNSTE I N TABLES (Verlag Springer, Berlin

1955). Vol. 1, Part 4 (6th edition) 769-867.

1 . Experimental data are reproduced, but no explanation or discussion of them is presented.

(R-6)

M.l.T. SOLID STATE PHYSICS GROUP, QUARTERLY REPORTS.

M.l.T. Research Laboratory of Electronics;

published January, April, July, and October.

Issues of interest and topics are as follows:

I ssue Page Topic

10-15-50 20 Calibration of vacuum spectrograph.

1-1 5-51 24 L emission spectrum of Al

.

1-15-52 13 Preliminary results on Cr. 4-15-52 13 M2 3 bands of evaporated Cu. 7-15-52 12 M2[3 bandwidths of Cu and Cr.

Topic

Preliminary results on the M2 3 band of Ni

.

3p emission of Mn. Final results on Cu, Cr, Ni , Mn,

and Fe. General description of the apparatus.

Magnitude of soft X-ray production

and photoelectric emission in Ta, W, and Mo. Focusing properties of a 3tt/2 electron spectrometer for studies of

photoelectric emission excited by

soft X-rays.

M-emission bands of Cu and Ni in the

sol id state. Discussion of M2 3 emission band

resul ts. Soft X-ray detection by means of

Be-Cu photomul tipl iers. Construction of a new photoelectric

spectrograph capable of being

evacuated to 10" 10 mm Hg.

Niehrs, H., RONTGENSPEKTROSCOPI E DER VALENZELEK- TRONEN-BANDER IN KRISTALLEN. (In German.)

Ergeb. exakt. Naturw. 2^, 359-409 (1950).

(R-8)

Parratt, L. G., ELECTRONIC BAND STRUCTURE OF SOLIDS

BY THE METHOD OF EXPERIMENTAL X-RAY

SPECTROSCOPY. Office of Technical Services, PBl 51453 . 117 pp. (1958).

1. A discussion of the fundamental aspects of

solid state X-ray spectroscopy is presented

and correlated insofar as possible with

selected experimental work; much emphasis is placed upon data interpretation.

Note: 76 references are appended.

(R-9)

Parratt, L. G., ELECTRONIC BAND STRUCTURE OF SOLIDS BY X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY.

Rev. Modern Phys. H, 616-645 (1959).

1. pertinent solid state X-ray spectra,

terms applicable to X-ray spectroscopy,

experimental difficulties, etc., are discussed. Bandwidths are presented. Excitedstate energy level diagrams are contrasted

with the conventional energy level diagrams

and the effects on the observed spectra due

to changes In the electron energy level values are discussed.

(R-10)

Parratt, L. G., ELECTRONIC BAND STRUCTURE OF SOLIDS BY X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY. Methods of Experimental Physics - Solid State Physics Bj:6, 281-292 (1959).

1. A brief review of the general principles of

X-ray spectroscopy is given. For a more complete treatment by the same author see Refs. R-8 and R-9.

19
(R-n)

Pike, E. R., INTRODUCTION TO SOFT X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY. American Journal of Physics 28^, H^-lkl (I960).

I. A general review in which the experimental

methods are outlined and recent trends are detailed.

(R-12)

Sandstrom, A. E., EXPERIMENTAL METHODS OF X-RAY

SPECTROSCOPY: ORDINARY WAVELENGTHS. Encyclopedia of Physics (Handbuch der Physik)

10, 78-245 (1959).

1. The following tables are presented: wavelength

of emission lines from 100 - 20,000 XU, Ka satellites for Z = IS-ite, satellites for

Z = 14-47, wavelengths of K, L] , L2, and L3 absorption edges, fine structure of absorption spectra, relative values of energy levels,

line widths at half-maximum for Z = 16-42 and

relative line intensities.

Note: 128 references are appended.

(R-13)

Shaw, C. H. X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF SOLIDS. Theory of Alloy Phases - Amer. Soc. for Metals 1956 . 13-62. Text 13-47,

Bi bl iography 48-62.

1. In this review article, containing 353 references, such things as the history of the art,

earlier work, satellite production, etc., are

discussed; a great many K, L, and M spectra

are reproduced from the literature and

evaluated.

(R-14)

Shaw, C. H., THE X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF SOLIDS.

U.S. At. Energy Comm. AECU-3190 . 75 pp. (1956).

1. See annotation for Ref. R-13.

(R-15)

Skinner, H. W. B., THE SOFT X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF THE SOLID STATE. Reports on Progress in Physics ^, 257-283

(1939). (The Physical Society, London.)

1. This is a review with 46 references. (See Ref. 6 (1940) for the aspects discussed.)

(R-16)

Tomboulian, D. H., THE EXPERIMENTAL METHODS OF SOFT X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY. Encyclopedia of Physics (Handbuch der Physik)

10, 246-304 (1959).

1. Electronic states, emission and absorption

processes in solids and such special features

as satellite bands, high and low energy tails,

emission edges, and insulators are discussed.

2. Experimental methods, and results for many K,

L, and M spectra are presented.

3. Tables give bandwidths, absorption edges.

emission edges, and term values.

Note: Thirteen summarized references are appended.

(R-17)

Tsutsumi, K, et al , THE X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF THE SOLID STATE.

Ann. Rept. Sci . Work, Fac. Sci . Osaka U. 2.

1-88 (1959).

I. A general review of the subject is presented.

(R-18) CONFERENCE ON THE APPLICATIONS OF X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY

TO SOLID STATE PROBLEMS. Office of Naval Research, NP-4287; NAVEXOS

P-IO33, 81 pp. (1950).

Papers presented:

1) X-ray spectra and the theory of solids.

2) X-ray spectroscopy at the University of

Pari s. 3) Fine structure near X-ray absorption edges.

4) Energy band calculations for soft X-ray

emi ssi on

.

5) Bent crystal vacuum spectrograph and the spectra of KCl

.

6) Radiative and electronic excitation of

X-ray states.

7) Absorption of Se and Al in the soft X-ray

regi on

.

8) X-ray absorption edges of covalently

bonded Cr, Mn, Fe, and Ni . 9) Crystals for a double crystal spectrometer

(3-1 5A).

10) Beaded wire G-M counter for X-ray intensity measurements

.

(R-19)

Vainshtein, E. E., (Book) X-RAY SPECTRA OF ATOMS AND MOLECULES IN CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS AND ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Press (1950).

1929

(1)E

Richtmyer, F. K. and R. D. Richtmyer, THE SATELLITES OF THE X-RAY LINES La), LP], and

L02- Phys. Rev. ^4, 574-581 (1929).

1. The Lo-] , L3i , and LB2 satellite structure for elements Rb to Sn were studied.

2. A crystal (calcite or quartz) spectrometer

was used; intensities were recorded

photograph ical ly

.

3. Tables of \, v/R, and Av/R for 5 Lo-] satellites, 4 L3i satellites, and 5 \.?'2 satellites

are presented.

4. The square root of the difference in frequency

between a parent and its satellite is a linear function of atomic number.

1931

(1)E

Richtmyer, R. 0., UPPER ATOMIC-NUMBER LIMITS FOR SATELLITES OF THE X-RAY LINE LI32. Phys. Rev. I8, 1802-1807 (1931).

20
(1 )E Cont'd.

1. 1^2 satellites in elements of Z = 50, 51, 52,

53, 56, 58, and 60 were studied.

2. A Siegbahn crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used; intensities were recorded photograpiiical ly

.

3a. Results are tabulated.

3b. The results disagree withi the WentzelDruyvesteyn formula for the ratio of the number of KL ionizations to the number of K ionizations which should take place.

1932

(1)E

Andrew, V. J., RELATIVE INTENSITIES OF L3i 2 '-<>'] , and Lyi LINES IN Ta, W, Ir, and Pr.

' Phys. Rev. k2, 591-608 (1932).

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrometer and a CHjBr ionization chamber were used to obtain

data

.

3. Complete tables of results corrected for absorption in the ionization chamber, partial

reflection by the crystal, target absorption,

and interference from adjacent lines are presented.

(2) T

Hoyt, A., THE SHAPE OF AN X-RAY LINE,

Phys. Rev. 40, 477-483 (1932).

1,2. An emission line measured in a double crystal

spectrometer in the antiparallel position is represented by an empirical formula of the

type:

y =

1 + tx/b)2-

3a. This type of formula is also shown to be a good representation of the rocking curves obtained in the parallel position of the spectrometer.

3b. The maximum ordinate predicted is independent

of the spontaneous transition probability.

(3) E Mack, J. E., J. R. Stehn, and B. Edien. ON THE CONCAVE GRATING SPECTROGRAPH ESPECIALLY AT

LARGE ANGLES OF INCIDENCE.

J. Opt. Soc, Am. 22, 245-264 (1932).

1. A review covering the physical optics of the perfect concave grating, optimum grating

width, elimination of grazing incidence

aberrations, and the inexactness of the grating equation is presented.

3a. Equations for the optimum grating width, and slit width are given. These can be plotted

easily as a function of wavelength.

3b. A resolution criterion is given such that two

lines are resolved when the wavelength difference between them (AX) is such that the minimum total intensity between the lines is

8/tt2 as great as the total intensity of both at the central maximum of either of the

1 ines.

1933

(1)E

Hirsh, Jr., F. R. and F. K. Richtmyer. THE RELATIVE INTENSITIES OF CERTAIN L-SERIES X-RAY SATELLITES IN CATHODE RAY AND IN FLUORESCENCE

EXC I TAT I ON

.

Phys. Rev. 44, 955-960 (1933).

1. The La satellites in Zr, Mo, Ru, Rh, Pd, and

Ag were studied.

2. A Siegbahn (bent crystal) spectrograph was

used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. The magnitude of the integrated satellite

intensity varies from 10-70% of the parent

La depending upon the element in question.

3b. Spectra and tabular data are presented.

4. The peripheral electron structure of the atom

has an effect, but the LM ionization is the most probable cause of the observed satellites.

(2)E

Richtmyer, F. K., and S. Kaufman. X-RAY SATELLITES OF HIGH ATOMIC NUMBER ELEMENTS.

Phys. Rev. 44, 6O5-6O9 (1933).

1. The satellites of the Laj , LP2. and Lq'2 lines

for elements from Ta to U were studied.

2. A Siegbahn-Thoraeus (crystal) spectrometer

was used; intensities were recorded photographical ly. 3a. La was found to have two satellites.

3b. The values of X, AX, and Av/R for all satellites observed are tabulated.

1934

(1)T

Jones, H., N. F. Mott, and H. W. B. Skinner, THEORY OF THE FORM OF X-RAY EMISSION BANDS

OF METALS.

Phys. Rev. 4^,379-384 (1934).

1. Results for Li, Be, Mg, and Al are explained.

3. Transition probabilities from the conduction

band to K and L levels may vary strongly

within the lowest allowed zone, and they will

also depend on the azimuthal quantum number

of final states.

1935

(1)E

Hirsh, Jr., F. R. RELATIVE ENERGY OF La SATEL- LITES PRODUCED BY CATHODE RAYS IN ELEMENTS

FROM Ag(47) TO Te(52).

Phys. Rev. 48, 722-724 (1935).

2. A Siegbahn spectrometer was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. From Z = 47 to Z = 52, the satellites decrease

rapidly in relative energy.

3b. The results agree with the Coster-Kroni

g

theory.

21
(1) E Cont'd.

3c. Tables and spectra are presented.

(2) E Pearsall, A. W. INTENSITIES OF SATELLITES OF Key. Phys. Rev. 48, 133-135 (1935).

1. The intensities relative to that of the parent

line for Ka] satellites of elements with

atomic number 16-29 were measured.

2. A Siegbahn spectrograph was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. The intensities are lower (0.7% to 5%) than

the L&2 satel 1 i tes (32%).

3b. Data are tabulated and the Fe spectrum is presented

.

4. An intensity maximum found cannot be explained

by the Auger effect.

(C-l)T

Krutter, H. M. ENERGY BANDS IN COPPER.

Phys. Rev. 48, 664-670 (1935).

1,2. A corrected Hartree field is used to calculate the bands in FCC metals using copper as

an example.

3a. The 3d and 4s band overlap is shown and a correlation of the (100>, <110), and (ill)

direction bands is given.

3b. Electrons are assigned to lowest energy bands.

1936 (UE

Hirsh, Jr., F. R., THE ENHANCEMENT OF CERTAIN L AND M SERIES X-RAY LINES BY THE AUGER EFFECT.

Phys. Rev. 191-197 (1936).

1. The LP, lines of elements of Z = 30-48(5-12A) were studied.

2. A crystal (gypsum) spectrometer was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. A large change in relative intensity was observed at Z = 40 due to Auger enhancement.

3b. Spectra are presented and all results are

tabulated.

(2) E Parratt, L. G. EXCITATION POTENTIAL OF Koj l^ SATELLITE LINES.

Phys. Rev. 42., 132-139 (1936).

1. The K satellite intensity vs. X-ray tube

voltage for the Ka^ 4 lines of titanium was

determi ned

.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used; intensities were recorded, using ion chamber detection.

3a. The excitation potential of the Ti-Ka^ 4 'S 54501100 volts.

' 3b. A state of KL||| ionization is 5455 volts in

Ti using O.85 as the screening constant of a K electron.

(3) E Parratt, L. G. EXCITATION POTENTIAL, RELATIVE

INTENSITIES AND WAVELENGTHS OF THE Ka" X-RAY

SATELLITE LINE.

Phys. Rev. 42., 502-507 (1936).

1. The ionization curves of the Key" for the elements S(l6) to V(23) were studied.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was used and intensities were

recorded, using ion chamber detection.

3. Tables and spectra and a plot of satellite

intensity as a percentage of the parent line

intensity are presented.

4. The Ka" is the result of a KM ionization.

(^)E

Parratt, L. G. Ka SATELLITE LINES.

Phys. Rev. 1-15 (1936).

1. The Ka-j group of satellite lines for elements S(16) to Ge(32) were studied.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer with

either CHjBr or argon in the ionization chamber was used to obtain intensity data.

3a. Five component satellites for elements with

16 ^ Z ^28 and four component satellites for elements wi th 29 ^ Z s 32 were found. 3b. All spectra and tables of the wavelength,

relative intensity, and the half-maximum line

width for each satellite component are presented.

(5)E

Parratt, L. G. ON X-RAY SATELLITES, RELATIVE

INTENSITIES, AND LINE WIDTHS.

Phys. Rev. 598-602 (1936),

1. The La, ^ 1, r c -, lines of Ag and the MaP 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 ^ lines of Au were studied.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used; intensities were recorded, using ion chamber detection.

3a. Spectra are presented.

3b. Discrepancies in interpretation of widths are

due to differences in (a) the effective re- solving power of the instrument used and in (b) the assumed shapes of the component lines

comprising an unresolved complex structure.

(6) T Richtmyer, R. D. THE PROBABILITY OF KL IONIZATION

AND X-RAY SATELLITES.

Phys. Rev. 42., '"^ ('936).

1. A theory of the multiple ionizations produced

by a fast cathode electron in the target of an X-ray tube Is suggested, using potassium as

an example.

2. The Born approximation of collision theory was used.

3. The results lead to the following transitions: Parent line (IS)^ ~* 2P ^^3/2 1/2

Satellites (lS2S)l' Soj - (2P2S)' P, ^Pq,^

(7) E Shaw, C. H., and L. G. Parratt, THE Ka SATELLITES

FOR Zn(30) TO Pd(46).

Phys. Rev. 1006-1011 (1936).

1 . K spectra for Z = 30-46 are presented.

2. A double crystal spectrometer was used.

22
(7) E Cont'd.

3a. Four component lines for 30 s Z s 33 , three

component lines for 3^ s Z s 40, and two component a'^ and lines for 4l s Z s 46 were found.

3b. A sharp and anomalous decrease in total satellite intensity relative to qtj intensity was

found in the region of Y(39).

3c. Data are tabulated and spectra are presented.

(8) E Yoshida, S. ALUMINUM K3 BANDS FROM Al -Cu ALLOYS.

Sci . Papers Inst. Phys. Chem. Research

(Tokyo) 28, 243-250 (1936).

1. Some 7 alloys ranging from 10-100% Al were

studied.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used and intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. The Al bandwidth for KP was 62.8 XU.

3b. As the Al percentage was decreased, the band

was resolved into two overlapping peaks; the

long wavelength peak (at 7970.9 XU) becomes

stronger.

k. Brillouin zone overlap is responsible for the

resul ts.

1937

(1)E

Skinner, H. W. B., and J. E. Johnston, FINE STRUCTURE OF SOFT X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGE 1 : Li , Mg,

Ni, Cu METALS.

Proc. Roy. Soc. (London) A-161 . 420-440(1937).

1. The Li-K; the Mg-L3 , L2, L,; Cu-M, 3 and

Ni-M2 3 absorption edges were studied; speci- mens were 1-5 micron foils evaporated in vacuo onto celluloid-backed napthalene.

2. A grating spectrograph at grazing incidence was used with intensities being recorded

photographically; the continuous radiation

source was a vacuum spark generated between

metal electrodes 1.5 cm. from the slit.

3a. The fine structure and the edge spectra are presented in detail for all materials studied.

3b. No attempt to interpret the spectra is made

but the results are tabulated.

1938

(1)E

Skinner, H. W. B., and J. E. Johnston, SOFT X-RAY

BANDS FROM DILUTE ALLOYS.

Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. ^k, 109-114 (1938).

1. Alloys of Al-Cu, Be-Cu, and Be-Al were studied.

2. A one-meter grating spectrograph at grazing

incidence was used; intensities were recorded

photographi cal ly. 3. An attempt to correlate the results with the Mott-Jones theory of alloys was made; spectra

are presented.

4a. All the valence electrons of the impurity atom are shared with the lattice.

4b. The impurity "selects" from the electrons in the lattice those which it chooses to have

wi thi n it.

1939

(1) E Beeman, W. W., and H. Friedman, THE X-RAY K ABSORPTION EDGES OF THE ELEMENTS Fe(25) to Ge(32).

Phys. Rev. 392-405 (1939).

1. Absorbers were prepared as follows: A 5-10|j.

thick film of Fe, Co, Ni , and Cu was plated onto stainless steel and stripped off; Ga was

used as a liquid and Ge as a powder.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer with

a resolving power of 30,000 was used; intensities were measured with a Geiger counter.

3a. Spectra and tables of results are presented.

3b. Widths of K states (±1/2 volt) were assigned

by matching theoretical arctangent curves to the experimental edges.

3c. The first empty levels above the Fermi surface were assigned wave length positions.

4. The K5c line is a dipole transition arising

from tFie mixture of p function in the 3d bands

.

(2) E Burbank, C. J., NEW X-RAY LINES IN THE L SERIES RESULTING FROM K AUGER TRANSITIONS.

Phys. Rev. ^6, 142-146 (1939).

1. The L series of silver was studied.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used and intensities were recorded photographically.

3. Three new lines at 4.03A, 4.016A, and 3.805A

were found.

4. These lines are due to processes in which an atom, initially ionized in the K shell undergoes transitions of the type:

K -* LL + expelled electron (Auger transition)

LL LM + photon (radiative transition).

(3)E

Johnston, J. E., THE FINE STRUCTURE OF THE X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGES OF Al AND Zn. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. J^, 108-113 (1939).

1. The L2 3 edges of Al and Zn were studied.

2. A concave 1 meter grating at grazing incidence in a vacuum spectrograph was used; a condenser spark between Cu electrodes was the light source, and intensities were recorded

photographi cal ly. 3a. The spectra obtained and tabular results are presented.

3b. The spectra are described; no attempt to interpret them is made.

(^)E

Kliever, W. H., INTENSITIES OF K SERIES X-RAY LINES

OF W AND Pt. Phys. Rev. 56, 387-391 (1939).

1. Intensities were found by determining, with a planimeter, the area under the curves of the X-ray lines vs. Bragg angle.

23
(4) E Cont'd.

2. A double crystal spectrometer (calcite in the

1 ,+) position) equipped with an ionization

chamber and amplifier was used.

3. Spectra and tabular results are presented.

(5) E McGrath, J. W., THE DIFFERENCES BETOEEN THE M5 AND

1% ABSORPTION EDGES OF GOLD IN THE PURE METAL AND IN A GOLD-COPPER ALLOY.

Phys. Rev. 137-1^2 (1939).

1. The M4 and M5 absorption edges of pure Au and

of Au in a 50 a/o Au-Cu alloy were studied;

absorbers were evaporated onto a soft glass

backing with a predetermined optimum absorber

thickness being used.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3. The edge shifis were 6.8 and 2.5 eV for the gold Hit and M5, respectively, in the alloy

showing that the final levels of these

transitions are lattice levels.

k. The results show that there are preferred

atomic to low lattice level transitions

which are often given by Al = ±1 .

{6)T

Richtmyer, R. D., THEORY OF X-RAY LINES LL-LM.

Phys. Rev. 146-152 (1939).

1. Quantum theory is applied to determine the transition probabilities from doubly ionized states of LL-LM type for Ag.

3a. It was assumed that the excitations of the initial (LL) levels arise from the internal

conversion of K excitation energy.

3b. Complete tables of results are presented.

1940

(1) E Bearden, J. A. and W. W. Beeman, K ABSORPTION

EDGES AND KP2 5 EMISSION LINES OF TWO Zn-Ni ALLOYS.

Phys. Rev. 396-399 (19^0).

1. The shapes of the K02,5 emission lines and

the K absorption edge of Zn and Ni in two

Zn-Ni alloys containing 17 and 30 w/o Zn respectively were obtained.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used; intensities were recorded with the aid

of a Geiger counter.

3a. The transitions responsible for the features were valence (KPj) or 3d electrons dropping

into a K shell vacancy.

3b. Spectra and tabular results are presented.

3c. The Zn emission line was shifted one electronvolt toward lower energies and was narrowed,

while the Ni line was changed only slightly.

4. Higher energy valence electrons of Zn are shared with nickel and probably go into the

3d states of the nickel atoms.

(2) E Bearden, J. A. and H. Friedman, X-RAY

5 EMISSION LINES AND \i ABSORPTION LIMltS OF

Cu-Zn ALLOYS.

Phys. Rev. 387-395 (1940).

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used; intensities were recorded with the aid

of a Geiger counter.

3a. Mixing Cu with Zn caused an increase in the high energy part of the Cu-K^j ^ emission and

caused a decrease in the corresponding Zn-K35

emi ssion

.

3b. In every alloy the Zn-KP^ appeared with very little change in width or intensity per Zn atom; hence, the Zn-KPj was assigned as a 3d

quadrupole emission line. 3c. No shifts of the high energy sides of the lines or of the absorption edges were

observed

.

3d. There was no evidence of any effect of crystal structure on the emission lines.

3e. Spectra are presented for an entire series

of Cu-Zn al loys.

Friedman, H. and W. W. Beeman, COPPER AND NICKEL

X-RAY Kp2 and K35 EMISSION LINES AND K ABSORPTION LIMITS IN Cu-Ni ALLOYS.

Phys. Rev. 400-405 (1940).

1. Pure Ni and Cu and Ni-30 w/o Cu , Ni-54 w/o

Cu, and Ni-79 w/o Cu alloys were studied.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used; intensities were measured with a Geiger counter.

3a. Spectra are given in detail and tabular

results are presented.

3b. The shapes of the Cu K32,5 'ines and the

Ni K35 lines vary smoothly with composition.

3c. The absorption edge data showed no influence

of al loying.

4. The major effect of alloying in Cu-Ni is a loss of 3d band dipole radiation with

dilution of the emitting atom.

O'Bryan, H. M. and H. W. B. Skinner, THE SOFT X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF SOLIDS. II. EMISSION SPECTRA FROM SIMPLE CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS.

Proc. Roy. Soc. (London) A176 . 229-262(1940).

1. The K and L emission bands of fluorides,

chlorides, bromides, iodides, oxides, sulfides, carbides, BN, and other boron com- pounds were i nvest i gated

.

2. Two separate grazing incidence glass grating

(30,000 lines per inch) spectrographs were

used. The first was used for wavelengths

below 5OA and had a grazing angle of 1.5°. The second was used for al 1 other wavelengths and had a grazing angle of 6°. Spectra were recorded photographically.

3. The observed spectra are presented and the

p and s bandwidths are tabulated in eV. Comparison with the Sommerfeld bandwidth is fai r

,

4. The ratio of bandwidth to linewidth seems to be a measure of the degree of polarity in the compound.

24
(5) E Randall, C. A., La, SATELLITE LINES FOR Mo(42) to Ba(56).

Phys. Rev, 786-79' (19^0).

1. Satellite components for Z = 42-56 are

resol ved

.

2. Crystal spectrometry was used; the vacuum was

10"^ mm Hg in the spectrometer.

3a. The Coster-Kroni g crossover was found to occur

at Z = 50.

3b. Some 30, instead of 15, gold satellites were

found

.

3c. Spectra and tabular data are presented.

(6) E Skinner, H. W. B., THE SOFT X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF SOLIDS. I: K AND L EMISSION SPECTRA FROM ELEMENTS OF THE FIRST TWO GROUPS.

Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc . (London) A239 . 95-134 (1940).

1. Li, Be, Na, Mg, Al , Si, P, S, C, and B were

studi ed.

2. A 1 -meter grating spectrograph wi th a 15 mm

grating surface, a slit width of 0.02 mm and

a 6° grazing angle was used; spectra were

recorded by photographic photometry.

3. Complete tables, spectra, and explanation of

the results are given.

k. In determining the precise features of a band,

the crystal structure of the material is the most important factor.

1941

(1) T

Sato, M., ENERGY STATES OF THE VALENCE ELECTRONS

IN SOME METALS.

Sci . Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. 30 . 267-286 (1941 )

.

1 . Level values for Zn are tabulated.

3. Tabular data on lower limit lines of the K absorption edge are given. These lines in Cu-Zn alloys are discussed.

4. Possible transitions to explain the results are suggested and attempts to justify them are made.

(2) E Tomboulian, D. H. and W. M. Cady, THE L EMISSION

BANDS OF Na, Mg, and Al

.

Phys. Rev. 481-485 (1941).

1. Thin-evaporated films of Na, Mg, and Al were

stud i ed

.

2. A 30,000 lines per inch glass grating at a grazing angle of S-l" and a vacuum of 4 x 10 mm Hg was used. Spectra were recorded photo

graphical ly

.

3a. Spectra and tables of intensity distribution

are presented.

3b. Bandwidths were:

El ement Bandwidth (eV)

Na 3.05 ± 0.10

Mg 6.4

Al 10.6

(3)T

Tomboulian, D. H. and W. M. Cady, RADIATIVE X-RAY TRANSITIONS WITHIN THE L-SHELL.

Phys. Rev. 422-423 (1941).

1. The L-L radiation in the spectra of the lightest elements that have complete L shells was predicted.

2. The screening doublet law was used to make

this prediction.

3. Tables of L| - L| | probabilities for Na, Mg,

and Al , and L terms and L-L lines of elements

with Z = 11-26 are presented.

1942

(1) T Hayashi, T., NEW SYSTEMATIZATION OF X-RAY LINE SPECTRA SATELLITES OF Mg Ka and K3 LINES.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. 1-7 (1942).

1,2. Additional energy levels (quasi -stationary

states) to account for satellite lines are postulated.

4. All Mg-K lines can be derived with this

scheme.

(2) E Hirsh, Jr., F. R., THE ABSENCE OF THE MP X-RAY SATELLITE INTENSITY ANOMALY.

Phys. Rev. 62, 137-140 (1942).

1. MP satellites for the elements I r to U (3.7-

6A) were studied.

2. A crystal (quartz or calcite) spectrometer

was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. No MP satellite intensity maximum was found;

this absence was explained in terms of the relative probability of Auger transitions,

these relative probabilities being determined

by means of diagram line widths.

3b. Tables and spectra are presented.

1945

(C-l)T

Beutler, H. G., THE THEORY OF THE CONCAVE GRATING

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 1^, 311-350 (1945).

1,2. A general theory of the image formation of

the concave grating, based on Fermat's

principle, is developed.

3a. Conditions for a focus, and various image

defects such as astigmatism and coma are developed mathematically for several common

types of mounting of the concave grating.

3b. Results of the computations are presented in the form of tables and charts.

25
19^7

(C-l)T

Pauling, L., THE NATURE OF THE BONDS IN METALS AND

INTERMETALLIC COMPOUNDS.

Proc. Intern. Congr. Pure and Appl . Chem.

Jl, 249-257 (1947).

1. A general discussion of possible hybrids in metals and i ntermetal 1 ic compounds (AuSn,

AUAI2, Cu^Sng) is presented.

3a. An equation for bond atomic radii was

der i ved:

R(l ) - R(n) = 0.300 log n where R(l) is the effective atomic radius for

a single covalent bond and R(n) is the effective atomic radius for bond number (n_)

.

3b. The metallic radii for metal elements are

gi ven

.

1948

(1)E

Coster, 0. and S. Kiestra, ON THE EMPTY ELECTRON

BANDS OF LOWEST ENERGY OF THE TRANSITION

METALS Mn AND Fe AND THEIR OXIDES. Physica 14, 175-188 (1948).

1,2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used to study

the K absorption spectra of Fe, Mn, and their

oxides; intensities were recorded photographical ly

.

3a. The initial absorption jump on the long wavelength side of the edge was attributed to a K electron transition to an empty state of

the 4s band having p character.

3b. The oxides studied exhibited this initial

jump effect to a much lesser extent than the pure metal s

.

3c. All spectra and density of states curves for

Mn, Fe, Ni , and Zn are presented.

(2)E

Tomboulian, D. H., RADIATIVE X-RAY TRANSITIONS

WITHIN THE L-SHELL OF SULFUR.

Phys. Rev. Jk, I887 (1948).

1. The L] ~" L2 3 sulfur transition was found.

3. The line was 1.5 eV wide with a peak at 203A.

4. The absence of the L] emission band is in part due to a radiative process within the

L shell of the light elements.

(C-l)T

Rundle, R. E., A NEW INTERPRETATION OF INTERSTI- TIAL COMPOUNDS - METALLIC CARBIDES, NITRIDES, AND OXIDES OF COMPOSITION MX. Acta Cryst. 1, I8O-I87 (1948).

1. Interstitial phases were regarded as electrondeficient structures, i.e., the non-metal

forms more bonds than it has bond orbital s. 3a. The use of sp and p orbital s for M-X bonding

was suggested.

3b. Resonance of sp and p bonds led to octahedral bonding.

3c, 4. A single p orbital forms two bonds at 180° using a single electron pair (half-bond); the conditions for forming such a half-bond are

outl ined.

3d. Some physical properties are correlated with

the proposed bonding scheme.

1949

(1) E Cauchois, Y. and N. F. Mott, X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF SOLIDS.

Phil. Mag. (7) 40, 1260-1269 (1949).

1. Ni in NiS, Ni203 and NiAs, Rb in RbCl , and

metallic As, Ni and Ga, As in NiAs, Cu in CuO,

and CU2O and Zn in ZnO were studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used,

and a record of the intensities was made

photographical ly. 3. Actual experimental spectra and a tabulation

of all data are presented.

4. The white ray at a K absorption edge may be due to a high density of normally unoccupied

states with p symmetry in the neighborhood of

the absorbing atom and/or the formation of excitation levels.

(2)T

Hayashi, T., THEORY OF THE FINE STRUCTURE OF ROENTGEN K ABSORPTION SPECTRA: II. INFLUENCE

OF THERMAL VIBRATION OF THE CRYSTAL LATTICE

ON THE FINE STRUCTURE.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. 33 . 183-194 (1949).

1. Broadening of K absorption bands, particularly those for Ni and Cu, were investigated.

2. Einstein's theory of specific heat was used

and the width of the K absorption bands for

Ni and Cu was calculated.

3. Fair agreement with experimental results was

obtai ned

.

4. The effect will be more prominent at very

low temperatures.

(3) T Kostarev, A. I., INTERPRETATION OF HYPERFINE

STRUCTURE OF X-RAY ABSORPTION IN SOLIDS.

(In Russian.)

Zhur. Eksptl. Teoret. Fiz. 12, 413-420 (1949).

1. BCC-Fe and FCC-Cu were studied.

3. For Cu, the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and 7th shells

with intensity ratios of 10:4:2:3 are the major contributors to the hyperfine structure, while for Fe the first four layers are

the major contributors with intensity ratios

of 10:5:4:6.

4. The hyperfine structure is due to the scat- tering of the liberated electron by the shells of atoms surrounding the absorbing

atom.

(4) E Morlet, J., THE K SPECTRUM OF Se AND THE L SPECTRUM OF Hg VAPOR. (In French.)

Bull. Classe Sci. Acad. Roy. Belg. J^,

1059-1072 (1949).

26
(4)E Cont'd,

2. Radiation was analyzed witli a curved crystal

(mica) spectrometer Inaving a first order

dispersive power of 20XU/nm and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. Some 85 lines of Hg were measured; many

faint satellite lines and some intensity

anomalies among the principal lines were

discovered.

3b. The Of and 3 lines and satellites for solid

and gaseous Se are listed.

(5) E Vainshtein, E. E., K ABSORPTION LIMIT STRUCTURE

OF NICKEL IN SOLUTION. (In Russian.)

Doi<lady Al<ad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 62., 771 -772(19'+9)

.

1. Ni in NiCl2 and NiSO/^ in aqueous and alcoholic

solution corresponding to a S'lV- thickness of

Ni metal was studied.

2. The structure of the K edge of Ni was identical in these dissolved compounds.

(6) E Victoreen, J. A., X-RAY MASS ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS.

J. Appl. Phys. 20, 1141-1147 (1949).

1. Complete tables of constants for calculating

M-Zp for Z = 1-100 and for wavelengths less than the K critical absorption wavelengths

are presented.

2. An empirical method to obtain the data was

used

.

3a. Partial tables give constants for \i./p calculations for wavelengths between the L) and

M] critical wavelengths.

3b. Calculated M,/p is given for the common

elements.

1950

(1) E Cauchois, Y., K EMISSION DISCONTINUITIES OF Al AND Mg IN DILUTE ALLOYS. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 231 . 574-576

(1950).

1. Alloys of Mg in Al and AI in Cu and in Al-MgSi were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used and

Intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. All alloys studied showed sharp K3 emission

edges except Al - 95% Mg - 1.85% Si. 3b. For Al-Mg-Si alloy, a broad band was found

at a longer wavelength than the usual Kp

emission edge.

(2) E Cauchois, Y. and I. Manescu, K ABSORPTION SPECTRA

OF Ni, ITS Ni-OXIDES, AND Ni ALLOYED WITH Cu.

J. Chim. Phys. 42.. 892-897 (1950). (In French.)

1. Ni, Ni(0H)2, NiO, Ni304, Ni203, and laminated

sheets of Ni and Cu with Ni varying from

0.5-10% were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrometer was used and

intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. Kronig structures somewhai like that of pure

Ni varied slightly with concentration in the

2, 5, and 10% alloys of Ni in Cu. 3b. Spectra are presented.

(3) E Coster, D. and S. Kiestra, FINE STRUCTURE NEAR THE

IRON K ABSORPTION EDGES IN THE VARIOUS OXIDES

OF IRON. Phil. Mag. (7) 4]_, 144-151 (1950).

1. Spectra for Fe in Fe oxides are presented.

2. A bent crystal (calcite) spectrograph was

used; spectra were recorded photographically.

3,4. The data led to these conclusions:

a) In a region about 70 eV from the edge, the absorption coefficient is a property of

the atom in question.

b) In a region 70-175 eV from the edge, the fine structure is determined by the immediate surroundings of the atom.

c) Above 175 eV, the fine structure depends

on the crystal lattice.

(4) E Das Gupta, K., THE SOFT X-RAY VALENCE BAND SPECTRA AND THE HEAT OF FORMATION OF CHEMICAL COM- POUNDS AND ALLOYS.

Phys. Rev. 80, 281-282 (1950).

1. Mg, Al , Si, and their oxides. Si in SIC and

the Fe-Lj in AlFej were investigated.

2. A bent crystal (gypsum or mica vacuum spec- trograph was used.

3. An equation and a tabulation of data correlating the heat of formation of chemical

compounds and alloys with soft X-ray valence

band shifts are given.

(5) E Deodhar, G. B., and C. Mande, FORBIDDEN LINES IN THE L SPECTI^UM OF PLATINUM.

J. Sci. S- Indust. Res. (India) 28, 263-265

(1950).

2. A plane crystal spectrometer was used and

spectra were recorded photographically.

3a. Data are tabulated.

3b. Two new lines at 1386.6 and 1110.6 XU respectively, corresponding to transitions L3M3 and

L2M5, were found.

4. No one (up to 1950) has found Al or Aj = 3 for Pt.

(6) E Edamoto, I, FINE STRUCTURE OF K SERIES X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA FOR Z = 25-30 and 32. Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. Ser. A-2 . 561-612

(1950).

1. Fine structure data are obtained for Z = 25- 30 and 32.

2. A bent crystal (quartz-bent by author) spec- trograph was used, capable of being read to

3' of arc; the spectrograph uses reference

lines; the glancing angle Ga for Kaj of quartz is tabulated; targets were 1 mm plates

soldered to Cu anticathode.

3a. Individual data are presented for each

el ement

.

27
(6) E Cont'd.

3b. Line widths, asymmetry values, peak intensities, and the overlapping factor are tabulated and compared with Parratt's results

(1936).

3c. The lines are resolved into components and

the results are tabulated.

k. Resolved lines were of the "classical dispersion" type.

(7) A

Gol<hale, B. G., EFFECT OF SLIT WIDTH ON LINE WIDTHS IN X-RAY SPECTRA. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 230 . 636-638

(1950).

1,2. The intensity of a line obtained by photographic photometry is assumed to be:

\X = l;^o exp. C-(X - Xof log 2/u;^]

Xq = wavelength for a maximum intensity,

u) = half-width at half-maximum of the line.

dx

3. Since the dispersion is 0 = and

X = (X - \o)D; Iq = "fi and 2S is the slit width; then the recorded

intensity 1^^ is: x+S

x-S

Iq exp r-x^ log 2/(lQ)^]dx

(8) E Hayashi, T. , FINE STRUCTURE OF K ABSORPTION SPEC- TRUM - WAVELENGTH OF ABSORPTION MAXIMA IN K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF Ni AND Cu. Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ., First Ser. ^i.. 123-132 (1950).

1. Experimental data show that the Cu and Ni fine structure does not give sharp peaks.

2. The free-single electron method is used to calculate quasi -stati onary states.

k. More quasi -stationary states of free-electrons

exist than are possible when interference

with electron waves due to the presence of

neighboring planes of atoms is considered.

(9) T Hayashi, T., THE FINE STRUCTURE OF THE K ABSORPTION SPECTRUM OF METALLIC Li. Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ., First Ser. 2it. 185-188 (1950).

1. Theoretical considerations (Ref. 8-1950) were

extended to BCC-Li

.

3. The theoretical values were compared with

experimental results.

k. The theory is applicable to BCC-Li as well

as to FCC-Ni and Cu

.

(10) T Hayashi, T., CRITICAL POTENTIALS FOR SOFT X-RAYS

IN Li . Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ., First Ser. ^k, 189-191 (1950).

3. The critical potentials agree, in electronvolts, with quasi -stationary state energies.

k. The Auger effect may be used to explain the agreement of critical X-ray potentials with

those of secondary electron emission.

(n)E

Hirsh, Jr., F. R, LINE MP. Physica 16, 377-378 (1950).

THE SATELLITES OF THE X-RAY

1,3. Data and discussion are presented leading to the result that the M3 satellites are exact counterparts of I'ta'] satellites; the data are

in the form of plots of the square root of energy separation of satellite and parent vs. atomic number.

k. An ionization study with a double crystal vacuum spectrometer is suggested.

Niehrs, H. See Review (R-7)

•

Vainshtein, E. E. See Review (R-19)

(12) E Vainshtein, E. E., STRUCTURE OF THE K ABSORPTION

LIMIT OF TRANSITION ELEMENTS. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 2°. 21-23 (1950),

1. It was assumed that the structure of the main absorption limit of atoms in metals

represents a superposition of 2 or more

1 imi ts. 3a. These limits correspond to a K-electron

transition into a continuous energy band or

to a free optical level

.

3b. There is one transition for each state of

ioni zation.

(13) E Vainshtein, E. E., FORM OF X-RAY Ka,a2 LINES OF

Ni ATOMS IN THE SIMPLEST CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS.

(In Russian.)

Zhur. Eksptl. Teoret. Fiz. 20, 442-445(1950).

1. Line widths and the index of asymmetry for

Ni, NiSOij, NiO, Ni203, NiS, and Ni3S4 were

studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used.

3. When these compounds are prepared stoichimetrically, the Ni-Ko lines are symmetrical.

4. Any asymmetry is due to Ni in 2 valence

states in the compound.

(1^)E

Vainshtein, E. E., FORM OF X-RAY Ka, , LINES

OF Cu AND Ni IN Cu-Ni ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Zhur. Eksptl. Teoret. Fiz. 20, 446-450(1950).

1. The asymmetry index and line widths for eleven alloys are listed.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used.

3. Asymmetry decreases sharply at Cu:Ni ratios

of: 1:1, 3:1, and 1:3.

28
1951 (1951).

(1)T

Averbukh, E. D. , CALCULATION OF THE OPTIMUM ABSORBER THICKNESS FOR X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA.

Nauch. Byull. Leningrad Gosudarst. Univ. in.

(In Russian.) A. A. Zhdanova 1951 (28) 8-11 Annotation from Chem. Abs. -52f

3. Optimum tliickness was given by

H _ (lnM'2 - InM'l ) ° opt. -

where m-] and m-2 ^''^ generalized mass absorption coefficients on either side of the absorption edge:

iilAl ^ HdlEl ^

M M where p.', m-" etc. are the mass absorption

coefficients of individual elements in the absorbing compound. A, A", etc. are weight

fractions of these elements. M is the com- pound's molecular weight.

1. Data were taken from Gokhale's line width

data for Z = 37-50 (Ref. 9, 1951).

2. Breit's formula was used to calculate the influence of the magnetic moment.

3. The influence of the moment is less than that required by theory; almost no hyperfine

separation of K levels was found.

(6)T

Fujimoto, H. and S. Chiba, X-RAY K ABSORPTION EDGE ENERGIES OF ELEMENTS Li, Be, B and C.

Sci . Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. 15^-164 (1951).

la. The K absorption energies of free atoms of

Li, Be, B, and C were calculated by Skinner's

method and each transition was listed.

lb. The ionization energies of atoms with (ls2s) s and (ls2s^) configurations were calculated.

The results are tabulated.

3a. The results of "la" were compared to observed

K edges and good agreement was found.

3b. The X-ray K-term value was calculated and tabulated.

(2) E Barrere, G., NEW LINES IN THE X-RAY SPECTRA OF W

AND Hg. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2^, 376-377

(1951).

1. A new line, Ly' , for W at 1090. 5 XU was

found

.

2. This line was emitted by a W target excited

at 400 kV.

3. The Ko?] , lines of Hg emitted by Au at

140 kV were 174.7 and 179-8 XU respectively.

4. The frequency of the K level of Hg I s 6122v/R.

(3) E Borovskii, I. B., FINE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY ABSORPTION STRUCTURES. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 225-230 (1951).

1. The Lj, Mj, and M5 absorption in UO3 and L3 and M5 absorption in UO2 were studied.

3. Homopolar bonds were found in UO3 while ionic

bonds were found in UO2.

(4)E

Deodhar, G. B., and C. Mande, A NEW NON-Q.UADRU- POLAR RADIATION IN THE PLATINUM L SPECTRUM.

J. Sci. & Indust. Research (India) lOB . 260 (I95I).

1. Forbidden lines in Pt spectra were studied.

3. Observed satellites are tabulated.

(5)E

Frilley, M., B. G. Gokhale and M. Valadares, THE INFLUENCE OF NUCLEAR MAGNETIC MOMENT ON LINE WIDTHS IN X-RAY SPECTRA. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 233. II83-II86

Glaser, H., THE ABSOLUTE ABSORPTION COEFFICIENT OF GERMANIUM AND THE FINE STRUCTURE IN THE K EDGE OF SOME OF ITS COMPOUNDS.

Phys. Rev. 82, 616-621 (1951).

1. Absolute values for the K absorption limit of

Ge in GeHl^, Ge2Hg, GeCU,, and GeBr/^ were

obtai ned

.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used; intensities were measured with a chlorine quenched argon proportional counter.

3. All spectra and a tabulation of energy shifts,

fine structure details and the mass absorption coefficients are presented.

(8) A Gokhale, B. G., ON A CURVED CRYSTAL SPECTROGRAPH

HAVING A HIGH RESOLVING POWER. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 222, IO86-IO88

(1951).

1. The characteristics of a mica curved crystal as compared to calcite in a double crystal

spectrometer were discussed.

2. The theoretical resolving power was computed

from Ewald's equations.

3. A higher resolution than that of the doublecrystal spectrometer was claimed.

(9) E Gokhale, B. G., WIDTH OF Ka LINES FOR Rb-Sn.

(In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 221, 937-939

(1951).

I. Ka widths in XU for Rb-Sn are presented.

2> A bent crystal spectrograph was used, and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. A plot of log of width for Kcc] vs. log Z was

linear.

3b. The Ka width expressed in eV increased as Z-*

.

3c. A correction of the widths for spectrometer

broadening ranged from 0-S%.

638881 O - 62 - 3 29
(9)E Cont'd.

Ele- Ka) Width Ele- Ele- ment (xu) ment Width ment Width

Rb 0.303 Mo 0.260 Cd 0.230

Sr 0.298 Ru 0.238 In 0.220

Y 0,282 Rh 0.233 Sn 0.216

Zr 0.273 Pd 0.229

Nb 0.268 Ag 0.230

(IO)E

Groven, L. and J. Morlet, WEAK RAYS IN THE K SERIES X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA OF ELEMENTS

BETWEEN Zn AND Kr. (In French.)

Bull. Classe ScT. Acad. Roy. Belg.

630-639 (1951 ).

2. The specimen was in the form of a rarified vapor which was excited by a damped electron

wave; this excitation produced the desired

X-rays

.

3. The spectra obtained are systematically

analyzed and an attempt was made at interpretation.

(n)E

Kingston, R. H., SPECTROSCOPY OF THE SOLID STATE: POTASSIUM AMD CALCIUM.

Phys. Rev. 84, Skk-SkS (1951).

1. The K and Ca radiation produced by transitions of the conduction electrons into the ionized 3p state of the atom was studied.

2. A grating spectrometer was used to study the thin evaporated films of K and Ca at a vacuum of less than 1 0"5 mm Hg. 3a. Bandwidth data for Li, Be, Na, Mg, Al , K, Ca,

Ti , V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni , Cu , and Zn were

tabulated.

3b. Data for K and Ca are not in good agreement

with theory.

3c. Spectra are presented.

(12)E

Kingston, R. H., A SPECTROSCOPIC STUDY OF THE ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE OF METALLIC POTASSIUM AND CALCIUM. Research Lab. of Electronics M.I.T., Tech.

Rept . 1S3 . 30 pp. (I95I).

1 ,2. A grazing incidence grating spectrograph was used to study the emission bands of K and Ca at a pressure of 1 0"6 mm Hg; radiation was produced by bombarding the target with 300-

500 volt electrons at 2-6 ma and photons were

counted by a Be-Cu photomul ti pi ier. 3a. The radiation studied was produced in the evaporated targets by transitions of the valence electrons into the ionized 3p state

of the atom.

3b. Detailed descriptions and diagrams of the apparatus are presented; actual and idealized

spectra are shown.

3>.. Emission

Element edge (A) Energy (eV) Bandwidth (eV) K 675 ± 2 18.4 ±0.1 1 .9 ± 0.2

Ca 500 ± 2 24.8 ± 0.1 3.0 ± 0.2

(13)E

Neff, H., ENERGY DISTRIBUTION IN A CONTINUOUS

X-RAY SPECTRUM OF 1-2 kV ENERGY. (In German.)

Z. Physik, ill, 1-9 (I95I).

1. Pt, Ag, and Ni between 6 and 20 A were studied.

2. A plane grating vacuum spectrometer was used

and radiation was collected with a photon counter.

3. The energy distribution was given by:

E^dv = CZ (vq - v) dv

Vq = frequency limit, v = frequency,

Z = atomic number.

4. Deviations in the Z proportionality were

thought to be due to screening effects.

(li*)E Parratt, L. G. and E. L. Jossem, X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF THE SOLID STATE.

Phys. Rev. 84, 362 (1951 )•

la. Preliminary work on the K0 region of K and

CI in solid KCl was outlined.

lb. Some basic principles of solid state spectroscopy are briefly discussed.

3a. The lowest atomic level is 2.75 eV below the bottom of the 3p mother band for K and about 3.8 eV for the CI case.

3b. The K-3p band has an intensity maximum near

the low energy side.

(15) A

Piore, E. R., R. H. Kingston, and G. G. Harvey, SOFT X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF SOLIDS.

Rev. Sci. Instr. 22, 5^3 (1951).

1. A description of the M.l.T. spectrograph - see Ref. #12 (1951) for details.

(16) E Salgueiro, L. and G. Ferreira, THE SHAPE AND

INTENSITY OF THE L32 LINE OF GOLD AND ITS SATELLITE. (In French.)

Portugalie Physical, 117-126 (1951).

2. A curved crystal spectrometer was used and intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. The ratio L32/L3i5 (intensity) is 45. 5/3. 0. 3b. The ratio L32/satel 1 i te (intensity) is 0.11.

30
(17)E

Stewardson, E. A. and P. A. Lee, THE M|\/ AND My ABSORPTION EDGE OF ERBIUM (Z=68)

.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 6kA, 3 18-3 IS (1951).

1,3. The positions of the M|y ^ for Er were: M|v 8583 XU

(C-l)T

Fletcher, G. G. and E. P. Wohlfarth, CALCULATION

OF THE DENSITY OF STATES CURVE FOR 3d ELEC8829 XU

2. Oxide specimens were used.

{18)E

Toraboulian, D. H. and E. M, Pell, ALUMINUM ABSORPTION IN THE SOFT X-RAY REGION.

Phys. Rev. 8^, 1195-1201 (1951).

1. Al absorption was studied in the spectral

region 80-600 A.

2a. A grating spectrometer was used, and spectra were recorded photographically on 1 1 ford plates.

2b. The radiation source was a condensed spark

discharge in a glass capillary which produced

an intense line spectrum on a weak background.

3a. If evaporation was carried out at an Inter- rupted rate, the deposits are sandwiches of pure metal and oxide.

3b. Fine structure was found on the short wavelength side of the L2 3 edge.

3c. The mass absorption coefficient ti/p varied

from 1X10^ cm2/g to 2.8X10^ cm2/g from

80-600 A. 3d. Actual spectra are presented.

(19) T Vainshtein, E. E., R. L. Barinskii and K. 1. Narbutt, THE THEORY OF THE PRINCIPAL X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGE OF ATOMS IN MOLECULES.

(In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 21. 1003-1006

(1951).

1. The first two absorption lines were assumed

to be due to the transition of K electrons

to kp and 5p 1 evel s

.

3a. If this assumption is true the quantum

defect, L, is then 1.77.

3b. The potassium kp absorption line is 2.7 eV

from the true absorption edge — in good

agreement with experimental data.

(20) E Vainshtein, E. E., R. L. Barinskii and K. i. Narbutt, STRUCTURE OF THE X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGE

IN MOLECULES. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. ii, 39-^2 (1951).

1. The K edge of S in H2S, CS2, and SO2 and the

K edge of CI in HCl were measured.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used, and

intensities v/ere photographically recorded.

3a. The polarizabi 1 i ty was 20-50% below optical

values.

3b. Compounds Edge (eV)

S in H2S 182.49

S in CS2 182.37

S in SO2 182.65

CI in HCl 208.36

TRONS IN NICKEL.

Phil . Mag. (7) h2. 106-110 (I95I).

1.2. Results of N(E) tight binding approximation

for the FCC lattice using Ni as an example

are presented.

3a. A value of 2.70 eV for the total width of the Ni-3d band was obtained.

3b. An N(E) vs. energy curve for Ni is given.

(C-2)T

Kichenassamy, S., OM THE WIDTHS OF THE Kff] LINES.

(In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 232 . 107if-1076 (1951).

I. Data (chiefly that of Gokhale) for elements

of atomic number 35-50 are evaluated.

3. These data, as a function of z3 and are plotted; the line width is a function of z3

.

k. The reason for this z3 dependence can be

explained by Auger transitions.

(C-3)T

Senent, S. and Y. Senent, CALCULATION OF THE ORBITAL DENSITIES AND THE ORIENTATION OF THE VALENCE BANDS IN THE HYBRIDIZED STATE.

(In Spanish.)

Anales de la Real Sociedad Espanola de Fisica

Y Qui mica 42a. 197-220 (1951 ).

1.3. Values of orbital intensities and the orientation of directed valences are tabulated

for all pure hybridizations.

(C-4)T

Torkington, P., THE GENERAL VALENCE ORBITALS

DERIVABLE BY sp3 HYBRIDIZATION.

J. Chem. Phys. JJ., 528-533 (1951).

1. Sets of four sp3 hybrid orbitals satisfying

the symmetry requirements of point groups

C2v and C^y were examined; studies of deviations from the ideal tetrahedra! valence

angle found in systems of symmetry lower

than Td were made.

3. Tables of allowed interorbital angles are presented.

1952

(1)T

Agarwal, B. K., NOMENCLATURE OF X-RAY DIAGRAM

LINES. Science and Culture (India) 22. 479-480

(1952).

1,2. The author suggests a new standard nomenclature system based on Sommerfeld's energy

level configuration.

3. A diagram of transitions using this system

is shown.

31
(2)E

Barinskii, R. L., X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF MOLYBDENUM IN COMPLEXES. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad . Nauk S.S.S.R. 8^, 381-38^1(1952).

1. The L absorption of Mo in (NH4)2 MoO/|, K4 Mo(CN)g, and M0S2 was studied.

3a. The L^ absorption lines of Mo are due to transitions of 2p electrons to excited states near the kd 1 evel

.

3b. Where kd levels are used for bonding, there

are no intense Lj lines.

4. The structure of the Lj absorption edge of Mo depends on the valence of Mo and also on the type of compound.

(3)E

Bhattacharjee, S. B., THE LOW-ENERGY SATELLITE OF THE VALENCE BAND SPECTRA OF SOME INSULATORS.

J. Sci . & Indust. Research (India) 1 IB . 199-200 (1952).

1. Work on insulators and their spectra is presented.

3a. A table of bandwidths for some insulators is

gi ven

.

3b. A schematic representation of the origin of

low energy satellites in insulators is also

gi ven

.

(4) E Cauchois, Y., REMARKS ON THE TECHNIQUE FOR OBSER</-

ING THE K SPECTRUM OF ALUMINUM. (In French.)

Acta. Cryst. ^, 3^+8-350 (1952).

1. The special features needed in a bent crystal

spectrograph in order to study Al are outlined.

3a. The mica or gypsum crystals used must be

absolutely free from traces of Al

.

3b. For the 2-20A region, Kodak 1357 plates were

found to be best.

3c. Attenuation tables for various windows, i.e.,

C, Be, and Li are given; the attenuation from

a 25^56 window is 55%.

(5) E Cauchois, Y., A STUDY OF THE K ABSORPTION SPECTRUM

OF METALLIC ALUMINUM. (In French.)

Acta. Cryst. ^, 351-356 (1952).

1 . The K absorption spectrum for Al down to 190 eV from the edge was measured.

2. A curved crystal (mica or gypsum) spectro- meter was used and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. The main edge is narrow and similar to the

emi ssion edge.

3b. Spectra and a tabulation of all results are presented

.

k. The absorption bands are interpreted according to the Kronig theory for electrons

traveling in an Al crystal.

(6) E Cauchois, Y., PRELIMINARY REMARKS ON THE L-SPECTRUM, CONDUCTIVITY BAND AND COLOR OF SILVER.

(In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2^, 613-615

(1952).

2. A bent crystal spectrometer was used and

intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. The L02 'ine of Ag at 3695-6 XU is accompanied in the high frequency direction by a weak emission, attributed to the conduction

band, with a short wave limit equal to the

L3 absorption edge.

3b. The distance from the edge of this band to the center of the L32 was '+ eV.

(7)T

Cauchois, Y., ENERGY LEVELS OF HEAVY ATOMS.

J. Phys. Radium J2, 113-121 (1952).

1. Results are based on X-ray data for elements

of Z = 73-92.

2. The energy zero was the L^ discontinuity.

3. The mechanism of the photoelectric absorption

of X-rays and the origin of discontinuous

absorption is discussed.

(8) T Curie, D., WIDTH OF SPECTRAL LINES AND HYPERFINE STRUCTURE IN THE X-RAY SPECTRA. (In French.)

J. Phys. Radium JJ_, 505-515 (1952).

1. The fact that the absence of line broadening

or hyperfine structure of K lines occurs due

to a nuclear magnetic moment is discussed.

4. This result is explained by postulation that

the usual theory of spectral line width is not valid when photons of the same frequency

are emitted by two distinct levels whose

separation is less than their width.

(9) E Deodhar, G. B. and C. Mande, NEW FORBIDDEN LINES

IN THE L SPECTRUM OF MERCURY.

J. Sci. & Indust. Research (India) 1 1

B

, 1-4 (1952).

1. Forbidden lines in Hg spectra were studied.

2. The vacuum line to the anti -cathode was

sealed with Apiezon Q, sealing compound.

3. Results are tabulated and a method for set- ting up the Hg specimen on the anti -cathode

is given.

(10) E Deodhar, G. B. and C. Mande, NON-QUADRUPOLE LINES

IN X-RAY SPECTRA. Nature 169 . 889 (1952)

.

1. Some lines not obeying quadrupole selection

rules in the L spectra of Pt and Hg were

found

.

3. Some of the energy of non-quadrupol e lines

is dissipated in the process of emission

i tsel f

.

4. Only those non-quadrupol e lines for which Al or Aj both are simultaneously zero can be

observed and if Al or Aj is 3, one cannot observe a non-quadrupol e line.

32
(n)E

Doughty, D. D. and J. W. McGrath, THE Mr and X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGES OF Ta. Phys. Rev. S^, 1 040 (1952).

1. The edge wavelengths and v/R for the MZt and

M5 edges of Ta are tabulated.

2. A 13.9^ cm radius Siegbahn spectrograph was

used to study thin {k x 1 0~5 cm) evaporated

films of Ta; photographic exposures were 50 hours long.

3. Edge Wavelength (XU) v/R t 0.1 M5 7033 ±5 129.3 i\ 6845 ± 5 132.8

(12) E Faessler, A. and M. Goehring, X-RAY SPECTRA AND

CHEMICAL BONDING. (In German.)

Die Naturwissenschaften 8, 169-177 (1952).

1. The Ka for sulfur in many organic and inorganic compounds was investigated.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used and spectra were obtained by photographic photometry.

3. All spectra are presented.

(13) T Friedel, J., X-RAY TRANSITION PROBABILITIES WITH

SPECIAL REFERENCE TO K ABSORPTION IN LITHIUM.

Phil. Mag. (7) fii, 1115-1139 (1952).

1. Formulae for total jump in absorption coefficients at K, L, and M X-ray absorption edges

are given.

2. It was assumed that the positive hole created

in an inner shell is screened by a bound

electron and encloses the metal in a finite

sphere in order to apply phys i co-ma themati cal computati ons

.

3. Projected spectra based on the computational

results are given.

(14) E Gokhale, B. G., STUDY OF THE WIDTH OF LINES IN X-RAY SPECTRA. (in French.)

Annales de Physique 2. 852-902 (1952).

1. The K spectra for elements of atomic number

37-50 were studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) transmission spectrograph was used and intensities were obtained

by photographic photometry.

3a. If the magnetic moment of an atomic nucleus

produces hyperfine splitting of X-ray levels,

the effect i s smal 1

.

3b. The line width increases as Z^.

(15) E Gyorgy, E. M, and G. G. Harvey, THE SPECTROSCOPY

OF THE SOLID STATE: COPPER AND CHROMIUM.

Phys. Rev. 861-862 (1952).

1. The ]/2 (valence to M2 2) emission

bands in Co and Cr were obtained.

2. A glass grating spectrograph at grazing

incidence was used. The bombarding voltage

was 500 V. for Cu and 600 v. for Cr, with a resultant target current of 3 ma. Inten- sities were measured with a Be-Cu photomul ti pi ier. 3a. Both curves show high energy satellites.

3b. Spectra and density of states curves are

gi ven

.

3c. Ele- Bandwidth M2 3 emission M2 3 separa- ment (eV) e^ge (eV) tion (eV) Cu 7.1 ± 0.5 75.9 ± 0.2 1 .2 ± 0.1 Cr 7.2 ± 1.0 7^2.1 ± 0.2 0.45 ± 0.1

(16)A

Hill, R. D., E. L. Church and J. W. Mikelich, THE DETERMINATION OF y-RM ENERGIES FROM P RAY SPECTROSCOPY AND A TABLE OF CRITICAL X-RAY ABSORPTION ENERGIES.

Rev. Sci. Instr. Z^, 523-528 (1952).

1. A complete table of critical X-ray absorption

energies is given with interpolations and

extrapolations for Z = 3-100.

(17) E Hirsh, Jr., F. R., AUGER ENHANCEMENT OF THE Ma

X-RAY SATELLITE LINES.

Phys. Rev. 8^, 685-686 (1952).

1. Photometer traces of plates for Ma lines of

Pt, Au, Tl , Pb, Bi, Th, and U are presented.

3a. The spectra shown have a complete absence of

sharp satellite maxima caused by Auger

broadening of the satellites.

3b. The relative energy of double to single

ionization vs. atomic number is plotted.

4. The results favor the theory of Coster and

Kronig.

(18) E Kiyono, S., K-ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF POTASSIUM IN KF, KCl , KBr, and Kl

.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. ^S, 1-17 (1952).

1. KCl, KBr, Kl , and KF were studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz - 50 cm radius) vacuum

spectrograph with a Sandstrom (dry air discharge) tube equipped with a W anticathode

was used to make 10-40 hour photographic exposures with a dispersion of 5*5 eV/mm.

3. Photometer traces are presented.

4. Values of X, AX, v/R, Av/R and AV are tabulated from this and earlier work.

(19) E Mitchell, G. and W. W. Beeman, THE X-RAY K ABSORPTION EDGES OF COVALENTLY BONDED Cr, Mn, Ni and Fe.

J. Chem, Phys. 20, 1298-1301 (1952).

1. Spectra and bonding data are presented.

2. Crystal spectrography was employed.

3a. The metal ion is nearly neutral in a complex.

33
(19) E Cont'd.

3b. Low energy absorption Is observed in all complexes where an empty kp orbital is expected,

but when the kp orbital is completely used in bonding no low energy absorption is observed.

k. The results may be used as a check on bonding

orbi tal s.

(20) E Nilsson, N., K ABSORPTION LIMIT IN ANTIMONY. Arkiv Fysik ^, 167-169 (1952).

1. Absorption data for Sb are tabulated.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

and i ntensi ti es were recorded photographically.

3. The K edge is at 4.7 A for Sb.

(21 )A

Ohlin, P., SPECTROMETER TO INVESTIGATE THE ANGULAR

DEPENDENCE OF STRUCTURE IN THE CONTINUOUS

X-RAY SPECTRUM. Arkiv Fysikft, 387-390 (1952).

1. A new quartz crystal spectrograph is described in detai 1

.

3. Preliminary data on Cu are presented.

(22)A

Piore, E. R., G. G. Harvey, E. M. Gyorgy and R. H. Kingston, A HIGH VACUUM RECORDING SPECTROGRAPH FOR THE STUDY OF RADIATION FROM SOLIDS

IN THE 100-800 A range.

Rev. Sci. Instr. 2i, 8-12 (1952).

1. A description of the M.l.T. spectrometer is given. See Ref. No. 8 (1953) for details.

(23 )A

Sandstrom, A. E., A LARGE BENT CRYSTAL VACUUM

SPECTROGRAPH. Arkiv Fysik4, 517-53^ (1952).

la. A complete description of all phases of de- sign and building of a bent crystal spectrograph is given.

lb. Photographs and diagrams of the apparatus are presented.

(24) E Shinoda, G., T. Suzuki and S. Kato, ELECTRONIC

SPECTROSCOPY FOR THE SOFT X-RAY REGION.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan 2. 644-645 (1952).

1. The method of photoelectronic spectroscopy

coupled with electronic differentiation is

di scussed

.

2. The circuit diagram for the apparatus is

gi ven

.

3a. Resolution was calculated to be

=3.52 (kT/ch)\2

where k = Boltzmann constant, T = absolute

temperature, c = speed of light, h = Planck

constant, X = wavelength.

3b. The emission band for Al-Lj is shown.

(25) T Vainshtein, E. E., THE X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGE OF TRANSITION ELEMENTS IN COMPOUNDS. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 82, 355-358(1952).

1. Lines on the long wavelength side of the edge

are discussed; these lines are connected with

the existence of vacancies in nd and nf electron shel 1 s

.

3. The positions of these lines vary less from

compound to compound for a given element than

do other features of the absorption edge.

4. This is attributed to transitions of the absorber to energy levels of the solid which

are close to nd and to nf levels of the free atom of the transition metal.

(26)E

Zandy, H. F., THE M.y AND My ABSORPTION EDGES OF

Pr, Nd, Sm, and Eu. Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 65A . 1015-1022(1952)

1. Tables of spectra for Pr, Nd, Sm, and Eu are

presented.

2. A curved crystal (mica) spectrometer evacuated to 10"5 mm Hg was used to study thin

evaporated films of the specimens and to record spectra photographically; the instru- ment had a dispersion of 40 XU/mm at 10,000 XU

3. Fine structure was found on both edges for Pr, Nd and Sm but for Eu fine structure was observed only at the My edge.

(C-l)T An tone ik, E. and M. Trlifaj, GROUP ANALYSIS OF THE WAVE FUNCTIONS OF VALENCE ELECTRONS IN A

CRYSTAL AND THE ELECTRONIC THEORY OF METALLIC

Mg. (In Engl i sh)

.

Czech. J. Phys. 1, 97-120 (1952).

1,2. Group analysis of the wave functions of

valence electrons in the first Brillouin

zone was performed.

3a. The binding energy of Mg was calculated.

3b. Explanation of the Mg soft X-ray emission

spectrum is based on the calculated data.

(C-2)T

Aoki, Y., NUMERICAL TABLES OF OVERLAP INTEGRALS

FOR 3s, 3p HYBRID ATOMIC ORBITALS.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan 451-457 (1952).

1,2,3. Numerical calculations for 3s, 3p, and Ig, 2s. Bg, Sp hybrid orbitals are tabulated;

Slater's atomic orbitals were employed for

the calculations.

(C-3)T

Baldock, G. R., ELECTRONIC BOUND STATES AT THE SURFACE OF A METAL.

Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 48, 457-469(1952).

1. Bound states for all atoms in a metal surface

and for particular small groups of atoms in

a simple cubic lattice were determined.

2. The tight binding method was used to find the bound states associated with atoms in the surface of a metal

.

3. Most simpler crystals do not exhibit surface

states without modifications in the para- meters of certain atoms.

34
(C-if)T

Coulson, C. A. and R. Taylor, STUDIES IN GRAPHITE AND RELATED COMPOUNDS: I. ELECTRONIC BAND STRUCTURE IN GRAPHITE.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 65A . 815-825 (1952).

1,2. The Bloch (tight binding) theory is used to calculate the density of states in graphite.

3a. Density of states curves with and without use

of overlap integrals are presented.

3b. The density of states curve calculated is com- pared favorably with Chal kin's experimental

X-ray emission curve.

k. The CT electrons play an important role in determining the band shape.

(C-5)T

Fletcher, G. C, DENSITY OF STATES CURVE FOR THE

3d ELECTRONS IN NICKEL.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 6^, 192-202 (1952).

1. A density of 3d states in metallic Ni was

calculated.

2. The method of tight binding (Bloch) was used.

3a. The secular equation for the energy as a function of wave vector was solved exactly.

3b. Bandwidth is 2.7 eV; degeneracy temperature

is 1 .45 X 103 "K. 3c. A density of states curve is presented.

(C-6)T

Friedel, J., THE DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRONS ROUND

IMPURITIES IN MONOVALENT METALS.

Phil. Mag. (7) lH, 153-189 (1952).

1. The distribution of a positively charged im- purity such as dissolved hydrogen or atoms

like Zn or Ga was investigated.

3a. The positive charge must be screened; this may often occur through the formation of

bound states below the Fermi level.

3b. An X-ray vacancy was treated as a positive

impuri ty. 3c. Many diagrams illustrating these points are

presented.

(C-7)T

Lee-Whiting, G. E., X-RAY ABSORPTION LINE-WIDTH AND ELECTRON STOPPING POWER CALCULATED WITH A SCREENED COULOMB INTERACTION.

Proc. Roy. Soc. (London) A212 . 362-376(1952).

1. It was assumed that the polarization of a free electron gas about an electron moving

through it gives rise to an exponential

screening of the Coulomb potential.

3a. With such an interaction, a method was found

for calculating the frequency of collisions

and the rate of energy loss of an excited

electron.

3b. The X-ray absorption line width and the stopping power of the electron cloud were deduced

to be high energy asymptotic expansions.

1953

(1) E Alexopoulos, K, and G. Brogren, EVIDENCE OF A BAND STRUCTURE IN THE COMPTON RADIATION FROM SOLIDS. Arkiv Fysik 6, 213-222 (1953).

1. The Compton bands of Be and diamond were

studied.

2. The X-ray scattering was monitored.

3a. Diamond has an energy gap of 7 eV. 3b. Spectra and tabular results are presented.

(2) E Borovskii, I. B. and T. M. Golovner, MULTIPLICITY

IN X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA. Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 88, 233-236

(1953). Trans: NSF-tr-7 . 3 pp. (1953).

Available f^-om Library of Congress.

1. Data on electron configurations and transitions in the rare earth elements (Ce to Lu) are presented,

(3) E Cauchois, Y., THE L SPECTRA OF NICKEL AND COPPER.

Phil. Mag. (7) >£i, 173-186 (1953).

1. Both the absorption and emission bands of Ni and Cu were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph (mica or gypsum) was employed, and spectra were recorded

photographical ly

.

3a. Complete tables of results are given as well

as the experimental spectra.

3b. The band for Cu is in agreement with Mott's

theory of the behavior of electrons in Cu.

k. Density of states curves are postulated on

the basis of the data.

('t)E Cauchois, Y., THE K EMISSION SPECTRUM OF ALUMINUM

IN THE REGION OF THE CONDUCTION BAND.

(In French.) Acta Cryst. 6, 352-356 (1953).

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrometer was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. Spectra are presented and their features are

listed.

3b. The K emission bandwidth was found to be 10 ±

1 eV with one feeble minimum and two maxima;

the width of the discontinuity was 1.5 eV.

k. The band shape was explained in terms of the transition probabilities of conduction electrons to bound states of the atom. The

mechanism is carefully diagramed.

(5)T

Deodhar, G. B. and 8. K. Agarwal , NOMENCLATURE OF X-RAY LINES.

J. Sci . g. Indust. Research (India) 12B . 639-6itl (1953).

1. A system of nomenclature was proposed.

3. Tables comparing the new satellite notation

wi th old are given.

35
(5) T Cont'd,

k. New system is easier to work witli and to understand

.

(6) T Eisenlohr, H. and G. L. Muller, X-RAY SCATTERING

IN REGION OF K AND L EDGES OF HEAVY ATOMS.

(In German.)

Z. Naturforsch, 3a, ifZy-'+SZ (1953).

1. The dispersion for a spectral region reaching

from wavelengths through the K and L absorption edges was calculated.

2. Wave-mechanical dispersion theory was used.

3a. Atomic scattering factor curves are plotted

for Te and W. 3b. These show systematic deviations from other

cu rves

.

3. The ratio of Kcc^ primary to Ka^ secondary was

2.5 as determined by mi crophotometry

.

(10)E

Morlet, J., CONSTRUCTION OF A SPECTROGRAPH FOR SOFT X-RAYS OF WAVELENGTH 2-20 A; L EMISSION SPEC- TRA OF WAVELENGTH 9-1 it A. (In French.)

Bull. Classe Sci . Acad. Roy. Belg. 22.' 205-

216 (1953).

1. The L series spectra for Zn, Cu, and Cu-Zn alloys are presented.

2. Details of the construction of the curved

crystal spectrometer used are given; the spectrometer records intensities photographical ly. 3. The effects of alloying on the spectra were

tested

•

(11)E

Nilsson, A., A PRECISION DETERMINATION OF THE K EXCITATION POTENTIAL OF SOME 3d ELEMENTS. Arkiv Fysik£, 513-592 (1953).

1. This is a thesis in toto.

2. A complete discussion of apparatus and techn i ques i s gi ven

.

3. Tables and discussion, in full, of results

and their implications are presented.

(7) E Gyorgy, E. M. , M-EMISSION BANDS OF THE TRANSITION

METALS IN THE SOLID STATE. Research Lab. of Electronics M.l.T. Tech.

Rept. 254 . 3k pp. (1953).

1,2. Cu, Ni , Fe, Mn , and Cr were studied with a grazing incidence grating spectrograph at a pressure of 10-6 rm Hg; radiation was pro- duced by bombarding the target with 300-500

volt electrons at 2-6 ma, and photons were

counted by a Be-Cu photomu 1 t i pi i er

.

3a. The radiation studied was produced in the evaporated targets by transitions of valence

electrons into the excited 3P2/2 1/2 states

of the atom.

3b. All spectra and the density of states curves

derived from them are presented.

3c. Bandwidth and emission edge data are tabulated.

(8) E Hartman, P. L. and D. H. Tomboulian, FAR ULTRA- VIOLET RADIATION FROM THE CORNELL SYNCHOTRON.

Phys. Rev. ^1, 1577-1578 (1953).

1. This letter describes the use of the Synchotron as a source of continuous radiation for

the 50-400 A spectral region.

2. The synchrotron energy was 220 and 310 MeV; both settings produced a strong continuum.

3. The photographic negatives over the 50-400 A

region showed no marked density variations,

and no sudden drop over the short-wavelength

region available under the particular conditions of detection.

(9) E Herglotz, H., SECONDARY EXCITATION OF THE Ka, SATELLITE OF Cr. (In German.)

Oster. Akad. Wiss. Math. Maturiv. Kl . Si tzber

Abt. Ilal62, 235-252 (1953).

1,2a. The Ka-^ satellite was excited from Cr which

was the anti cathode in a Cu X-ray tube and also from Cr exposed to Fe-Ka radiation in air.

2b. The Ka] and lines were exposed such that

they were of equal density on a calibrated

photographic film.

(12) E Rogosa, G. L. and G. Schwarz, MOLYBDENUM K AND URANIUM L X-RAY TRANSITIONS FROM SEPARATED

ISOTOPES.

Phys. Rev. 22, 1434-1437 (1953).

1. The Kq- (K - L3, K - L2) lines of Mo and the

LPi (L2 of U were measured in separated

i sotopes

.

2. A double crystal spectrometer was used; experimental technique is briefly outlined.

3. Results are tabulated.

(13) E Sakellaridis, P., ENERGY LEVELS AND WEAK EMISSIONS

IN THE RARE EARTHS Tm, Ho, Tb, Gd, and Eu

.

(In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2^, 1767-1769

(1953).

1 . The Lm was used as the absorption reference;

data were taken from the work quoted in Refs.

14, 15, 16 (1953).

2. To obtain the value for each level, all fre- quency differences possible were calculated

from the measured transitions.

3. Wavelengths and energies are tabulated for the five rare earths concerned.

(14) E Sakellaridis, P., L EMISSION AND ABSORPTION

SPECTRA OF Eu AND Tb. Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 236. 1547-1549

(1953) (In French).

1. Eu and Tb in Eu20'j and Tb203 respectively

were studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

36
Ok)E Cont'd.

3. Wavelengths for L| , L2, and absorption

edges (max. and min.) and the dipole and

quadrupole emission lines due to transitions

between the L, M, N, and 0 levels are tabulated.

(15) E Saketlaridis, P., L EMISSION AND ABSORPTION SPECTRA

OF GADOLINIUM AND THULIUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 236 . 12^-12^6

(1953).

1. Gd and Tm in Gd203 and Tm202 respectively

were studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3. Wavelengths for L) , L2, and L^ absorption

edges (max. and min.) and the dipole and quadrupole emission lines due to transitions between the L, M, N, and 0 levels are tabulated.

(16) E Sakel laridis, P., L EMISSION AND ABSORPTION SPECTRA

OF HOLHIUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 236 , 1014-1016

(1953).

1. Ho i n a very pure sample of H02O2 was studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3. Wavelengths for Lj , L2, and L^ absorption edges

(max. and min.) and the dipole and quadrupole

emission lines due to transitions between the

L, M, N, and 0 levels are tabulated.

(17) E Schwarz, G. and G. L. Rogosa, ELECTRONIC EXCITATION

OF THE L||| STATE OF 5d ELEMENTS.

Phys. Rev. °2, 88-82 (1953).

1 . The ratio h/e was measured from the electronic

excitation potential of one of the X-ray

levels and a structure in the K excitation

curves for Ta, Pt, and W was found.

2. A double crystal spectrometer was used; trouble

with target contamination occurred.

3. The L3 excitation curves for Ta, Pt, and W

are given.

k. The observed structure can be related to the density of states in the conduction band.

(18)E Town send, J. R., SOLID STATE ABSORPTION SPECTRA

OF Mg AND MgO.

Phys. Rev. ^2, 556-560 (1953).

1. The linear absorption coefficients for Mg and

MgO in the spectral region 80-350 A were

determi ned

.

2a. A glass grating spectrometer was used at a grazing angle of 5° to study the evaporated

specimens (MgO was made by oxidizing the Mg

foil); intensities were recorded photographical ly.

2b. The source of radiation was a condensed spark

di scharge.

3a. The absorption coefficient ranges from 1.8 x

lO^'- cm-1 (at 8OA) to 12 X 10^ cm"' (at 350A)

in Mg.

3b. A gap of about k eV exists between the top

filled level and the proposed conduction band

in MgO.

3c. An electronic energy level scheme for MgO was proposed and a diagram of it presented.

(C-l)T

Friedel, J., ANOMALY OF y ABSORPTION IN HEAVY ELEMENTS.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 66A, 333-3'tO (1S53).

1,2. The Wigner-Seitz method was used to compute

energies.

3a. An anomaly was observed for the hf band in the second long period.

3b. The anomaly disappears from Ra through U; therefore, the conduction band of these ele- ments must contain some 5f states.

4. The transition probability of a 3d electron

to the top of the conduction band is small; strong absorption begins only when the ejected

electron reaches the bottom of the 5f band.

(C-2)T

Hume-Rothery, W., METALLIC CARBIDES AND NITRIDES

OF THE TYPE MX. Phil. Mag. (7) 1154-1160 (1953).

1. Structures of MX types with the NaCl configuration were examined to see if this configuration was formed in order to provide the non-metal with an octahedral interstice.

k. The NaCl structure is formed to provide the metal with mutually perpendicular bonds to six neighbors.

(C-3)E

Johnson, F. A. and J. S. Foster, AUGER TRANSITIONS

IN SILVER.

Can. J. Phys. H, 469-4?! (1953).

1. Some 20 K-Auger lines of Ag were recorded.

2. A permanent-magnet spectrograph was used, and

intensities were recorded on Kodak X-ray film.

3. The results disagree with theory, the greatest

discrepancy occurring for K LL transition

1 i nes

.

4. The authors feel that the theory is quantitatively incorrect.

(C-4)E

Lander, J. J., AUGER PEAKS IN THE ENERGY SPECTRA

OF SECONDARY ELECTRONS FROM VARIOUS MATERIALS.

Phys. Rev. 21. 1382-138? (1953).

1 . The energy spectra of secondary electrons

from C, Be, Al , Ni , Cu, Ba, Pt, BeO, AI2O3,

N, 0, CuO, and BaO were measured.

2. A spherical electron veloci ty analyzer which

could be evacuated to I x 10"° mm Hg was used.

3a. Characteristic peaks due to Auger electrons were observed in all the materials examined.

37
(C-'t)E Cont'd.

3b. Spectra and tabular results are presented.

k. Structure in the peaks can be related to the distribution in energy of electrons in the valence band, and it complements that observed

in soft X-ray emission studies.

(C-5)T

Laskar, W., SEMI DIRECT DETERMINATION OF COEFFICIENTS

OF FLUORESCENCE FOR THE K LEVEL OF CERTAIN ATOMS FROM MEASUREMENTS OF THE WIDTH OF X-RAYS,

(in French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 236 . 21'f9-2150 (1953).

1,2. Gokhales values -for the Kaj shell width were

used to calculate the fluorescence coefficient

of the K shell for eight elements.

Element Fluorescence Coefficient

Sr 0.65

Zr 0.69

Mo 0.73

Rh 0.78

Pd 0.80

Ag 0.81 Cd 0.828

Sn 0.83

(C-6)T

Meerson, G. A. and la. S. Umanski i , ON THE HARDNESS

OF REFRACTORY CARBIDES. (In Russian.)

Izvestia Sektora Fiziko-Khimicheskogo Analiza

22, 104-110 (1953). Trans. AEC-tr-3629, 6 pp. (I960).

1. The hardness of carbides in general terms of

directional bonds is discussed.

3. Tables of carbide types and of the free energy

of carbide formation are presented.

(C-7)T

Sato, M., CRITICAL POTENTIALS OF SOFT X-RAYS AND

OF SECONDARY ELECTRONS FROM COPPER AND THEIR PHYSICAL SIGNIFICANCE.

Sci. Rep. Res. Inst. Tohoku Univ. A^, 533"

553 (1953).

1. Critical potentials for soft X-rays and for secondary electrons from copper, as determined

by several workers, were discussed and corrections for their critical potentials were

determi ned

.

3. Tabulated results for critical potentials in copper are presented.

k. The critical potentials are explained as being

the dissociation potentials of chained molecules of copper into component atoms, either

with or without accompanying ionization.

1954

(1)T

Agarwal, B. K., A FORMULA FOR THE l< AND L ABSORPTION DISCONTINUITIES.

Current Sci, (India) 22., 357 (195^).

1,2,3. The general formula Tg = CZ^X" was used to lead to the conclusion that the magnitude of

the K absorption jump ratio, R|^, is: Rk = aZ^

where log|Q a = 1 .805283 and b = -0.6207.

(2) E Bedo, D, E. and D. H. Tomboulian, THE L ABSORPTION

SPECTRUM OF SILICON AND SILICON DIOXIDE.

Phys. Rev. 2i. 621 (1954).

1. Si and Si02 were studied over a range of 60- 200 A.

2. Thin evaporated films were employed in a grating spectrometer.

3. The L2 3 edge for Si i s at 124.5 A and the L2 3 ecige of Si02 is at 116. 5 A.

4. The energy gap in the semiconductor is about

0,8 eV.

(3) E Blokhin, M. A,, X-RAY K ABSORPTION OF TITANIUM IN BARIUM AND LEAD TITANATES. (in Russian.)

Doklady Akad, Nauk S.S.S.R. 2i. 965-968(1954).

1. Ba and Pb titanates and Ti02 and Ti203 were

investigated.

2, A bent crystal spectrograph was used; the Cu anode was covered with Bi -oxide for observational purposes.

3a. The separation from the 3d level to the edge

is 5 eV, 3b. In BaTiO? there are Is to 4sp bands for Ti-^"*" 4+ and Ti in addition to a partially filled 3d band

.

3c. The average number of electrons in a Ti ion

is 0.35.

3d. The Ti and oxygen bonds are 25% covalent,

3e. The 4sp band separation between Ti3+ and Ti is 4,5 eV.

(4) E Blokhin, M. A,, THE INFLUENCE OF TEMPERATURE AND

PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS ON THE X-RAY ABSORPTION

SPECTRUM OF TITANIUM IN BARIUM AND LEAD TITANATES, (In Russian,)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 2i. 1165-1167

(1954).

1. Ba and Pb titanates were studied between 25 and 200''C by observing their K X-ray absorption spectra.

2. A focusing spectrograph of the crystal type was used,

3a. The 3d absorption maximum is unaffected by

temperature; however, elevation of the tem- perature shifts the complex absorption edge

toward lower energies.

3b. The Ti^ 4sp absorption maximum decreases by

0,6 eV suddenly at the Ba titanate Curie

point (128°C); this is explained by the transition from tetragonal to cubic structure,

(5) E Brogren, G,, A NOTE ON THE WIDTHS OF X-RAY EMISSION LINES. Arkiv Fysik 8, 391-400 (1954).

1. The Cu-to] width was studied in detail as were the widths of the Ka in Ti , Fe and Mo.

2, A double crystal (quartz or calcite) spec- trometer was used.

38
{5)E Cont'd.

3a. Line width was a function of the spectrometer

resolving power; increasing the resolving

power caused the line width to decrease asymptotical ly

.

3b. Element Ka] Width (XU) Cu 0.43

Ti 0.85

Fe 0.80

Mo 0.24

k. The true width is the difference of measured

width and the width of the spectrometer diffraction pattern.

(6) E Cauchois, Y., X-f^Y SPECTRA AND CHEMICAL BONDING.

J. Chim. Phys. (Paris) 76-88 (1954).

(In French.)

1. S in several inorganic compounds. Re in Re oxides, U in U oxides, Co in Co complexes,

Al in AI2O3, and Al-Mg alloys were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrometer was used and in- tensities were photographically recorded.

3a. Spectral shifts due to compound formation are

tabulated and the author suggests some bonding schemes based on these data.

3b. Actual spectra are presented.

(7) E Cauchois, Y., I Manescu and F. LeBerquier, THE L- SPECTRA OF PLUTONIUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 239 . 1780-1782

(1954).

1. The L spectra of Pu in a 10 mg sample of Pu02 were obtained.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used and in- tensities were photographically recorded.

3. Spectra and tabular results are presented; a precision of better than 2 eV is claimed.

(8) T Eisenlohr, H. and G. L. J. Muller, ANOMALOUS X-RAY SCATTERING OF HEAVY ATOMS IN THE REGION OF K AND L EDGES ACCORDING TO V/AVE-MECHAN ICAL DIS- PERSION THEORY. (In German.)

Z. Physik^ii, 491-533 (1954).

1. Both the angular and frequency dependence for

Ti , and only the frequency dependence for W

were studied.

2. The treatment is Honl's procedure in which

the radiation field of the scattering atom

is developed in a series of multipoles and

each is given a characteristic frequency

dependence.

3. The influence of L electrons is great in a large region above the K edge.

(9) E Faessler, A. and E. D. Schmid, STRUCTURE OF THE X-RAY K SPECTRUM OF SULFUR. (In German.)

Z. Physik 128, 71-79 (1954).

1 .

2.

3.

Rhombic S, CaS, SrS, o;-MnS, K2S0i^, and CaS04 were studied. A vacuum spectrograph was used and results were photographically recorded.

The spectrum consists of a broad band in the case of the element and the sulfide, but it is a very sharp line for the sulfates.

The K-p spectrum cannot be treated as line

displacements (such as the Ka doublet).

(10) E Ferreira, J. G., CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY OF THE SATELLITE BAND INTENSITY OF THE La] LINES FOR ELEMENTS OF ATOMIC NUMBER 73-92. (In Portuguese)

Rev. Fac. Cienc. Univ. Lisboa 2, Ser. 3B65-140 (1954).

1. Elements of atomic number 73-92 were investigated.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer was used and in- tensities were photographically recorded.

3a. The high frequency La] line satellite in- creases with atomic number to a maximum at TI and then decreases. , 3b. The La'2 line widths for these elements were

al so measured.

(11) E Gyorgy, E. M. and G. G. Harvey, SPECTROSCOPY OF THE SOLID STATE: SOME OF THE TRANSITION

ELEMENTS.

Phys. Rev. 365-369 (1954).

1

3a.

3b.

The 3P2/2 1/2 (Valence to M2^3) emission

bands of Ni , Mn, and Fe were obtained.

A glass grating spectrograph was used at grazing incidence; the bombarding voltage was

500 volts with a resultant target current of

4 ma and intensities were measured with a BeCu photomul tipl ier. All spectra and density of states curves for

the elements studied are presented.

Ele- 3P1/2 emis- 3P3/2 1/2 sepa- Band- ment sion edge ±0.2 ration ± 0.1 width eV

Mn

Fe

Ni

46.8

52.3 66.7

0.6

0.6

0.9

5.8±1 .0 3.7±1 .0 5.8+0.5

(12)E

Johnston, R. W. and D. H. Tomboulian, ABSORPTION SPECTRUM OF BERYLLIUM IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF THE K EDGE.

Phys. Rev. 24, 1 585-1589 (1954).

I

3a.

3b.

3c.

The absorption spectrum of Be was studied in the spectral region 60-250A. A grating spectrometer was used; the Be was irradiated wi tli the bremstrahlung from

the Cornell synchrotron.

Spectra and tabular data are presented.

The mass absorption coefficient, u/p, varies

from 0.25 x 105 cm"' to 2.8 x 10^ cm" '.

Tlie absorption edge was found at 1 1 lA which

is coincident with the emission edge.

39
(13)T

Jones, H., SOFT X-RAY EMISSION BANDS IN METALS.

Phys. Rev. 1072 (li)54).

1,3. Excess bandwidths for Li, i^!a, and Al are

tabul ated.

2. The use of the Bohm-Pines treatment for valence band calculations rather than the Hartree-Fock method is suggested; a semiempirical equation for excess bandwidth is

gi ven

.

(1^)T

Hi gam, A. H., FINE STRUCTURE OF X-I\AY A8S0RPTI0II SPECTRA IN HOMOPOLAR CRYSTALS. Current Sci . (India) 2^, II7-II0 (195^).

1. The dissimilarities in X-ray absorption fine structure between two elements in the same crystal lattice ware considered.

2,3- A proof of Kronig's suggestion that the fields around positive and negative ions in an ionic crystal give rise to different fine structures is presented in mathematical form.

(15) E Parratt, L. G. and E. L. Jossem, X-PxAY SPECTROSCOPY OF VALENCE AND CONDUCTION BAiJDS OF POTASSIUM CHLORIDE.

Physica 20, 1135-1137 (195^).

1. The 1\3 emission bands in solid KCl were

studied.

2. Crystal spectroscopy was used; the emission

curves were recorded v;ith high resolving

power (X/ AX r; 1

1 , 000) and intensities were measured with a proportional counter.

3a. Corrected half-maximum widths of the Is states are O.33 eV for CI - 3p and 0.22 eV

for K - 3p.

3b. Spectra and an energy level diagram are presented

.

k. Discrete atomic-like levels exist below the filled bands in the solid in the immediate

neighborhood of the Is vacancy.

(16) E Parratt, L. G., THEORETICAL AND EXPEi^l MENTAL. I N- VESTIGATIONS OF THE ATOMIC PHENOMENA OCCURRING ON AND NEAR THE SURFACES OF SOLIDS: I. SURFACE STUDIES OF SOLIDS 3Y TOTAL REFLECTION

OF X-RAYS AND II. STRUCTURE OF THIN EVAPO- RATED COPPER FILMS BY TOTAL REFLECTION OF X-RAYS. Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Contract AF-l8(600)-674 Tech. Rept. #1,

AFOSR-TR-5^-13, 68 pp. (135^0-

1,2. Analysis of the reflected X-ray intensity vs. grazing angle curve was performed by extending

dispersion theory to treat any small number of

stratified homogeneous media.

3a. Such a plot for Cu evaporated onto glass was explained by assuming the air exposed (at 300°

Is) Cu is oxidized to a depth of I5OA. 3b. If oxidation is less deep, there probably

exists an electron density minimum just below

an internal oxide seal.

(17) E Rogers, J. L. and F. C. Chalkin, A GEIGER COUNTER

VACUUM SPECTROMETER AND ITS USE FOR THE STUDY

OF SOFT X-RAY LINES.

Proc. Phys. Soc . (London) 623, 3^8-356 (195^+).

1. The M£ line of Mo and the N doublet of W were studied.

2. The range of the instrument is 20-200A; the grating has 15,000 lines/inch and radiation

is detected by means of a Geiger counter.

3a. Details of design and construction are given

as are diagrams.

3b. X-ray line widths are discussed.

(18) E Sakel laridis. P., THE L ABSORPTION AND EMISSION

SPECTRA OF ERBIUM AND ITS ENERGY LEVELS.

(In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2^, 2296-2298

(135^).

1. The absorption and emission L spectra of Er were measured.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3. Energy levels for Er are tabulated.

(13)E

Shinoda, G., T. Suzuki and S. Kato, ELECTRONIC

SPECTROSCOPY IN THE SOFT X-RAY REGION.

Tech. Repts. Osaka Univ. ft_, 1-5 (1954).

1. This is chiefly a description of apparatus

and technique although the L2 3 spectrum of

Al is shown.

2a. See Ref. #22-1356 for the method of photoelectronic spectrometry employed.

2b. Diagrams of the X-ray tube and circuit are

gi ven

.

3a. Results for Al agreed with those made on a grating spectrometer.

3b. The photoelectronic method gives less reso- lution than the grating method.

(20)E

Shinoda, G., T. Suzuki and S. Kato, TWO TYPES OF BAND EMISSION CURVES FOR COPPER IN THE SOFT X-RAY REGION.

Phys. Rev. 2i. 840-841 (1954).

1. Emission spectra are obtained directly on an oscilloscope; the authors show actual oscillograms for the M2 3 band of Cu

.

2. Voltages applied to the anticathode are varied gradually and the soft X-rays emitted

are detected with a photoelectric device; the resulting voltage vs. photocurrent curves are

40
(20)E Cont'd.

differentiated electronically.

3. The M2 2 band of Cu oscillated between a band

of the shape of Skinner and a two-humped band

corresponding to J. C. Slater's theoretical

curve.

(21 )E Skinner, H. W. B., T. G. Bullen and J. E. Johnston,

NOTES ON SOFT X-RAY SPECTRA, PARTICULARLY OF THE Fe GROUP ELEMENTS.

Phil. Mag. (7) iii, 1 070-1 08O (195^).

1. Old unpublished work on Ca, Mn, Co, Ti , Cr,

Fe, Ni, Cu, Cr203, Ti02, CaO, and Mn02 L and

M bands is presented and compared with Gyorgy,

Harvey's and Cauchois' results.

2a. Two grating spectrometers were used: one for

M studies at 1 50-itOOA and the other for L studies at 13-^OA.

2b. Targets were evaporated foils put down every

15-20 minutes during the long photographic

exposures; the system was evacuated to 10" mm Hg. 2c. The target power input was 600 watts (3kv and

200 ma).

3. All spectra are shown and a tabulation of L3 and M3 bandwidths for Ca, Ti , U, Cr, Mn, Fe,

Co, Ni , Cu , and Zn is given.

(22)A

Smith, G. L. and L. G. Miller, MTR CRYSTAL SPECTRO- METER AND DATA PRINTING SYSTEM.

Phys. Rev. 26, 849 (195^).

1. This is a setup for a large computer installation.

2. Some I5OO separate measurements on 6-digit

tape with 0.3% statistics and 106 counts per minute are accumulated.

(23 )A

Tournaire, M., CORRECTION OF ERROR RESULTING FROM CONTINUOUS X-RAY RECORDING. (In French.)

J. Phys. Radium j^, Suppl . to #1 - 16A-22A

(1954).

1. The change in the line profiles during continuous automatic recording was studied

analytical ly

.

3. Corrections necessary to reconstruct a true profile were determined.

(C-l)T

Brown, E., CALCULATION OF ENERGY BANDS IN CRYSTALS.

Univ. Microfilms PUBL 9735 . 72 pp. (1954).

Diss. Abs. 14 - 2096.

1. Electronic energy eigenvalues as a function

of wave vector k for valence and conduction

bands were calculated.

2a. The usual approximations leading to the one- electron Schroedinger equation in a periodic

potential were made.

2b. The Schroedinger equation was replaced with

an equivalent variation principle and a solution was approximated by expansion in a finite

number of plane waves plus an auxiliary

functi on

.

3. This led to a simple matrix equation for the coef f i c i ents

.

(C-2)T

Craig, D. P., A. Maccoll, R. S. Nyholm, L. E. Orgel and L. E. Sutton, CHEMICAL BONDS INVOLVING d-ORBITALS.

J. Chem. Soc. (London), 332-357 (1954).

1. Bonds which may require the use of d orbital

s

were Investigated.

2. Overlap integrals involving 3s, 3p, 3d, and

4s orbital s are used as criteria for determining bond strengths.

3a. The results do not agree with those of Pauling.

3b. The importance of the conditional stability

of d orbitals (a and tt) resulting from the polar nature of bonds formed by s and p orbitals is stressed.

(C-3)T

Friedel, J., ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE OF PRIMARY SOLID SOLUTIONS IN METALS. Advances in Physics ±, 446-507 (1954).

1. A review of band structure calculations with

125 references is presented. Some of the topics reviewed are:

(1) The perturbed metallic lattice-insulators

and metal s

.

(2) Self consistent solution in an alloy - screening, displacement of the Fermi surface.

(3) Molecular orbitals - overlapping bands,

physical properties. Born approximation,

parabolic and full bands.

(4) Atomic orbitals - X-ray and optical

transi tions.

(C-4)T

Herman, F., SOME RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE CALCULATION OF CRYSTAL ENERGY BANDS - NEW RESULTS

FOR THE GERMANIUM CRYSTAL.

Physica 20, 801-812 (1954).

1,2. A Ge band structure calculation based on

the orthogonal i zed plane wave method is presented

.

3a. The band structure depends critically on the assumed crystal potential

.

3b. A lowest conduction band minimum at positions

along the [ill] axis is predicted.

(C-5)T

Igo, G. and M. S. Werthein, ISOTOPIC SHIFT IN THE X-RAY SPECTRA OF HEAVY ELEMENTS.

Phys. Rev. 2i, 1097 (1954).

1,3. Isotopic shifts in U, Pb and Mo are tabulated.

2. The Fermi -Thomas field approximation is used.

41
(C-6)T

Kiessling, R., THE NITRIDE, CARBIDE, SORIDE, AND

SILICIDE OF TRANSITION METALS. (In German.)

Fortschrift Chem. Forschung 2.. 41-69 (1954).

1. Both binary and ternary systems are dealt with;

bonding is discussed and illustrations given.

3. Metallic properties are associated with com- pounds having a value of 0.59 or less for the ratio of the atomic radius of the non-metal to that of the metal

.

Note: 128 references are appended.

(C-7)T

Raimes, S., ENERGY BAND SHAPES AND BAND WIDTHS IN METALS.

Phil. Mag. (7) 4i. 727-734 (1954).

1. The Bohm-Pines density of states curve was compared with the Sommerfield and HartreeFock approximations for Na, Mg, and Al

.

3. The Bohm-Pines curve shows a rudimentary tail but it is a great improvement over the Hartree- Fock method; however, the Bohm-Pines bandwidth

is still much larger than the observed width.

4. This defect may be partially due to the neglect of the short range correlation energy.

(C-8)E

Roos, C. E., A NEW METHOD FOR MEASURING AUGER

TRANSITIONS.

Phys. Rev. 21. 401-405 (1954).

1. The K-f luorescence yield of Zr, Nb, Mo, Rh,

Pd, Ag, Cd, and Sn was measured.

2a. X-rays were detected over a solid angle of

2v steradians, the tube voltage was stabilized

to 100 ppm, 35-40 kv at 10 ma was used. Radiation was passed through two sets of collimating slits and then to a Nal-Ti scintillation counter. Targets were 3 nm foils.

Element "Jk(*3%) Zr 0.645

Nb 0.713

Mo 0.714

Rh 0.779

Pd 0.782

Ag 0.814

Cd 0.819

Sn 0.840

(C-9)T

Shoemaker, D. P. and T. C. Huang, A SYSTEMATIC METHOD FOR CALCULATING VOLUMES OF POLYHEDRA CORRESPONDING TO BRILLOUIN ZONES. Acta Cryst. 2. 249-259 (1954).

1. The volume and number of quantum states in Brillouin polyhedra were calculated.

2. A geometrical treatment was employed.

3. The method was applied to cubic, tetragonal.

and orthorhombic systems and the results are

shown

.

(C-IO)T

Slater, J. C. and G. F. Koster, A SIMPLIFIED LCAO METHOD FOR THE PERIODIC POTENTIAL PROBLEM.

Phys. Rev. 24. 1498-1524 (1954).

1,2. It is proposed that various LCAO integrals be

obtained as disposable constants; then one

can force the LCAO results to agree with accurate results at symmetry points in the Brillouin zone

.

3. Tables of matrix components of energy are given for all cubic structures.

(C-ll)T

Wertheim, M. S. and G. Igo, ISOTOPE SHIFT IN THE X-RAY SPECTRA OF HEAVY ELEMENTS. Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Contract AFl 8(600)771 , Tech. Rept. #8

AFOSR-TN-54-347, 16 pp. (1954).

1. Isotope shifts in the X-ray levels due to the nuclear volume effect were calculated for three different nuclear potentials.

2,3a. Screening effects of atomic electrons were accounted for by comparison of the Fermi

Thomas field wave function at the nuclear

radius with that of a Coulomb field.

3b. An upper limit of the change in screening of other atomic electrons occurs when a K or L shell electron is removed or replaced.

1955

(1) T Agarwal, B. K., PRESSURE OF ABSORBING GAS FOR OPTIMUM X-RAY ABSORPTION USE. (In English.)

Z. Physiki42, 161-162 (1955).

1,4. For absorption experiments in the soft X-ray

region, the following formula for gas pressure giving maximum intensity difference at absorption edge was deduced:

Pd = AaZ^ log a Z^/Z (m^)^ L (az''-!) P = density of absorber, A = atomic weight

of absorber, d = thickness of absorber, Z = atomic number of absorber, (|^)|^ = absorption

coefficient of 1 electron, L = Loschmidt's

number, logjga = 1.80283, b = 0.6207.

3. Pd for 0 = 0.79996, for N = 0.58173, for

C = 0.39613.

(2) E Amrehn, H. and H. Kulenkampff, ENERGY DISTRIBUTION

IN SPECTRUM OF X-RAY BREMSTRAHLUNG AS A FUNC- TION OF THE ATOMIC NUMBER. (In German.) . Z. PhysikiffO, 152-164 (1955).

1. Al, Ni, and Sn were observed at potentials

of 25, 34, and 40 kv.

2. The direction of the proportional counter was

90° with respect to the electron beam.

3. Intensities were inversely proportional to the potenti al

.

42
(3) E Barinskii, R. L., X-RAY SPECTRA AND THE ELECTRONIC

STRUCTURE OF THORIUM IN 7h{H0^)i^ AND Th02.

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 20,

133-135 (1955). (In Russian.)

Trans: Bull. Acad, Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

20, 120-122 (1956).

1. The M/j and Mj absorption edge of Th in Th(N03)4 and Th02 was studied.

2. A 500 mm radius quartz crystal spectrograph

with a dispersive power of 9 eV/mm was used; intensities were recorded photographically,

and the spectrograms were processed visually

with a microphotometer

.

3. The electronic structural changes were postulated from the spectra.

4. The results show that it is most "advantageous"

for the electrons in the Th atoms to fill the

5f states first since the absorption lines in the )% and M5 spectra are located energetically

below all the other unoccupied levels of the Th atoms in the crystal.

(4) E Beckman, 0., RELATIVE INTENSITIES OF X-RAY K LINES

OF HEAVIER ELEMENTS. Arkiv Fysik2, ^^95-529 (1955).

1. Elements of atomic number 73-83, 90, and 92

were studied.

2. A Van de Graef generator was employed as a source of 800 kv exciting potential for use with a curved crystal (quartz) spectrometer

giving a dispersion of O.382 XU/mm.

3. Spectra and complete tabular results are given.

(5) T Blokhin, M. A., INVESTIGATION OF THE DENSITY OF ELECTRONIC STATES IN A SOLID AND THE WIDTH

OF THE INTERNAL ATOMIC LEVELS. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz 20, 142-151 (1955). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

20, 127-138 (1956).

1. A mathematical development is presented from

which series functions can be deduced to correct distorted emission and absorption spectra

obtained with a double crystal spectrometer to thei r true shapes

.

3a. Corrections for K level width determinations

in the iron group transition series are given.

3b. The application of these results to the density of states curve for nickel is discussed.

(6) E Blokhin, M. A. and A. N. Gusantinski , SELECTION OF OPTIMUM SPECIMEN DENSITY FOR THE INVESTIGATION

OF X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA, (in Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 128-133

(1955). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

20, 113-120 (1956).

1. Cu-Zn alloy specimens were studied in order

to determine the absorber thickness giving

the greatest difference between the directly

observed quantities on both sides of the absorption edge.

2. Ionization and photographic techniques were

used.

3. Equations and conditions for using them in order to obtain optinwm absorber densities

under a variety of conditions are given.

(7) T Cauchois, Y., ENERGY LEVELS FOR ATOMIC NUMBERS 2-69-

(In French.)

J. Phys. Radium 16, 253-262 (1955).

1. The energy levels were calculated from characteristic X-ray frequencies.

3. A table of energy levels for Z = 2-69 is given.

(8) E Cormack, D. V., J. E. Till, G. F. Whitmore and

H. E. Johns, MEASUREMENT OF CONTINUOUS X-RAY SPECTRA WITH A SCINTILLATION SPECTROMETER.

Brit. J. Radiol. 28, 6O5-6O9 (1955).

1. The spectral distribution of half-value

layers of 1.7, 2.5, and 3.1 mm Cu strips was

measured.

2a. A scintillation spectrometer was used.

2b, The spectral distributions were corrected for crystal and instrumental effects by comparison

with spectra obtained with monochromatic

radiation.

3. Corrected distributions are compared with

those obtained by analysis of absorption data.

(9) E Das Gupta, K., A. K. Sen and S. B. Bhattacharjee,

STUDY OF CARBON Ka AND ALUMINUM L2 3 BANDS

BY A NEWLY CONSTRUCTED SOFT X-RAY I^ULED GRATING SPECTROGRAPH.

J, Sci, 6- Indust. Research (India) H+B, 129-130 (1955).

1. The content is primarily an equipment description,

2a, A 1-meter radius grating is used at a 5,5°

grazing angle. An oxide coated Ni wire electron gun was used to excite the specimen.

2b, All vibration from the spectrograph was damped out,

2c, The target temperature was maintained at 300°C

for 30 minutes before the sample was evaporated onto it,

2d, A kO-kOO A range is covered.

3. The L2 3 bandwidth of Al is 13. 0 eV with an emission edge at 170. 5A.

(10) E Das Gupta, K. and E. Wood, SOFT X-RAY SPECTRA OF MAGNESIUM-ALUMINUM, MAGNESIUM-SILICON, AND ALUMINUM-SILICON ALLOYS.

Phil . Mag. (7) k6, 77-86 (1955).

1. L spectra for the alloys were obtained; these were compared to the spectra from the respective pure elements.

43
(10) E Cont'd.

3a. The emission edge broadens on alloying.

3b. Structural clianges in the shapes of the bands

occur.

3c. No case of identity of the bands of the two constituents is found; this would be the case

for a perfectly ordered single phase alloy.

(11) E Ferreira, J. G., DETERMINATION OF THE INTENSITY OF

Lo- SATELLITE BANDS FOR Z = 73-92. (in French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 241., 1929-1932

(1955).

1.2. A curved crystal (mica) spectrograph with a dispersion of 5-5 XU/mm was used to obtain

the L spectra; intensities were recorded

photographical ly

.

3a. Results are presented as a table with satellite intensities shown as a percentage of the La I primary maximum.

3b. A plot of satellite intensity versus atomic

number rises to a maximum at Z = 83 and then drops off.

(12) E Fine, S. and C. F. Hendee, X-RAY CRITICAL ABSORPTION AND EMISSION ENERGIES IN eKV. Nucleonics JJ., (3), 36-37 (1955).

1. Tables are given for Z = 1-100.

2. Values were obtained by a conversion of tabulated experimental wavelength values to keV

using one of the following equations:

E(keV) = 12.39644 ± 0.0001 7A(A) or E(keV) = 12.39644/1.002020 \(kx)

(13) E Fobberth, 0. G., SOLID SOLUTIONS IN A-'b^' COMPOUNDS.

(In German.)

Z. Naturforsch. 10a . 502-503 (1955).

1.3. A^B^ forbidden band values are found. A^B^

compounds with values of forbidden band energy,

ZiE, between 0.33 and 1.25 eV and 1.45 - 2.22

eV were prepared.

2. Pseudobinary systems InAs-lnP and GaAs-GaP

form a complete series of solid solutions.

(14) E Hempstead, C. F., LOCALIZED ENERGY STATES IN CRYS- TALLINE ALKALI CHLORIDES BY SOFT X-RAY AB- SORPTION SPECTROSCOPY.

Univ. Microfilms, PUBL 10. 744 . 108 pp. (1955).

Diss. Abs. Ji., 280 (1955).

1. The structure 20 eV from both sides of the K absorption edge of KCl and NaCl was investigated.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer

having a resolution of 0.1 eV was used; a proportional counter was used to obtain

i ntensi ty data

.

3d. The structure observed is temperature sensitive and differs from NaCl to KCl.

3b. The inner vacancy resulting when a K-electron

is photoejected causes a perturbation of the normal periodic potential in the vicinity of

the ionized atom; this atom of atomic number Z appears as a Z + I impurity in the solid,

(15) E Herglotz, H., A NEW X-RAY MICROFOCUS TUBE.

(In German, English summary.)

Mikrochim Acta 1955 . 684-695.

1. Secondary activation of a-^ satellites in Cr,

and the chemical bonding influence on the Kp]

line of Fe and Co in compounds were studied.

2. A tube with a radiating anode for convenient

external excitation of X-ray spectra was used;

the tube is diagramed and described.

3. The spectra of Al and AI2O2 from 1 70-220A are shown

.

(16) E Kazantsev, V. A., INVESTIGATION OF THE X-RAY SPECTRA OF ALLOYS OF THE Mn-Ni SYSTEM.

(In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 20, 107-111 (1955). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci . U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

20, 97-102 (1956).

1. The K35 lines during magnetic transformation over a range of 20-300°C were studied.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer was used and

intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. The experimental results for all observed

phenomena are listed.

3b. Transition to the paramagnetic state shifts

the KP5 of Ni to higher energies and does the opposite to the KPj of Mn

.

4. A mechanism for the magnetic transition

(based on the observed data) is postulated.

(17) T Kurylenko, C, BRILLOUIN ZONES, ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF METALS, AND X-RAY K ABSORPTION

SPECTRA. (In French.)

Cahiers de Physique 2, (54), 1-36 (1955).

1. The electronic properties of Cu, Ca, Ni , Al

,

Cr, Fe, K, Na, Li, Zr, Ag, In, W, Au , Mg, Zn,

Sn , and Pb were studied.

3a. Many Brillouin zone diagrams and energy

level diagrams are presented.

3b. A linear relationship was established between

[(Vq - 9) - t^]n S"'' '09 cr where

Mq = mean potential in the crystal,

cp = Richardson potential,

E = maximum energy of levels occupied by free electrons,

n = number of valence electrons, a = electrical conductivity.

Landol t-Bornstei n Tables - See Review (R-5).

44
(18) E Mande, C, ON THE L-ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF GOLD IN THE PURE METAL AND IN GOLD-PALLADIUM ALLOYS.

(In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 240 . 1205-1207

(1955).

1. The L absorption of Au in pure Au and in two Au-Pd alloys was studied.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer was used and

intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. The three L discontinuities are shifted to longer wavelengths, and the form of the Lj

discontinuity is changed in the alloys.

3b. v/R, E(eV).and /!£(eV) quantities are tabulated.

(19) E Mande, C, THE L ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF GOLD IN GOLD-SILVER ALLOYS. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 240 . 2222-2224

(1955).

1. The L] , L2, and Lj absorption spectra in pure

Au and in Ag - 50 w/o Au and Ag - 75 w/o Au were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used and

intensities were photographically recorded.

3. Values of \(XU), v/R and E(eV) are tabulated

for the observed features; the Au L^ and L2 absorption edges were displaced 1.2 eV and

the Lj 1.8 eV toward higher energies.

(20) E Moore, H. R. and F. C. Chalkin, THE K SERIES EMISSION SPECTRUM OF NEON.

Proc. Phys. Soc . (London) 68A, 717-725 (1955).

1. Tabular data and spectra for Ne are presented.

2. An electrode! ess discharge source was used and spectra were photographically recorded with

the aid of a bent crystal spectrometer.

3a. One diagram line, one semi -optical line, and

twenty satellites were obtained.

3b. The shape of the diagram line and the satellite structure were analyzed.

(21) E Narbutt, K. I., ON THE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY EMISSION

LINES OF IONS IN SOLUTION. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 20, 118-121 (1955). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

20, 107-1 10 (1956).

1,2. A special fluorescent spectrometer at 200 ma

and 50 kv was used to study the Ka lines of

Zn in dissolved complexes by photographic

means

.

3a. Tables of results and idealized spectra are presented

.

3b. The Kof) line for Zn ions in solution is broadened by a factor of 1 .5 - 1 .8 over Zn

in solid compounds; the Kcn] is also highly

asymmetric.

4. The L2 3 levels in Zn are split by the pro- cess of ioni zation.

(22) T Nigam, A. N., THE ORIGIN OF FINE STRUCTURES IN X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF IONIC SOLUTIONS.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 68B, 472-473(1955)-

1. The situation was examined from the point of view that an ion is confined for a short time

in a potential space due to attraction on all sides which prevents the ion from escaping.

3a. The intensity distribution depends upon the dielectric constant of the solvent H2O molecule.

3b. A table comparing the position of structures in solids and in solutions for several inorganic

substances is presented.

(23)E

Nordfors, B., A NOTE ON Al -Ka, u LINES IN METAL AND

OX I DE

.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 68a, 654-656 (1955).

1. Wavelengths of Ka^ ^ in Al and AI2O3 are listed.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer evacuated to

1 X 10'"5 mm Hg was used to study 20 layers

and spectra were recorded with a Geiger counter.

3. Spectra and tables are shown.

(24) E Parratt, L. G. and E. L. Jossem, X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY

OF THE SOLID STATE: POTASSIUM CHLORIDE.

Phys. Rev. ^Z. 916-926 (1955).

1,3. Emission and absorption data for K and CI in solid KCl are presented and attempt to correlate the theoretical model was made.

2a. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was used in the (1,+I) position and also a single

crystal (mica) focusing spectrometer with a

si it width of 0.1 XU.

2b. The vacuum was 10"^ - 10"' mm Hg but there was still some contamination.

4a. The one-electron model is not valid for this case.

4b. It is possible that the strong emission line

involving the valence band electrons does not,

in general, give much information about the normal unperturbed valence band itself.

(25) E Sakel laridis, P., EMISSIONS IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF ABSORPTION EDGES IN THE L REGION OF THE X-RAY SPECTRA OF RARE EARTHS. (In French.)

J. Phys. Radium 16, 271-273 (1955).

1. Eu, Gd, Tb, Ho, and Tm in their trivalent

oxide form were studied.

2. Used bent crystal spectrograph and results were photographically recorded.

3. The spectra are only discussed; no interpretation of them is offered.

(26) E Sakel laridis. P., CHARACTERISTIC MULTIPLETS OF RARE

EARTHS IN THEIR X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA.

(In French.)

J. Phys. Radium 16, 422-427 (1955).

1. Eu, Gd, Tb, Ho, and Tm in their trivalent

oxide form were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used and

results were photographically recorded.

3a. Characteristic anomalies due to the incomplete

4f shell were found.

3b. Tables and spectra showing the characteristic

multiplets are presented.

638881 O - 62 -4 45
(26) E Cont'd.

k. The results are not interpreted in detail.

(27) E Sato, M., METHOD FOR ACCURATE DETERMINATION OF ABSOLUTE VALUES OF X-RAY LEVELS IN COPPER.

Sci . Repts. Tohoku Univ. Series A-7 . 56-66

(1955).

1. Evaporated thin films of Cu were investigated.

3a. Some 2.6 volts was found as the critical soft

X-ray and secondary electron emission potential . 3b. Older work is tabulated and calculation and

tabulation in terms of v/R, of the absolute

X-ray levels, is presented.

(28) E Sawada, M., K. Tsutsumi , I. Shiraiwa and M. Obashi , X-RAY NON-DIAGRAM LINES KP-n and K^l FROM Cr2^ to Zn30.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan 10, 647-650 (1955).

1. The KPi^ and KPl lines for Z = 24-30 are

tabulated.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

and results were photographically recorded.

3a. The K0T1 line was resolved into two components;

the longer wavelength line was K3l.

3b. Ka is lo'* as intense as K3t| or K3l.

ka. The KpJl comes from KL2 - L]M] and K3l ^''"om K, - L,M,.

hn. The origin of K3ti ascribed to a two- electron jump (ls2p) and (2s3s).

(29 )E Shinoda, G., SOFT X-RAY SPECTRA DUE TO ENERGY BANDS IN THE SOLID STATE. (In Japanese.)

X-Sen (X-rays) 8, 55-60 (1955).

1. The L and M spectra of Cu, Ni , Mn, Fe, and

CUAI2 were studied.

2. The photoelectronic method described in Ref. #22 (1956) was used.

3a. Values of X, v/R, and energies for Cu - Lj

,

L2, L3 and M2^3 and for Ni - L3, M2 3 are

tabulated.

3b. Actual oscillograms for the Cu - M2 3 are presented showing a double peaked curve and

a single peaked curve which alternate, one dissolving into the other.

3c. The grating and photoelectric methods are compared; the photoelectric method is virtually as good as that of the grating.

(30)T

Sokolov, A. v., ON THE ABSORPTION AND EMISSION OF X-RAYS BY FERROMAGNETIC METALS. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 20,

113-117 (1955). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

20, 103-107 (1956).

1,2. A model of exchange interaction between the outer s electrons and inner d electrons was used to compute the density of states curve.

4a. The existence of quasi -particles which are essentially elementary excitations is postulated

4b. The density of conduction electron states is a quadratic function of spontaneous magnetization.

(31)E

Sprague, G., 0. H. Tomboulian and 0. E. Bedo, CALCU- LATIONS OF GRATING EFFICIENCY IN THE SOFT X-RAY

REGION.

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 4^, 756-761 (1955).

1. Expressions for predicting the energy distribution among spectral orders produced by a grating near grazing incidence were derived.

2. Theoretical calculations were checked by means

of a 30,000 lines/in. grating at a grazing

angle of 4.64°

.

3a. Curves for the reflecting power as a function

of wavelength for an unblazed glass grating

are presented.

3b. Grating interference conditions, phase amplitude relations, and boundary conditions are

di scussed

.

(32) E Tomboulian, D. H., ON THE SPECTRA AND ANGULAR DIS- TRIBUTION OF ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION FROM THE 300 MEV CORNELL SYNCHROTRON.

U.S. At. Energy Cotrm. NP-5805 . 16 pp. (1955).

1,2. A grazing incidence spectrograph was used to record the power spectrum in the 60-450A

region; the results were recorded photographical ly. 3. The use of the continuous synchrotron radition as a source for absorption measurements

in the extreme ultraviolet is suggested.

(33) E Tomboulian, 0. H., THE EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRA

OF SOLIDS.

U.S. At. Energy Comm. NP-5S03 . 24 pp. (1955).

1,2a. A grazing incidence grating vacuum spectrograph was used to study the absorption spectra

of Be, BeO, Si, SiO, Si02, P, S, Cr, Mn, Ni,

and Ge in the spectral region 60-450A.

2b. A synchrotron power spectrum was used as the source of continuous radiation.

3. Results are presented graphically at various

wavelength positions.

(34) E Tomboulian, 0. H. and D. E. Bedo, METAL FOILS AS FILTERS IN THE SOFT X-RAY REGION.

Rev. Sci. Instr. 26, 747-750 (1955).

1. Evaporated foils, 500-2000A thick, of Be, Mg,

and Al were used as filters in the 50-500A

region

.

2. Procedures for the preparation of plastic

backing films (Zapon, Formvar, Mylar, etc.)

are outl ined.

3. Absorption curves for Be, Mg, Al , and Zapon

vs. wavelength are shown in order that one may choose the proper filter and thickness.

4. Filters may be used to exclude visible light, sort out overlapping orders, and to transmit narrow bands of radiation by reducing the

46
(3^)E Cont'd.

intensity of undesirable portions of the spectrum.

(35) E Vainshtein, E. E., REGULARITIES IN THE STRUCTURE

OF THE MAIN X-RAY ABSORPTION OF ATOMS OF ALKALI HALIOES. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 105 . 1196-1199

(1955).

1. The K absorption of potassium in KCl , KBr, Kl

,

and KF was measured.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer was used and

intensities were photographically recorded.

Spectra were corrected for the irregular

intensity distribution of the continuous

spectrum.

3. The K absorption spectrum for KF differed from

that of the other halides greatly.

k. No reasons for this difference are given, but

it is proposed that the difference i s of a qualitative nature.

(36) E Vainshtein, E. E., THE FINE STRUCTURE OF K LINES

OF THE TITANIUM SPECTRUM IN DIELECTRICS. Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 105 . 9^3-9^6

(1955). (In Russian.)

1. Preliminary work on Ti02, ilmenite, and

perovskite is presented. See Ref. #25 (1956) for results.

(37) E Van Den Berg, C. G. and H. Brinkman, HIGH LUMINOSITY SPECTROMETRY IN THE SOFT X-RAY REGION.

I. THE CYLINDER SPECTROMETER.

Physica 21, 85-102 (1955).

1. Complete calculations for the design of a crystal spectrometer are given.

2. A mica crystal was bent to a cylindrical shape

and the spectra were observed along the cylinder axis; the radius of curvature was 200 mm

and the reflecting surface was 14 x 4 cm

(56 sq. cm.).

3a. The intensity gain was 60-90 over other

crystal spectrometers; the wavelength range

is 9 - 19A. 3b. Spectra for W, CI, and Si are presented.

(38) E Wagner, B., H. Mitte and E. Wolfel, X-RAY DETER- MINATION OF THE ELECTRON DISTRIBUTION IN CRYSTALS: I , II. (In German.)

Z. Physik Chem. i, 273-329 (1955).

1. The energies of X-rays reflected by the crystal were measured.

2. These energies were recorded on moving photosensitized paper with a 1-2% error.

3. The results for rock salt were 10.05 electrons

for Na+ and 17.70 elect rone for CI" ions.

, (39)E

Woodruff, R. W. and M. P. Givens, SOFT X-IRRADIATION OF Te THIN FILMS.

Phys. Rev. 21. 52-5'* (1955).

1. The linear absorption coefficient of Te was measured from 100-400A.

2. A grating spectrometer evacuated to 5 x

10"^ mm Hg was used.

2b. The radiation source was a spark caused by a capacitor (0.15M.f) charged to 3 x 10^ volts

between Ag or Cu electrodes.

3a. A large peak at 155A was observed.

3b. A double peak was observed at 300A.

k. The double peak was due to N/^ and N^ transitions to the conduction band.

(C-l)T

Candlin, D. J., ON THE IDENTIFICATION OF X-RAY

SATELLITES.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 68A . 322-328 (1955).

1. The wave numbers of Ka sets for Z = 19-'t2 were calculated.

2. Analytical wave functions were used.

3. Transitions are listed and results are tabulated.

(C-2)T

Dehlinger, U., H. Schenk and W. Weser, BONDING IN METALLIC PHASES. (In German.)

Z. Metal Ikunde 46, 6^7-650 (1955).

1. Ga, MoSi2i diamond, Zn, As, Bi, Sb, and WSi2 were studied.

3a. Band structures for As and Sb are presented.

3b. Bonding is examined by Bloch theory and also

by Sommerfel d-Gramm theory.

(C-3)T

Koster, G. F. DENSITY OF STATES CURVE FOR NICKEL.

Phys. Rev. ^i, 901-902 (1955).

1,3. The density of states curve for Ni was ex- tended over the entire energy range of the "d" bands.

(C-4)T

Laskar, W., LINE WIDTHS FROM D I POLE AND QUADRUPOLE

TRANSITIONS. (In French.)

J. Phys. Radium 16, 6kk-6k9 (1955).

1. Radiative line widths and intensities were

calculated.

3. Transition probabilities for the K, L) , L2,

L3 levels of Bi, Pb, Pt, and W are tabulated.

{C-5)T

Lewis, M. N., L. C. Green, M. M. Mulder, and P. C. Milner, COMPUTED TRANSITION PROBABILITIES FOR X-RAY CONTINUA OF POTASSIUM.

Phys. Rev. 28, 1020-1028 (1955).

47
{C-5)T Cont'd.

1 . The moment, momentum, and acceleration matrix

elements for K were computed.

2. Hartree-Fock one-electron wave functions were

used

.

3a. All data are tabulated.

3b. The momentum matrix element gives the best

values as compared with experiment.

(C-6)T

Rubenstein, R. A. and J. N. Snyder, NEW TREATMENT

OF THE AUGER EFFECT AND THE FLUORESCENCE

YIELD IN THE LIGHTER ELEMENTS.

Phys. Rev. ^Z. '653 (1955).

1,2 The yield, was computed from transition

rates.

3. The yield, a|< for A, Kr, and Ag were 0.13, 0.67,

and 0.85 respectively. This compares favorably with experimental data.

(C-7)T

Slater, J. C, ONE ELECTRON ENERGIES OF ATOMS

MOLECULES AND SOLIDS.

Phys. Rev. 38, 1039-1045 (1955)-

I. Tables of ionization energies of the atoms

and of revised X-ray term values are presented.

3. The Fermi surface in alkali metals was found.

(C-8)T

Wolfsberg, M. and M. L. Perlman, MULTIPLE ELECTRON

EXCITATION IN AUGER PROCESSES.

Phys. Rev. ^1. 1833-1835 (1955).

1. The work was done on chlorine atoms.

3,4. The atom gets a greater charge from an Auger

cascade than that obtainable by conventional

two-electron theory.

1956

(1)E

Bedo, D. E. and 0. H. Tomboulian, STUDY OF SILICON AND GERMANIUM IN THE SOFT X-RAY REGION.

Phys. Rev. 104 . 590-59? (1956).

I. Absorption spectra of thin evaporated foils

in the spectral region 70-200A and emission

spectra of Ge in the 60-600A region are presented; absorbers were several hundred to several thousand (±10%) angstroms thick.

2a. A grating spectrometer at a pressure of 10 mm Hg was used.

2b. Absorption procedures are described as well as the spark rate used as a "light" source

(16 sparks/minute)

.

3a. Actual spectra and band shapes are shown.

3b. The L2 3 edge of Si is atl23A and the M2 3 edge

of Ge IS at 101 .5A. 3c. For Si and Ge ia/p is 1 .4 x 10-' cm"' and 1.8 x

10^ cm"' respectively.

3d. The range of forbidden energies is 1.0 eV for

Si and 0.8 eV for Ge.

4. Valence bandwidths are 16.7 eV for Si and 7.0 eV for Ge.

(2) T Brentano, J. C. M., THE CYLINDER X-RAY SPECTROMETER.

Physica 22, 705-706 (1956).

1,2. A discussion is given of a mica crystal spec- trometer for the soft X-ray region in which

the crystal is bent to a cylindrical radius.

3. Details for alignment of such a spectrometer

are given.

(3) E Carter, 0. E. and M. P. Givens, SOFT X-RAY ABSORPTION OF THIN FILMS OF IRON AND IRON OXIDE.

Phys. Rev. \0]_, 1469-1472 (1956).

1. The absorption of thin (about 440A) films of

Fe and Fe202 between 1 70 and 340A was studied.

2a. A 2 tn grating (30,000 lines per inch) spectrograph with a grazing angle of 5° was used; spectra were recorded photographically; the vacuum was 5 x 10"5 mm Hg; slit width was 0.03mm

2b. The radiation source was a Cu spark operated

in vacuo with a DC voltage of 30,000 volts;

sparking rate was 1000 per hour.

3a. The Fe edge is 225A and the Fe203 edge is 21 8A.

3b. Spectra are shown and a density of states curve for Fe is postulated.

('^)E Cauchois, Y., SPECTRAL DISTRIBUTION IN THE REGIONS

OF CHARACTERISTIC ABSORPTION OF VARIOUS

CRYSTALS. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 242, 100-102

(1956).

1. Anomalous absorption and stray line effects

in quartz, mica, and gypsum were studied.

2. The crystals from a bent crystal spectrograph

were used.

3. The anomalies were due to heavier atom impurities such as Al and Si in mica. Si in quartz,

and S and Ca in gypsum.

(5) E Cauchois, Y. and I. Manescu, THE FLUORESCENCE L SPECTRUM OF PLUTONIUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 242 . 1433-1436

(1956).

1. Some twenty lines of the Pu spectrum were

measured

.

2. A curved crystal spectrograph was used and

intensities were photographically recorded.

3. Wavelength positions of the lines are tabulated.

(6) T Cotton, F. A., and C. J. Ballhausen, SOFT X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGES OF METAL IONS IN COMPLEXES.

I. THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS.

48
(6)T Cont'd.

J. Chem. Phys. 2^, 617-619 (1956).

1. The effect of crystal field symmetry and bond

type on the appearance of K X-ray absorption

edges of metal ions in complexes is considered.

2. In complexes where the interaction of the metal

ion and ligands can be regarded as primarily

ionic, an adequate description of the essential

features of the fine structure of the edge may

be obtained by considering the crystal field

splitting of the p orbitals of the metal ion.

3. The splitting of the \s-kp absorption for first

row transition elements is related to the splitting of the degeneracy of the ^p energy

levels in the ion by the crystal field.

{7)E

Cotton, F. A. and H. P. Hanson, SOFT X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGES OF METAL IONS IN COMPLEXES. II. CuK

EDGE IN SOME CUPRIC COMPLEXES.

J. Chem. Phys. 2^, 619-623 (1956).

1. X-ray absorption measurements were made on salts and solutions of copper complexes in the region of the K absorption edge.

2. A double crystal (calcite) X-ray spectrometer

was used. The (1,-1) width at the CuK^^ line was slightly less than a volt. The data were

taken with a commercial end-window Gieger tube and recorded by a decade scaling unit. A

water-cooled tungsten target X-ray tube, sup- plied by a 10 KVA stabilized AC source was

used

.

3. It is shown that the crystal field splitting

of the ^p orbitals of Cu(ll) in some complexes

can be correlated with the splitting of the ls-4p transition observed in studies of the K absorption edges of these complexes, provided

the ligand-metal bonding is not appreciably

coval ent

.

k. The results obtained are in agreement with the theory developed in part I of this paper

(preceding abstract).

(8) E Oas Gupta, K. , ELECTRON TRANSFER SMEKAL LINES IN X-RAY SCATTERING ON THE LONG AND SHORT WAVELENGTH SIDE OF THE MONOCHROMATISED INCIDENT

X-RAY BEAM. Science and Culture (India) 21, 62if-626(1956)

.

1. The scattering of weak X-rays by Si, Na, Al

,

and oxygen excited by Cu-Kor radiation was

studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. Smekal lines were clearly present on both the long and short wavelength sides of the incident radiation.

3b. Smekal positions are tabulated.

(9) E Deodhar, G. B. and R. C. Karnatak, THE L-EMISSION SPECTRUM OF Sm^Z.

J. Sci. & Indust. Research (India) 15B . 615-

618 (1956).

1. The spectra (L emission) of Sm^^ are presented.

2. A transmission curved crystal (mica) spectro- meter was used and spectra were photographically recorded.

3a. Lines at 1.7 and 1 .8A from L2:0/^ and L3:04 5 transitions respectively were found.

3b. Derived energy levels are tabulated.

k. The 1.7 and 1 .8A lines indicate an O/^^j level.

(10) T

Fujimoto, H., K ABSORPTION SPECTRUM OF METALLIC Al

.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. 189-193 (1956).

1. Theoretical absorption maxima for metallic Al are derived and tabulated, and previous experimental results are tabulated.

3. Widths of the quasi -stationary states in Al were calculated and tabulated.

k. From these calculations an attempt was made

to resolve the maxima into individual absorption bands.

(11) E Gale, B. and J. Trotter, SOFT X-RAY SPECTRA OF SOLID SOLUTIONS OF ALUMINUM AND MAGNESIUM.

Phil. Mag. (8) 1, 759-770 (1956).

1. The L2 3 bands of Al-Mg alloys were examined.

2. A grating spectrometer evacuated to 10-5 mm Hg was used and spectra were photographically

recorded.

3a. The widths and shapes of the solute bands in the alloys differed greatly from those of the solvents and pure metals.

3b. These changes were examined in the light of

the Thomas-Fermi treatment of fields around

impu r i ty atoms

.

3c. The spectra for the alloys are presented.

(12) E Kamada, 0., SPECTRAL INTENSITY DISTRIBUTION OF BREMSTRAHLUNG

.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. kO_, 152-160 (1956).

1. Using only a W target, the spectral intensity

for a condenser discharge tube was derived.

3. Curves for the distribution based on the formulae of Nicholas and of Kulenkampff are

presented.

4. Extension of these formulae into the soft

X-ray region was assumed.

(13) E Karal'nik, S. M., X-RAY SPECTRA AND INTERATOMIC

BONDS IN ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 20,

815-819 (1956).

1. Alloys of Fe-Cr, Co-Cr, Ni-Cr, and Ni-Mn were studied.

2. A crystal spectrograph was used.

3. The K absorption edge of the metals in the alloys is shifted toward shorter wavelengths

as compared to the parent metals.

4. This shift is due to an increase in the interatomic bond strength on alloying.

49
Karal'nik, S. M., ASYMMETRY OF Kcy\ 2 LINES AND THE INTERATOMIC BOND IN METALS An6 ALLOYS OF THE

IRON GROUP. (In Russian.)

Nauk Providomlennya Kiev Univ. 1956 #1 . k]-k2.

Annotation from Referat. Zhur. Met. 1957 Abstr. 8635. (In Engl ish.)

la. It was postulated that bonding exists by de- grees and examination of Ka lines on this basis was undertaken.

lb. The index of asymmetry rises in transition

metals up to iron and then decreases; the index

also changes on alloying.

3. These asymmetry effects are explained by the screening of K electrons by outer electrons

in the interatomic bond.

k. The stronger the interatomic bond the less

the screening effect, this causes the KQ] ,CX2 lines to adopt a position more towards short

wavelengths than the position for weaker

bonding.

(15) E Kazantsev. V. A., BEHAVIOR OF THE Kg GROUP X-RAY SPECTRA IN THE Fe-Cr SYSTEM. In Russian.)

Sbornik. Nauch. Trudov. Kuibyshev. Ind. Inst.

2, 187-190, (1956).

Annotation from Chem. Abs. 850a.

1. The K3 group in Fe-Cr alloys containing 11.4- 14.23% of Fe was studied.

2. Primary excitation in a crystal spectrometer

was employed; intensities were recorded

photographi cal ly. 3a. The K3] wavelength of Fe and Cr in ferromagnetic alloys is independent of composition,

while in the paramagnetic state the Fe-K3] is unchanged but the Cr-KP) increases to 0.53 XU.

3b. The Kg^ zone width for Fe and Cr varies discontinuously on transition into the paramagnetic region.

k. Complete pooling of electrons does not occur

i n Fe-Cr al loys

.

(16) E Kiyono, S., K3 LINES OF POTASSIUM IN COMPOUNDS.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. 129-144 (1956).

1. Crystalline KCl , KBr, Kl , K2CO3 , and K2SO4 were studied.

2. A bent crystal (50 cm radius quartz) spectrograph with a Sandstrom (dry air discharge)

tube, was used to make 50 hour photographic exposures with a dispersion of 5-2 eV/mm.

3. With fresh compound being added every 1-2 hours, X and AX. of the KPi were measured and

from these v/R, Av/R,s. AV are calculated

and tabulated; all other results from 1914-

1955 are also tabulated for comparison.

4. The wavelength of the KP^ changes slightly

with compounding, but the other lines appeared

to be independent of crystal structure or form.

(17)E

Kotlyar, B. I., INVESTIGATION OF ASYMMETRY AND

WIDTH OF Kaj LINES OF Cu AND Mn IN GEISLER

ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 20,

790-793 (1956).

1. The asymmetry of the Kof\ line of Cu and Mn was examined in ferromagnetic Cu-Mn-AI alloys

and paramagnetic Cu-Mn alloys.

2. Measurements were made with a demountable

X-ray tube at 50-700°C.

3a. The asymmetry index differed with magnetic

state and increased with temperature.

3b. The width of the Kof] lines remained the same when the magnetic state was changed.

(18) E Noble, R. and L. Jacob, CONTINUOUS INTEriSITIES IN THE SOFT X-RAY REGION. Nature \J8, 8l4 (1956).

1. The relationship I = kZV^ (constant current)

was investigated in the 13-62A range (200-

8000V).

2. The C and Cu targets were outgassed at red heat in vacuo, a 15 stage Be-Cu photomultiplier was used to count photons, and reproducible results were obtained.

3. Results showed that for any fixed voltage,

the X-ray output is directly proportional to the current, but for fixed current, the output is approximately proportional to the first power of the voltage.

(19) E Nordfors, B., THE K SPECTRUM OF Al AND ITS OXIDES. Arkiv FysiklO, 279-289 (1956).

1. The Ka] , KQ'2, Kaj , Kor/f, and KP for Al and its oxides were recorded.

2a. An X-ray tube was constructed with 2 targets

in order to obtain suitable reference lines.

2b. Difficulty in keeping the Al target oxygenfree was encountered.

3. A change in the intensity and line shape of

the satellites or^ and in the oxide as compared to the metal was found.

(20) E Sen, A. K., L2 3 AND K EMISSION SPECTRA FROM Mg,

Al , AND l' . Indian J. Phys. ^0, 415-422 (1956).

1. The band width band structure and edge

breadths were determined in Mg, Al , and Li; the data agree with those of Skinner.

2. A 1 meter grating with 1152 lines/mm was used

at a grazing angle of 5.5° with a slit width

of 0.02-0.03 mm. The intensities were photographically recorded; the evaporated specimen

is excited with a 3 kv beam of electrons.

All operations were carried out at a pressure

of 10"5 mm Hg.

50
(20)E Cont'd.

3a. Spectra and tabular results are presented.

3b. The position of the Fermi surface based on

the data obtained is discussed.

Shaw, C. H., - See Keview (R-13) and (R-1^).

(21 )E Shaw, C. H., SOFT X-i^Y SPECTi^ OF METALS AND

ALLOYS.

U.S. At. Energy Conm. AECU-3578 . 81 pp. (1956).

1. Characteristic emission and absorption spectra of Ti , Zr, Hf, Th, and their alloys are presented.

(22)E

Shinoda, G., T. Suzuki and S. Kato, THE SOFT X-RAY

SPECTROSCOPY OF THE SOLID STATE BY THE ELEC- TRONIC DIFFERENTIATING METHOD: ALUMINUM L3

.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan IL, 657-661 (1956).

1,3a. The Al-L^ was studied; a bandwidth of 10.

5

eV was obtained.

2a. A photoelectronic spectrometer in which soft

X-rays are detected by a photosensitive sur- face (copper sheet in this case) was used

with a retarding potential having a sawtooth

waveform (ICQ cps). Photoelectric currents

on the order of 10"9 to 10" '2 amperes were electronically differentiated 3 times in order

to represent the intensity of soft X-ray

emission (the sawtooth voltage corresponds to reciprocal wavelength.

2b. The differentiated current was placed on an oscilloscope, thus giving the band structure

in 0.01 second.

3b. The resolving power of this method vs. the grating method is shown; the latter is better

up to 225A.

3c. The tube and circuit are diagramed and an actual oscillogram of the Al -L3 is presented.

(24)E

Trapneznikov, V. A., THE K ABSORPTION EDGE POSITION

IN Fe AND Ni FOR PURE METALS IN FERROMAGNETIC AND PARAMAGNETIC STATES.

Fiz. Metal, i Metal lovedne i, 561-562 (1956).

1,2. A vacuum X-ray spectrograph with a linear dispersion of Z.kS XU/mm and 3.8? XU/mm for Fe and Ni respectively was used.

3. A point "b" was defined as the Fermi surface;

no change in this point was observed on passing through the Curie point of Fe and Ni . k. The Fermi surface position is fixed in this

transformation of Fe and Ni

.

(25) E Vainshtein, E. E., THE K SERIES IN TITANIUM METAL AND IN SOME DIELECTRIC MATERIALS .( In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad, Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz 2_0. 784-789 (1956).

1. The fine structure in the K absorption spec- trum of Ti in Ti metal, Ti02, ilmenite and

perovskite was studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. The K a width was unchanged, but the KP| is 30% broader in the compounds and a satellite

Kp" was present in the compounds but absent

in the metal

.

3b. The asymmetry index was 1.19 in compounds and

I .42 in the metal

.

4. The Kg" satellite was attributed to transitions from the "0" level to the free K level

in the Ti atom.

(26) E Vainshtein, E. E. and B. I. Kotlyar, x-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA OF Mn AND Cu IN HEUSLER ALLOYS

IN THE MAGNETIC TRANSITION TEMPERATURE RANGE.

(In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. HO, 44-47 (1956). Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady"!, 527-529 (1956).

(23 )E

Trapneznikov, V. A. and S. A. Nemnonov, BOND

STRENGTH IN Fe-Mo SOLID SOLUTIONS FROM THE

FINE STRUCTURES OF X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA.

(In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Metal lovedne i, 314-320 (1956).

1. The K absorption spectra of Fe alloyed with

0, 0.5, 1.0, 2, and 4% Mo, pure Co, and Ni were studied over a temperature range of 20- SOO'C.

2. Bent crystal spectrography was used.

3a. At 20*0 the amplitude fluctuation ratio of

fine structure absorption limits as a function of concentration (AFR f(C)) begins to increase at 1% Mo - increases from 1-2% Mo

and then remains essentially constant to 4% Mo. 3b. At higher temperatures, the bond strength of Fe-Mo alloys is greater than that of Fe.

4. The AFR f(C) is a measure of the bond strength

between the atoms involved.

1. The Kof] 2 lines and the Kp group in Cu and Mn

in the alloy Cu2MnAl were studied over a tem- perature range of 40-300°C.

2. A curved crystal (quartz) spectrograph having

a dispersive power of 2-3.8 XU/mm was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. Spectra and a plot of the Kot] and Ka2 lines

of the Mn asymmetry index vs. temperature are presented.

3b. Magnetic State Ferromagnetic Paramagnetic

X(XU) E(eV) \(XU) E(eV)

MnKPi I9O6.I2 6463.48 I9O6.I5 6463.37

MnK35 1892.93 6508.52 1893.30 6507-30

CuK3i 1389.42 8867.15 1389.38 8867.41 CuK35 1378.55 8937.22 1378.48 8938. 09

(C-l)E

Amrehn, H., ENERGY DISTRIBUTION IN SPECTRUM OF X-RAY BREMSTRAHLUNG AS A FUNCTION OF THE ATOMIC NUMBER. (In German.)

Z. Physik 144, 529-537 (1956).

1. C, Al, Ni, Ag and Au were studied at potentials of 25, and 34 kv.

51
(C-I)E Cont'd.

2. The direction of the observational proportional counter was 90° with respect to the electron

beam.

3. Results agreed satisfactorily with Sommerfeld

Theory.

(C-2)T

Biberman, L. M. and E. M. Novodvorskaya , THE EFFECT

OF REABSORPTION ON SPECTRAL LINE WIDTH. (In Russian .

)

Doklady Akad . Nauk S.S.S.R. i06, 35-38 (1956).

1. An equation expressing the width (uu) of a spectral line in the presence of a Doppler

effect was derived.

3a. The equation is:

u) = 2 /Ua [ ^^^""Q ]

Vq is the emission frequency.

V is the frequency of the center of the line.

Vq is the Doppler frequency.

3b. Comparison with other Russian experimental

data was favorable.

(C-3)T

Blokhin. M. A., TRUE SHAPE OF X-RAY SPECTRA. Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 107 . 33-36 (1956). Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady" J_, 145-148 (1956).

1,2,3. A correction scheme for spectra obtained

with a double crystal spectrometer was postulated; the scheme assumed a dispersion function for instrumental broadening and continued

from that assumption.

(C-4)T

Blokhin, M. A., INSTRUMENTAL DISTORTION OF X-RAY

SPECTRA. Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 102., 229-232(1956).

Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady"!, 165-168 (1956).

I. The case of nondi spersi ve asymmetric distortions in a double crystal spectrometer was

developed.

3. A "true line shape" was assumed and corrections were developed for a distorted line of any shape but not of any width.

(C-5)T

Eisenstein, J. C. USE OF f ORBITALS IN COVALENT

BONDING.

J. Chem. Phys. 2^, 142-146 (1956).

1. The compounds (U02)'*^, UClg, and UClij were

discussed and the use of f uranium orbitals

for covalent bonding in these compounds was

postulated.

3. Tables showing which atomic orbitals can be combined to form bonding orbitals for a number of different spatial arrangements of the bonds are presented.

(C-6)E

Narrower, G. A., ENERGY SPECTRA OF SECONDARY ELEC- TRONS FROM Mo AND W FOR LOW PRIMARY ENERGIES.

Phys. Rev. 104, 52-56 (1956).

1. Energy spectra were measured using primary

vol tages of O-IOOV.

2. An electrostatic analyzer was used at 127"; specimens were at a vacuum of 5 x 10"10 nvn Hg

and were cleaned by flashing.

3. Monolayer adsorption time on the targets was

inversely proportional to the pressure; it was 1 second at 10-6 nran Hg.

(C-7)T

Karnatak, R. C. and Y. P. Varshni , SCREENING CON- STANTS IN X-RAY SPECTRA. (In English.)

Z. Physikl4^, 341-346 (1956).

1. The X-ray screening constant 02 for L2L3, M2M2 and MijM^ is calculated.

2. Sommerfeld theory was used.

3. Values of ct2 for elements of Z = 23-92 are

tabulated.

(C-8)E

Katamadze, V. R., REFRACTIVE INDEX OF X-RAYS IN METALS. (In Russian.)

Trudy Stalinirsk. gosudarst. inst. 2.. 589- 598 (1956).

Annotated from Abs. J. Met. (U.S.S.R.) 1958

(3-4) 44 (Abs. 8106).

1. The energy of reflected X-rays from mirror

surfaces of Al , Fe, Ni , and Cu was studied in the wavelength region O.7IO to 1 .933A.

2. These energies were found from photographs

taken at angles of incidence less than a factor of 1.3 of the critical angle.

3. The index of refraction is then found; the results agree within 2% of the theoretical

values predicted by the Kalman-Mark formula.

(C-9)T

Richardson, J. W. and R. E. Rundle, THEORETICAL

STUDY OF ELECTRONIC STRUCTURES OF TRANSITION METAL COMPLEXES.

U.S. At. Energy Comm. ISC-83O . II8 pp. (1956).

1. New findings on metal -ligand interactions and

on extra valence shell orbitals for the ligand are 1 i sted.

2a. A semi -empi rical theory based on Roothan's

self-consistent field molecular orbital pro- cedures and on Mulliken's approximations for certain molecular integrals was devised.

2b. Only valence shell atomic orbitals were used.

3. Tables of results are presented.

4. It is possible to use these methods in bonding problems in intermetal 1 ic compounds and

other al loys

.

(C-IO)E

Takeishi, Y., AUGER EJECTION OF ELECTRONS FROM

BaO BY INERT GAS ATOMS.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan H, 676-689 (1956).

1. Auger transitions are tabulated.

3. The total Auger yield was found to be about

0.475 for Inert gas atoms of several energies.

4a. The energy gap is 0.8 - 1 .0 eV in BaO.

4b. The top of the filled band is 5.1 eV or more

52
(C-IO)E Cont'd.

below the vacuum level and the width is 6-9 eV.

(C-ll)E

Tomboulian, 0. H. and P. L. Hartman, SPECTRA AND ANGULAR DISTRIBUTION OF ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION

FROM THE 300-MEV CORNELL SYNCHROTRON.

Rhys. Rev. 102 . 1^+23-1^7 (1956).

1 ,2a. A grazing incidence grating spectrograph was

used with photographic means in order to record

the average power spectrum emitted over a partial or ful 1 synchrotron acceleration interval

in which the electron energy was 233 or 321 MEV.

2b. The grating reflecting power was determined

with monochromatic sources; this enabled the synchrotron conti nuum to be evaluated from

60-200A.

3a. Results are in good agreement with the theory

of accelerated electrons.

3b. The Be-K and the Al -L2 3 absorption edges were

obtained by use of the synchrotron cont i nuum as

the radiation source. The Be-K edge is 1 1 lA and the Al -L2 3 edge is 170A.

1957

(1)E

Agarwal, B. K. and M. P. Givens, SOFT X-RAY ABSORPTION BY THIN FILMS OF CHROMIUM.

Phys. Rev. 107 . 62-64 (1957).

1. Absorption and emission spectra of Cr were

studied in the spectral region of 250-300A.

3. The observed absorption band was interpreted

as a combination of M3 and M2 bands in the ratio 3:2 and separated by 1 .5 eV.

k. The absorption produced is from the transition

3P3/2.I/2 to the unfilled portion of the conduction band.

{2)E

Agarwal, B. K. and M. P. Givens, SOFT X-RAY ABSORPTION BY THIN VANADIUM FILMS.

Phys. Rev. 108 . 658-659 (1957).

1 . The absorption of soft X-rays by V over a spectral region of I9O-25OA was measured.

2. Films 25-3OOA thick deposited at a pressure

of 10"^ mm Hg were employed.

3. Soft X-ray data for Fe, Cr, and V are compared;

total (emission and absorption) width and absorption spectra for Fe and V are given.

k. The observed absorption band for V is interpreted as a combination of M3 and M2 bands

in the ratio of 2:1 and separated by 1 .5 eV.

(3)T

Barinskii, R. L., E. E. Vainshtein and K. E. Narbutt, DEPENDENCE OF X-RAY ATOMIC ABSORPTION

SPECTRA IN COMPOUNDS ON THE CHARACTER OF THE CHEMICAL BOND. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 21, 1351-1361 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci . U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21, 1341-1350 (1957).

1. The K absorption edge fine structure of Zn,

K, and CI in ionic compounds as a function of

the nature of the chemical bond is discussed.

3a. Rules are established permitting the prediction of the position and relative intensity

of the lines of one component in a compound

provided these data are available for the other component.

3b. All spectra are presented.

Barinskii, R. L., K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF CHLORINE

IN ALKALI METAL CHLORIDES. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 21,

I38I-I386 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser. 11, 1369-1374 (1957).

1. Sintered LiCl, NaCl , KCl , RbCl , and CsCl were

studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3. The line widths increased with the decrease of

the ionic radius of the cation; the spectra

are shown.

4. The effective quantum number of the series is directly proportional to the pol ar i zeabi 1 i ty

of the cation.

(5) E Barinskii, R. L. and E. E. Vainshtein, X-RAY ABSORPTION AND EMISSION L SPECTRA OF Mo IN THE CARBIDE AND SOME OTHER COMPOUNDS. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 21,

1387-1396 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser. 11, 1375-1384 (1957).

1. The L3 absorption edge and the L32 emission

line of Mo in M0C2, (NH4)2 M0O4, M0O3 , and

M0S3 and M0S2 were investigated.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used; Intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. A group of very intense selective lines were

found 11-15 eV from the edge in all absorption

spectra obtained.

3b. The results show that the 4d band is free In (NH4)2 M0O4, that there i s a d'* sp hybridization in M0S2 and a partial bond hybridization

in M0C2.

3c. All spectra are presented.

(6) E Baurmann, E. and K. Ulmer, THE ABSORPTION OF SOFT X-RAYS IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF THE K EDGE IN Mg.

(In German.)

Z. Naturforsch, 12a, 670-671 (1957).

1 . The absorption was measured between 7 and 24A.

3a. The mass absorption coefficients are presented.

3b. The Bragg-Pierce law constant for this case

is given.

(7) E Bedo, D. E., THE K SPECTRUM OF LITHIUM.

Univ. Microfilms PUBL 21074 . 93 pp. (1957).

Diss. Abs. iZ., 1097-1098.

1. The 60-600A region was investigated.

2. A grating spectrometer at grazing incidence,

evacuated to 1 X 10"^ mm Hg,was used to detect the asti gmatical 1 y focused image by

53
(7)E Cont'd.

photographic means.

3a. The band does not show a high energy cut-off.

3b. A satellite band with a maximum at 82.83 eV was found.

k. The experimental intensity distribution as a function of the energy of photons is proportional to the product of the transition probability for allowed transitions and the level density functions for the specific excited

sol id.

(8) T Blokhin, M. A. and V. P. Sachenko, WIDTHS OF INTERNAL LEVELS AND ENERGY-DENSITY DISTRIBUTIONS

OF ELECTRON STATES OF THE IRON GROUP TRANSITION ELEMENTS. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 2J_, 13^+2-1350 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21. 1333-1340 (1957).

1,2. The widths of K levels for Z = 12-79 (35 ele- ments shown) were calculated from transition

probabilities and the fluorescence yield.

Similar calculations were made of the L2 3 levels for Z = 22-47 (19 elements shown)!

3a. Calculated data agree with Beeman and Friedman for the density states for copper.

3b. Complete tables of the line widths obtained

by the calculations are presented.

3c. "Corrected" spectra for Beeman and Friedman's

data (Ref. #1, 1939) are shown.

(9) E Soke, K., K ABSORPTION EDGE FINE STRUCTURE. (In German .

)

Z. Physik Chem., Frankfurt (NF) 10, 45-82

(1957).

1. The K absorption edge was studied in transition metal complexes, chiefly carbonyl and cyano complexes, both at liquid oxygen tem- perature and at 300°K.

2. A double crystal spectrometer was used.

3a. An extrapolation method allowing one to get

the absorption curve for the pure element

from material of lower purity is described.

3b. Results at liquid O2 temperature were the same as at 300°K.

4. For the absorption edge of the ions, the ex- perimental values with respect to the position

and distances of p levels conformed to theory.

(10) E Soke, K., K EDGE FINE STRUCTURE OF TRANSITION ELE- MENT COMPLEXES OF Cr AND Zn. (In German.)

Z. Physik Chem. Frankfurt (NF) ]±, 326-336

(1957).

1. The slope of absorption curves is discussed

in connection with molecular level theory.

3. Empirical statements which can be deduced

from the data are tabulated.

(IDE

Bonnelle, C. and C. Mande, THE L SPECTRUM OF PALLADIUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 245, 2253-2256

(1957).

1 . Weakly bound electrons and vacant states near

the Fermi level were investigated by means of

the L32 spectrum of Pd.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer with a dispersive power of 5-4 eV/mm was used and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. The emission band is unsymmetrical on the high energy side with secondary maxima due to satellites.

3b. The Lj absorption edge was found to be I eV

above the emission maximum.

(12) E Borisov, M. D., SELECTION OF THE OPTIMUM CONDITIONS

FOR EXPOSURE AND PHOTOMETRY OF X-RAY BANDS. Voprosy Fiz. Metal, i Metal loved. Akad. Nauk

Ukr. S.S.R. Sbornik Nauch. Rabot 1957 (8) 209-214. Annotation from Chem. Abs. ^,7030c

1 . The resolving power of a crystal spectrograph

is discussed from the point of view of the effect of the slit width and the film grain

size.

(13) E Borisov, M. D., V. V. Nemoshka 1 enko and A. M. Fefer, X-RAY INVESTIGATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRONS AMONG STATES IN METALS AND ALLOYS.

(In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk. S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 21 . 1424-1434 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21, 1412-1422 (1957).

1. The KPj and K3] lines of Cr-Fe alloys containing 4, 5.8, 8, 20,30,45,50, and 75 w/o Cr were investigated at 1000°C.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3. The Fe-KP] and K35 and the Cr-K3) were not affected by concentration, but the Cr-K35 was displaced to longer wavelengths while the absorption edge was shifted to lower wavelengths

with increasing iron concentration.

4. The conduction bandwidth reaches a maximum for intermediate concentrations of Fe and Cr.

(14) E Borovikova, G. P., and M. I. Korsunski i , X-RAY SPECTRUM OF THE L SERIES OF Ge.(ln Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 21,

1438-lWt (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21, 1426-1431 (1957).

1 . The L spectra of both Ge and Ge02 were studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. The Lcvj^ and L3^ disappeared in Ge02 owing to the loss of Ge electrons to oxygen.

3b. Actual spectra are presented.

(15) E Borovskii, I. B. and G. N. Ronami , THE INFLUENCE

OF THERMAL VIBRATIONS OF ATOMS ON THE ELECTRON

ENERGY SPECTRUM OF METALS AND ALLOYS.

54
(15) E Cont'd.

(In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 21,

1397-1400 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci . U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21, 1385-1388 (1957).

1. The L3 absorption spectra of Pb with 0.2, 0.5,

2.0 and 10 w/o Sn, PbO, and Pb02 were investigated at -190 to 300°C.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used, and in- tensities were photographically recorded.

5«. The fine structure in Pb and Pb-10% Sn disappears at 200°C, but it still persists at 300°C

in Pb with 0.2-0.5% Sn. 3b. Fine structure data and the experimental

spectra are tabulated.

(16) E Cauchois, Y. and C. Bonnelle, NEW STUDY OF THE L SPECTRA OF NICKEL AND COPPER. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 1230-1233

(1957).

1. Both the emission and absorption spectra of

Ni and Cu were obtained.

2. A bent crystal (gypsum or mica) spectrograph

was used and intensities were recorded photographical 1y. 3a. Strong white rays were found in the absorption

spectra of Ni (absent in Cu) and these rays were attributed to "d" shell vacancies.

3b. Emission bandwidths of 2.2 eV for Ni and 3.8

eV for Cu (in agreement with Shaw) were found.

(17)E

Oilmore, B. L., G. L. Rogosa and G. Schwartz, THE

Np L X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRUM.

Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. (2) 1, 258 (1957).

2. A double crystal spectrometer was used to study an HNO3 solution of Np^^^ and intensities were recorded with a scintillation

counter

.

3. L edge Value (keV ± 5eV)

L2

L3

22.432

21 .594 17.610

(18)E

Doran, D. G. and S. T. Stephenson, THE K ABSORPTION EDGE IN A SINGLE CRYSTAL OF Ge. Phys. Rev. 10^, 1156-1157 (1957).

1. The extended fine structure on the short

wavelength side of the Ge-K edge was studied; measurements extended 300 eV from the edge.

2. A double crystal spectrometer was used to examine the 100|j. thick crystal.

3. The spectrum and tabular results are presented.

(19) E - Eberbeck, W., K EDGE STRUCTURES OF ELEMENTS IN b5 COMPOUNDS. (In German.)

Z. Physikl42., 412-424 (1957).

1. The K absorption spectra of GaP, GaAs, GaSb,

InAs and ZnS were studied, and absorber

thicknesses and absorption maxima and minima were tabulated.

3. The separation of the closest absorption maxi- mum from the edge was: GaSb 5.8 eV GaAs 7.1 eV

GaP 8.6 eV

4. These separations correspond to decreasing

electrical conductivity of the compounds as

the conduction band is shifted to higher

energies and becomes more nearly empty.

(20) E Henke, B. L., R. White and B. Lundberg, MASS AB- SORPTION COEFFICIENTS FOR 5-50A X-RAYS.

J. Appl . Phys. 28, 98-IO5 (1957).

1,2. The mass absorption coefficients for Z = 1-36 were determined by a semi -empi rical relationship.

3a. A universal function was set up and from it tables were computed for absorption by K shell electrons and also for absorption by L and extra L shell electrons.

3b. Tables of mass absorption coefficients are given for Z = 1-36 at 8.34, 13.3, 17-6, 21.7,

23.7, 27.4, 31.6. 36.3 and 44.0 A.

(21 )A

Jaegle, P., DIFFRACTION OF SOFT X-RAYS PRODUCED BY

TWO GRATINGS. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 245 . 1412-1415

(1957).

1,2. Two consecutive concave gratings were used to disperse 20A X-rays.

3a. A series giving the amplitude of the diffraction spot in the final pattern was obtained.

3b. The diaphragm projecting the intermediate spot

is capable of modifying the shape of the diffraction pattern.

(22)T

Karal'nik, S. M., EXTERIOR SCREENING AND THE FINE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY SPECTRA. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 21,

1445-1457 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21, 1432-1439 (1957).

1

2.

The effect of bonding in solid compounds on

the screening of electrons appears as K absorption edge displacement.

The value of the screening of the Is shell by a single outer electron was calculated

from the displacement per unit valence of

55
(22) T Cont'd.

the K edge in inorganic compounds of V, Cr, Mn , Fe , Ni , and Na . 3a. The screening value was about 0.008 in the

Fe group and 0.018 in sodium.

3b. In Cr203, MnO, Fe203 , and Ni203, the K edge

shifts to shorter wavelengths and the to longer wavelengths.

k. This shift is attributed to ks and 3d electrons both being active in the chemical bond.

(23) E Kazantsev, V. A., CHROMIUM K EDGE ABSORPTION IN a

AND CT PHASES OF THE Fe-Cr ALLOY SYSTEM.

(In Russian.)

Ooklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. H^, 501-503 ('957)

1

3a.

3b.

3c,

Data on the 3d and ksp bands in the alloys in the a and cj phases was obtained. A curved crystal spectrometer was used and

intensities were photographically recorded.

On the formation of the a phase, the K edge

shifted towards lower energies - the inflection point of the 3d band by 3-2 eV and the midpoint of the ksp band by 4.6 eV. Phase-band Width Phase-band Width

g (eV) a

3d 1.2 3d 4sp 17-0 ksp

Actual spectra are presented.

7.0 13.0

(24)E

Korsunskii, M. I. and Ya . E. Genkin, NIOBIUM LP2 AND LY] EMISSION FIELDS IN NIOBIUM NITRIDE, NIOBIUM CARBIDE, AND NIOBIUM BORIDE. Trudy Seminara po Zharostoikim Materialam,

Akad. Nauk Ukr. S.S.R. Inst. Metal lokeram. i Spetsial. Splavov, Kiev. 1957 (5) 15-20.

(Pub. I960) Annotation from Chem. Abs. 55 . 12025e.

1. The shapes and intensities of the L lines of

NbN, NbC, and NbB2 are compared to those of pure Nb.

2. Crystal spectrometry was used.

3. The compounds showed less intensity and different shapes than did the parent metal due

to 1 i ne spl i tti ng.

k. The alteration in shape was due to electronic

transitions from the d level of Nb.

(25)E

Lucasson-Lemasson, A., L EMISSION SPECTRA OF COPPER IN ALLOYS. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2^5 . 179'+-1797 (1957).

1

3a.

3b.

The La band of Cu alloyed with Ni , Zn , and

Al was studied. A bent crystal (gypsum) spectrograph having

a dispersive power of 2.1 eV/mm was used and

intensities were photographically recorded. A satellite or'" was found in all alloys.

Spectra and a table showing the characteristics of all alloys studied are presented.

(26)A

Lukirskii, A. P., A VACUUM X-RAY SPECTROGRAPH WITH GEIGER COUNTER FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF THE ENERGY LEVELS IN SOLIDS. (In Russian.)

Radiotekh. i Elektron. 2, 328-333 (1957). Trans: Radio Engineering and Electronics

(U. S.S.R.) 2 (3), 99-106 (1957).

1

3a.

3b.

3c. 3d.

3e.

A 600 lines/mm (15,000 lines/in) grating

spectrograph was constructed for use in the 20-120A spectral region. A 2.5° grazing angle was employed.

A Geiger counter was used to measure the

i ntens i ties.

The vacuum was 1 0"5 mm Hg.

The apparatus is described and illustrated.

Calibration-type spectra of Be and Pb are shown

.

(27)E

Mande, C, K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF PALLADIUM AND PALLADIUM-GOLD ALLOYS. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2Mk, 747-749

(1957).

1. The second order spectra of Pd pure and in Pd-67 w/o Au and Pd-45 w/o Au were studied.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer was used and

intensities were photographically recorded.

Resolution was better in the pure metal than

in the al loy

.

3a. The edge discontinuity was resolved into two branches, K] and K2. 3b. K] /K2 increased with Pd additions in the alloys

3c. The K edge width was found to be 7-5 eV.

(28 )A

Mitra, B. and K. Das Gupta, NEW BENT CRYSTAL SOFT X-RAY SPECTROGRAPH.

J. Sci. Indust. Research (India) 16B . 524-

527 (1957).

1. A curved mica crystal spectrometer is described

3a. The crystal and cassette were fixed; the target was movable.

3b. The vacuum was 5 X 10"^ mm Hg. 3c. Photographic photometry was used to determine

i ntens i ties. 3d. A dispersion of 16 XU/mm for 8th order Cu-Ka]

,

q;2 can be obtained.

(29 )E

Moore, H. Proc

,

R., L SERIES EMISSION SPECTRUM OF KRYPTON.

Phys. Soc. (London) 20A. ^66-473 (1957).

1 . 2.

3a.

3b.

Tabular data and spectra for Kr are presented. An electrodeless discharge source was used

and spectra were photographically recorded

with the aid of a bent crystal spectrometer.

One quadrupole line, seven diagram lines, and

ten satellites were obtained.

The X-ray energy levels found were:

Level Energy (eV)

L] 1920 M4,5 87

N, 20

56
(30) T Nigam, A. N., X-RAY SPECTRA OF POTASSIUM HALIDE CRYSTALS AND COLOR CENTERS IN THEM.

Z. Physikj42., 264-270 (1957).

1,4. Possible correlations of the energy levels arising from color centers with the fine structure of X-ray absorptions of the potassium ion are postulated.

(31) T Nikiforov, I. Ya., CALCULATION OF THE ENERGY DIS- TRIBUTION DENSITY OF ELECTRONIC STATES FROM X-RAY SPECTRA. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz, 2\_, 1362-1366 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci . U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21. 1351-1355 (1957).

1,3a. A new method is proposed in order to approxi- mate the experimental spectrum mathematically.

3b. The results are tabulated and a test spectrum

obtained by applying the method is shown.

(32) T Orlov, A. N. and A. V. Sokolov, STRUCTURE OF X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA OF ORDERED ALLOYS. (In Russian)

Fiz. Metal, i Metallovedne 5., 390-394 (1957). Trans: Phys. of Metals and Metallography ^

(3) 7-11 (1957).

1. The intensity of X-rays emitted when electrons

transfer from the conduction band to the Llevel was calculated.

2. The one-electron theory of ordered solution

forming BCC alloys was used.

3. Values for limits of conduction band and Fermi surface in eV were derived.

(33 )E Parratt, L. G., C. F. Hempstead and E. L. Jossem, THICKNESS EFFECT IN ABSORPTION SPECTRA NEAR

THE ABSORPTION EDGE.

Phys. Rev. JO^., 1228-1232 (1957).

1,2. The role of the spectral window as it affects

the details of the observed absorption spec- trum (which the authors show, dependsupon

absorber thickness) is discussed for the 2- crystal spectrometer.

3a. The window effect may be serious when the window tails are extensive.

3b. Measurement of widths and of relative intensities are most sensitively involved, but

wavelengths are also slightly affected.

3c. An optimum thickness equation is derived:

Xd = li^iiMAii)

M-1 - U-2

and values of Xj are tabulated.

3d. Spectra are presented, the thickness effect

explained and the spectral window shape discussed and evaluated.

4. The details of the absorption spectrum

depend upon the absorber thickness.

(34) E Parratt, L. G. and E. L. Jossem, WIDTH OF THE VALENCE BAND IN KCl

.

J. Chem. Phys. Solids 2, 67-71 (1957).

1 . Values for the effective dielectric constant

and for the effective mass of the K-ls first

excited state in KCl are obtained.

2. Crystal spectrography was used.

3. The chlorine-3p valence band is about 2 eV

wi de.

4. The base width of the valence band may be of

the order of 1 eV and the half maximum width

of the density of states curve for this band may be about 0.3 eV.

(35) E Rumyantsev, I. A. and M. I. Korsunski i

, LINES Lpg AND Ly5 IN COPPER AND ZINC SPECTRA. (In Russian)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 2J_, 1435-1437 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21. 1423-1425 (1957).

1,2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used

to study Cu, Zn, and their oxides and the spectra were photographically recorded.

3a. Oxidation increased the intensity of the lines

due to the 4s transition to the oxygen atom.

3b. The actual experimental spectra are presented.

(36) E Smirnova, 1. S. and K. I. Narbutt, INVESTIGATION

OF THE FINE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY ABSORPTION

SPECTRA IN ALKALI HALIDES. (in Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 21. 1375-1380 (1957). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

21, 1363-1368 (1957).

1. The fine structure of the Lj absorption of

iodine in Li 1 , Nal , Kl , Rbl , Csl and of Cs

in CsF, CsCl, CsBr, and Csl was studied.

2. A curved crystal (quartz) spectrometer was used and the spectra were photographically

recorded.

3a. The L^ spectrum is a superposition of two series - the s and d. 3b. For the d series of Cs, the principal quantum

numbers are 1 *4l and 1 '55 based on the

resul ts for Csl

.

3c. All spectra and a graphical analysis of them

are presented.

57
(37) E Tomboulian, D. H., 0. E. Bedo and tf. M. Neupert,

M2 3 ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF THE ELEMENTAL

sod. IDS Cr THROUGH Ge.

J. Chem. Phys. Solids i, 282-302 (1957).

1. The elements Cr through Ge were studied in the 8O-3OOA region; thin evaporated films were

used as absorbers.

2a. A grazing incidence grating spectrograph was

used and intensities were recorded photographical ly

.

2b. The radiation source was produced by a con- densed discharge in a pyrex capillary.

3. All spectra and tabulated results including

secondary structure and characteristic electron energy losses are presented.

(38) T Trapeznikov, V. A., THEORY OF FINE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF SOLIDS.

Fiz. Metal, i Metallovedne ^, 8-14 (1957). Trans: Phys. of Metals and Metallography ^,

(1) 5-12 (1957).

1. Temperature and concentration dependence of

fluctuations in the fine structure are discussed.

2. Kostarev's theory was used.

k. Bonding forces can be studied by means of

X-ray absorption spectra.

(39) E Tsutsumi, K., A. Hayase and M. Sawada, FINE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY Cu-K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF Cu

IN COMPOUNDS.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan 12, 793-801 (1957).

1. Some 12 organo-metal 1 Ics and inorganic Cu compounds were studied.

2. A standard Norelco di f f ractometer was used.

3. Actual spectra and tabular results are

presented.

k. The observed fine structure is due to the immediate surroundings of the atom.

(40 )E Vainshtein, E. E. and lu. N. Vasil'ev, THE INFLUENCE

OF CHEMICAL BONDS ON THE FINE STRUCTURE OF TITANIUM K LINES IN COMPOUNDS. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. m., 53-56 (1957). Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady" 2, 207-209 (1957).

1. Tie and TiWC2, TIN, TIH, and Ti02 Kg groups were studied with special emphasis on the K^^.

2. A curved crystal spectrograph (quartz) was

used and intensities were photographically

recorded.

3. All spectra are shown but no bonding scheme

is postulated.

(^OE

Vainshtein. E. E. and lu. N. Vasil'ev, THE TITANIUM

K GROUP IN TITANIUM CARBIDE. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 1 14 . 1-3 (1957). Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady" 2, 251-254 (1957).

1. Carbides with carbon content varying from

9-24% were studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz; spectrograph with • dispersive power of 5.7 XU/mm was used; the

observed^ second order intensities were recordfld photographical ly

.

3a. All spectra are presented.

3b. The separation of the K3 and Kp^ peaks was

7.9 eV in carbides of different compositions.

Vasil'ev, lu. N., - See E. E. Vainshtein.

White, R., - See B. L. Henke.

(^2)E

Zwerdling, S. and R. S. Halford. K ABSORPTION

EDGES IN COMPLEXES OF Cr, Mn, Fe AND Co.

J. Chem. Phys. 26, 1758-1759 (1957).

1. Spectra for 10 complexes are given.

3. 1 s

-* 4p can occur with and.without change of

the 3d configuration from F to 3p.

(C-l)T

Adams, E. N., DEFINITION OF ENERGY lANOS IN THE PRESENCE OF AN EXTERNAL FORCE FIELD.

Phys. Rev. 107 . 698 (1957;.

1.3. An electron moving in a periodic potential

perturbed by a weak electric field has different physical energy bands than it has when

It moves In the absence of a field.

(C-2)T

Altmann, S. L., C. A. Coulson and U. Hume-Rothery,

ON THE RELATION BETWEEN BONO HYBRIDS AND THE METALLIC STRUCTURES.

Proc. Roy. Soc. (London) A-240 . 145-160 (1957[).

1. A qualitative means of determining the bonding

in FCC, HCP, and BCC type structures is presented.

3a. The metallic bond has certain directionality;

this directionality Is related to symmetries

of known hybrid bonds.

3b. Hybrids of gerade and ungerade orbitals (sp^)

bias the electron cloud to one side of the atom giving rise to directional strong bonding; gerade orbitals double the possible

number of ligands.

(C-3)T

Borovskii, I. B., and K. P. Gurov, THEORY OF SOLIDi SOLUTIONS. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Metal lovedne 4, I87 (1957). Trans: Phys. of Metals and Metallography 4,

(I) 154-5 (1957).

1.4. Electron energy spectra of solid solutions

are discussed from the viewpoint that impurii

ties and temperature must be carefully controlled in order to get reproducible X-ray

resul ts.

(C-4)T

Brout, K., WIDTH AND SHIFT OF SPECTRAL LINES DUE

TO DISSIPATIVE INTERACTION.

Phys. Rev. ]0Z, 664-668 (1957).

se
(C-4)T Cont'd.

1,3. The width of a spectral line is the difference

in widths of the two microscopic states before

and after the transition. The natural line

width is the sum of the two states involved.

(C-5)T

Callaway, J. and E. L. Haase, ELECTRON ENERGY BANDS

IN Cs. Phys. Rev. i08, 217-221 (1957).

1. Energy levels are calculated and an estimate

is made of the magnitude, at a nucleus, of the wave function of an electron on the Fermi surface.

2a. Orthogonal plane wave and cellular methods were applied to calculate the energy levels.

2b. The same crystal potential was used for all states and the wave functions of the core electrons for this potential were found.

3. Energies of 2k states at four Brillouin zone synmetry points are calculated.

IC-6)E

Fairbrother, J. A. V., D. G. Parkyn and B. M. O'Connor, THE K-AUGER YIELD FOR TIN. Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) ]0A, 262-274 (1957).

1. The fluorescent yield uK is determined for Sn

.

3. Burhop's probability values give 0.164 ± 8%

as the K-Auger yield or O.836 ± 1.5% as uK.

4. One can compute Auger transition probability.

(C-7)T

Greiner, H., and E. Schaffer, SAYA'S THEORY OF THE CONCAVE GRATING SPECTROMETER. (In German.)

Optik 14, 263-276 (1957).

1. Concave grating spectrometers giving single

reflections were investigated.

2. The Saya theory, providing a basis for a spectrometer design embodying fixed slits and

a rotatable grating in order to vary the wavelengths is extended.

3a. An equation for the best angle between incident and reflected beams at small angles of grating rotation is derived.

3b. Focal curve plots for the angular defocusing

vs. grating rotation are presented.

(C-8)E

Hanson, H. P. and J. H'lrrera, SELF-ABSORPTION IN THE X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY OF VALENCE ELECTRONS.

Phys. Rev. ]0^, 1483-1485 (1957).

1. Target self-absorption modified KPj emission

profiles in W, Cu, and Fe are presented.

2. Commercial Norelco equipment was used.

3a. Actual spectra are shown.

3b. The effect produces an exaggerated asymmetry,

depresses certain satellites, and produces an apparent coincidence of the absorption and

emission edges.

(C-9)T

Lehman, G. W., ELECTRONIC PROPERTIES OF Th , U, AND

Pu-ENERGY BAND STRUCTURE OF METALLIC PHASES.

U.S. At. Energy Cotyti. NAASR-1839 . 50 pp. (1957).

1. Band data calculations are presented for Th,

U, and Pu; numerical data are given for the three lowest bands in Th.

2a. A simplified SI ater-Koster interpolation

method based on a cellular model was used.

2b. The energy matrix of the 6d band in Th was constructed from Bloch sums and the energy

levels were found to be doubly degenerate at every point in the zone.

3a. Spin-orbit interaction modifies energy levels

at points of Brillouin zone symmetry.

3b. The 6d bandwidth of Th is about 3.4 eV.

4. The valence electrons of Th occupy the 6d band while those of U and Pu occupy the 5f and 6d bands.

(C-IO)T

Lomer, W. M. and W. Marshall, ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE

OF METALS IN THE FIRST TRANSITION PERIOD.

Phil. Mag. (8) 1, I85-203 (1957).

1. It is postulated that the electron distribution around atoms in a metal is greatly different from that in a free atom.

2. Using x-ray results, neutron diffraction data

and magnetic measurements, an electronic

structure is inductively reasoned.

3. Density of states data are proposed but no curves are given.

4a. Elements of atomic number less than Fe have

few 3d electrons and many conduction electrons; while for those above Fe, this situation is reversed. This seems to be the case

no matter what the crystal structure or alloy

composition may be. 4b. The variation of saturation magnetic moment

of all the binary ferromagnetic alloys can be

explained on this basis.

(c-n)E

Patronis, E. T., C. H. Braden and L. D. Wyly, FLUORESENCE YIELDS OF Ni , Cu , Zn , AND Pb

.

Phys. Rev. 10^, 681-682 (1957).

1,2. The source vias a radioactive excitant;

detector was a proportional counter. Element Shel 1 Yield ±0.02

Ni K 0.33

Cu K 0.39 Zn K 0.44

Pb L 0.39

59
(C-12)E

Sokolowski , £., C. Nordling, and K. Siegbahn, MAGNETIC ANALYSIS OF X-RAY PRODUCED AUGER

ELECTRONS. Arkiv Fysik 12, 301-318 (1957).

1. Photo-electrons expelled from thin evaporated

layers of Cu were studied by X- i r rad i at i on

.

2. These were magnetically analyzed.

3a. Seven KLL-KLM Auger lines were resolved.

3b. Peaks due to electrons having suffered dis- crete energy losses were observed on the low energy flanks of the photo lines.

3c. Auger spectra and transition configurations

are presented.

3d. K and L binding energies in Cu are 8985.5 eV and 1/100 eV respectively.

(C-13)E

Zinke, 0. H., AUGER ELECTRONS IN MAGNESIUM.

Phys. Rev. i06, 1163-1164 (1957).

1,3. Auger transitions in Mg are tabulated.

2. Mg was continuously evaporated onto the tar- get surface at 3 X 10"^ mm Hg pressure in an X-ray tube equipped with a stainless steel anode and a gun to excite the Mg with 3-5

kV electrons at 5-20 ma: the Mg temperature

was 345°C.

(C-14)E

Zinke, 0. H., AUGER EFFECTS IN METALS.

Univ. Microf i 1ms PUBL 19976 . 137 pp. (1957).

Diss. abs. J2, 657.

1 . Secondary electron spectra were studied.

2. These spectra were induced by primary elect ron bomba rdmen t

.

3. The effects of varying surface treatments on these spectra are discussed.

1958

(1) E Agarwal , B. K. and M. P. Givens, SOFT X-RAY AB- SORPTION BY Mn AND Mn02.

J. Chem. Phys. Solids 6, 178-179 (1958).

1. Mn and Mn02 were studied between kS and 60 eV.

2. Thin evaporated films 35-85 A thick were used

as absorbers.

3a. Mn and Mn02 both showed an absorption edge

near 50 eV. 3b. On the low energy side of the edge, Mn02 has

a larger absorption coefficient than Mn; it

is also noted that this effect is present

for Fe202 over Fe. 3c. Actual absorption spectra are shown and

results are compared to those of Tomboulian.

(2) E

Becl'jtian, 0., THE K X-RAY SPECTRUM OF MERCURY.

Phys. Rev. 122., 1590 (1958).

1,3. K spectral observations in Hg are tabulated.

2a. A 2.5 meter radius bent crystal (quartz)

spectrograph which focused rays on a slit

0.1 mm in front of an Nal scintillation

counter was employed.

2b. A Van de Graeff machine was used as a source

of 600 kV on the X-ray tube.

2c. Measurements were taken for twelve hours after

depositing Hg on a silver-amalgam anticathode.

(3)E

Borisov, M. D., V. V. Nemoshkal enko and A. M. Fefer, ELECTRONIC BAND STRUCTURE OF Fe-Cr ALLOYS.

(In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 121 . 26it-267 (1958) Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady"^, 826-829 (1958).

1. Pure Fe, Cr, and 35, 45, and 55 w/o Cr alloys

homogenized at 1150°C for 50 hours were

studied; specimens were tablets sealed to the X-ray tube anode.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used in order

to photograph a and a phase lines of the Kg group in the third and fourth orders.

3a. Spectra, tables, and a diagram of overlapping

Cr and Fe energy bands in Fe-Cr alloys are presented

.

3b. The energy band characteristics in the 600-

1200°C temperature range are given.

3c. The Fermi energy In a Fe-Cr is O.I83 ± 0.003

v/R and it is not concentration dependent.

k. The shape of the KPc band of a metal is determined by the distribution function of the states occupied by electrons in the conduction

band.

(4) E Brummer, 0., KIKUCHI BANDS FROM SOFT X-RAYS AND

INFLUENCE OF CRYSTAL IMPERFECTION ON SUCH X-RAY INTERFERENCES. (In German.)

Z. Naturforsch. 13a . 571-572 (1958).

1. Kikuchi patterns of etched Fe and Al single

crystal spheres were produced.

2. A microfocus X-ray tube with Mo or Pt anodes

was used; lines were recorded on photographic

plates held 0.8 to kO mm from the anode.

3. Band intensities decrease with increasing

crystal perfection.

k. Kikuchi bands are limited by short wave

interference from continuous radiation.

(5)A

Catterall, J. A., L. F. Wilson and J. Trotter,

SOFT X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY USING AN ELECTRON

MULTIPLIER.

J. Sci. Instr. ^, 393-395 (1958).

1. A Be-Cu electron multiplier which was insensitive to radiation above 3000A was used to record intensities in a grating spectrometer.

2a. Spectra were excited with 5OO-IOOO volt electrons with 5-10 ma emission current at a pressure of 6-7 X 10"^ mm Hg. 3a. The slit width of the photomu 1 t i pi i er was chosen as 0.1 mm.

3b. A glass window was inserted in the spectro- meter wall in order to observe the Rowland

circle during the experiment.

60
(6) E Cotton, F. A. and H. P. Hanson, SOFT X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGES OF METAL IONS IN COMPLEXES. III. ZINC (II) COMPLEXES.

J. Chem. Phys. 28 (1), 83-87 (1958).

1 . The K X-ray absorption edges of the Zn*^ ion

in various complexes were measured.

2. A calcite double crystal X-ray spectrometer

was used.

3. The significance of the fine structure of the

K absorption edges with regard to the stereo- chemistry and electronic structure of the complexes is discussed.

(7) E Crisp, R. S., SOFT X-RAY Lj 3 EMISSION SPECTRA OF

Mg FROM SOLID AND EVAP6l^ATED TARGETS. Australian J. Phys. jj., kk3-k52 (1S58).

1. The Mg-L2 3 vvas studied at 250A.

2. A one meter grazing incidence grating spec- trograph equipped with a scraper to clean the solid metal surface was used; the electron

gun v/as operated at 4 kV with a target current

of k ma. A maximum counting rate of 4000

counts/sec. was obtained.

3a. After 35-^0 minutes of bombardment a brownish

film was visible on the target due to the deposition of carbon from residual organic

vapors

.

3b. A spectrum is shown but no calculated density

of states curve is presented.

3c. A constant spectral window was obtained.

(8)E

Deodhar, G. B. and A. N. Nigram, X-RAY L3 ABSORPTION EDGES OF Pt AND Au IN COMPLEXES.

( I n Engl i sh .

)

Naturwi ssenschaf ten 303 (1958).

1. The wavelength of L^ edge in Pt and Au is tabulated for the materials studied.

3a. The effect of substitution is to shift the

Lo edge toward lov/er frequencies.

3b. The shift was greatest for NaAuClif, KAuCii^,

K2Pt(CN)g and K2PtCl3.

(9)E

El-Hussaini, J. M. and S. T. Stephenson, SINGLE- CRYSTAL ORIENTATION EFFECTS IN K X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF Ge. Phys. Rev. 109 . 51-59 (1958).

la. The extended fine structure on the short

wavelength side of the edge was studied for three different orientations of the crystal.

lb. A single crystal of 7% Si in Ge was also

investigated. Data were taken to 60 eV from

the Ge-K edge and many changes noted.

2. For the Ge crystal, shifts in position of structure were observed between 75 and 280

eV from the edge; the polarization was only

7%.

3. Observed shifts are tabulated.

(10)E

Fisher, P., R. S. Crisp and S. E. Williams, A PHO- TON COUNTING SPECTROMETER FOR THE 5O-IOOOA

RANGE. Optica Acta (Paris) ^, 31-39 (1958).

1. The apparatus is described in detail and pre- liminary spectra for Mg, Al , Na, Be, Cu , K, and Li , are shown

.

2a. The instrument employs 1 m gratings of 570 or

1150 lines/mm (15,000 and 30,000 lines/in.

respectively) at a 5° grazing angle; a Cu-Be

photomu 1 ti pi ier with a potentiometer recorder

is used for intensity determinations.

2b. Four kv electrons are used to excite the specimen; the specimen is scraped in vacuo to clean the surface.

3a. Curves of intensity vs. time are presented

for various targets; contamination by oxygen

and carbon is considered.

3b. Skinner's shape of the CU-M2 3 band was

obtained. '

(11 )A

Hanson, H. P. and R. Economy, CONTINUOUSLY ALIGNED

GEARING SYSTEM FOR A SPECTROMETER.

Rev. Sci. Instr. 22., k2]-kZk (1958).

1 . A gearing system for a double crystal spectro- meter which scans Bragg angles of 10-45° con- tinuously is described.

2. Appropriate angular changes of the components

are effected through a planetary gear system.

3. Design and description are detailed.

(12)E

Hayashi , T., T. Nishimura and M. Suzuki, TEST FOR

THE RESOLVING POWER OF A CURVED CRYSTAL

SPECTROGRAPH.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. 4l_, First Ser. I83-

187 (1958).

1. The image of a W wire was used to experimentally measure the resolving power of a quartz

crystal spectrometer set in the Johann mounti ng

.

2a. A 25 micron diameter W wire was placed such

that .i ts spectral image was formed at the central portion of the Kcx^ line of Cu

.

2b. Spectral images were obtained by photographic

means; the spectrograms were analyzed microphotometrical ly. 3a. The half-width AX of the W image is found to be 1/40.6 of the interval between the Ko-] and

of Cu, i.e., AX = 0.095 XU. 3b. For the Cu-KcV] \/AX = 1537/0.095 = 1 .62 X 10^ for the spectrometer investigated.

(13)E

Jacobs, E. S., X-RAY PHOTOELECTRIC SPECTRA FROM

THIN METAL FILMS. Univ. Microfilms, PUBL MIC-58-3Q76 . 105 pp. (1958). Diss. Abs. 12.. 547.

638881 O -62 -5 61
(13)E Cont'd.

1. The photoel ectron spectra of Ni , Cu , Rh, Pt, and Au were measured and values for each peak

tabu lated.

2. Monochromatic X-rays were used to excite the target; this permitted only photoel ec trons from

the innermost shells of the surface atoms to escape.

3. A general relationship to predict relative

efficiency of varying the wavelength of mono- chromatic X-radiation for the generation of photoel ectroiTS from the surface of any material

is given.

(1^)E

Korsunski i , M. I. and 1. A. Rumyantsev, LINES Lg AND L5 in X-RAY SPECTRA OF COPPER AND ZINC.

(In Russian.)

Issledovaniya. po Zharoproch. Splavam, Akad.

Nauk S.S.S.R., Inst. Met. im. A. A. Baikova

1, 249-251 (1958).

Annotation from Chem. Abs. 1176 g.

1. Pure Cu and Zn were studied in order to establish the lines related to the transition of

valence electrons.

3a. The short wave components of Laj 2 ^""^ LP)

doublets are 65 XL) from the basic line. 3b. These components are Lpg and Ly^ lines with

transitions 1-3"^) and L2~t)] respectively.

3c. The wavelength difference between LQ'2 and LPg

and also between LY5 and LP] is 4.6 eV in Cu and 5-6 eV in Zn.

lengths when passing through the Curie point.

{I6)E

Kotlyar, B. I., X-RAY SPECTROSCOPIC INVESTIGATION

OF MAGNETIC TRANSFORMATIONS IN HEUSLER ALLOYS.

(In Russian.)

Nauch. Zapiski Kafidr. Mat. Fiz. i Estestvoznan

Odess. Gosudarst. Pedagog. Inst. 22 (2) 60-61 (1958). Annotation from Referat. Zhur. Met. I960 Abs. #3625.

1. The KB5 line of Mn and Cu in CU2' MnAl in the transition from ferromagnetic to paramagnetic

states was investigated.

3. The short wave edge of the K35 shifted to higher energies in Mn and vice versa in Cu on transition to ferromagneti sm. k. This may be due to the transfer of some d electrons from Cu to Mn.

(17)E

Lucasson-Lemasson, A., K AND L ABSORPTION SPECTRA

OF COPPER IN VARIOUS ALLOYS. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 246, 94-97(1958).

1. The L^ absorption spectrum of Cu alloyed with

Ni, Zn and Al , and the K absorption spectrum

of Cu alloyed with Ni and Zn , pure Cu and CuO were studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph with a dispersive power of 83.5 eV/mm was used; in- tensities were recorded photographically.

3. No spectra are shown but all results giving

the position and observed characteristics of

the features studied are tabulated.

(15)E

Kotlyar, B. I. and G. A. Shapiro, INVESTIGATION OF THE KP GROUP OF THE X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRUM

OF Mn AND Cu IN SOME ALLOYS OF THE Cu-Mn AND

Cu-Mn-Al SYSTEMS.

Nauch. Zap. Fiz. - mat. fak. Odessk. gos. ped.

inst. 22. (1) 71-76 (1958).

Ref: Abstracts Journal of Metallurgy Part A, No. 1-2, 1961 Abstract #46 (annotated from

Abstract)

.

1. Binary Cu alloys containing 9.6 to 33.5 at.%

Mn, and ternary alloys containing (in at.%)

22.7, 24.6 Mn and 8.2, 24.6 Al , respectively, were investigated. The latter alloy corresponds to CujMnAl and is very ferromagnetic.

2. A Johann vacuum spectrograph was used, in a first order of reflection from the (1340)

plane of quartz by primary method.

3a. The MnKP) wavelength in Cu2MnAl is displaced

0.61 eV towards long wavelengths.

^b. The max displacement of KP) of Cu towards

long wavelengths is observed for an alloy with

8.2 at.7oAl. In this alloy the max displacement of KP5 of Mn is towards short wavelengths.

3c. For an alloy with 23.9 at,7o Mn, the KPj of Cu

is displaced 0.94 eV towards long wavelengths.

Al (8.2 at.%) added to a binary alloy displaces this line towards short wavelengths by

1.67 eV compared with pure Cu . In Cu2MnAl

alloy this displacement towards short wavelengths is equal to 0.94 eV. 3d. For Cu2MnAl alloy, the wavelength of the MnKPj max is displaced 1 .89 eV towards long wave-

(18)E

Merrill, J. J. and J. W. M. DuMond. THE L X-RAY SPECTRA OF URANIUM AND PLUTONIUM.

Phys. Rev. 110 . 79-84 (1958).

1,3a. L spectral data for U and Pu are tabulated

and compared with earlier work,

2a. A double crystal spectrometer was used.

2b. Target temperature was maintained at a constant value.

2c. All observed line breadths were corrected.

3b. A definition of the "X-unit" is given in an appendix

.

(19)E

Nemnonov, S. A. and V. V. Kliushin, L3 ABSORPTION

SPECTRA OF CERIUM IN Ce-Al ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Meta 1 1 ovedne 6 , 951-952 (1958). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography 6, 183-185 (1958).

1. The L^ absorption edge in pure Ce, CeAl2 and

CeAl/^ was studied.

2. An logani bent crystal (quartz-38 cm radius)

spectrograph with a linear dispersion of 2.48

XU/mm was used.

3a. Spectra for Ce and CeAl2 are shown.

3b. The 2p-5d absorption line is displaced 1.6 eV

in CeAl2.

62
(>9)E Cont'd.

4. The main Ce contribution to the bonding is due to 6s and 3d electrons.

(20)E

Nemnonov, S. A. and A. Z. Men'shikov, THE K ABSORPTION SPECTRUM OF CHROMIUM IN BORIDES, CARBIDES,

NITRIDES, AND OTHER COMPOUNDS.

Trudy Seminara po Zharostoi kirn Material am Akad.

Nauk Ukr. S.S.R., Inst. Metal lokeram. i Spetsial, Splavov, Kiev. 1958 (5), 21-27 (Pub.

I960). Annotation from Chem. Abs. 12025b.

1. The K edge in pure Cr, Cr2 (SO^)^, CrCl3,

Cr203, CrN, CrB2, Cr3C2, CrB, Cr2C3, and Cr2N

was studied.

3. Bonding between Cr and the hard metalloids

changes from ionic-covalent to covalentmetal 1 i c

.

k. It is not possible to refer metalloids to a metallic state.

(21 )T

Parratt, L. G., NOTES ON THE PROSPECTIVE USE OF THE ORBIT RADIATION OF A HIGH ENERGY SYNCHROTRON IN X-RAY PHYSICS IN THE 0.1 TO 20A REGION. Office of Technical Services, PB 13 5^04 . Tech. Note #1 , lif pp. (1958).

1. Results of the classical predictions of

Schwinger concerning electromagnetic radiation

from high energy electrons in circular orbits

were put into practical form for 40-800A.

(See Tomboulian, Phys. Rev. 102 . 1423-1^77

(1956).

3. These results were extended to the 0.1-20A

region and the total power radiated and the spectral distribution were calculated; beam

geometry was discussed. ^

(22)E

Rudstrom, L. and S. Sjoberg, L, X-RAY ABSORPTION

SPECTRUM OF Se AND Se OXIDE. Arkiv Fysikl2.. 297-302 (1958).

1. Metallic and vitreous Se and Se oxide were

investigated at 7.5A.

2. A crystal spectrometer and photographic

recording were used.

3a. Values for vitreous Se and Se oxide were in close agreement, but the Se metal edge was

not

.

3b. The energy shift between vitreous Se and Se ox i de is 4.2 eV

.

3c. Spectra and tabular data are presented.

(23) T

Sachenko, V. P., WIDTH OF INTERNAL LEVELS OF ATOMS. Uchenye Zapiski Rostov-Na-Donu Univ. 68^ (8)

91-104 (1958). (In Russian.)

Annotation from Chem. Abs. l4049d.

1,3a. The widths of K levels for Z = 12-79 and of

the L levels for Z = 22-47 were obtained by

interpolating experimental data.

3b. The basis for these interpolations is presented.

(24) E Sakel laridis, P., ADSORPTION STATES IN K ABSORPTION

SPECTRA OF COBALT. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 242, 876-879

(1958).

1. The K absorption spectra of Co in CoSOij • 7H2O; C0CI2 • 6H2O; Co(N03)2 • 6H2O, and Co(CH3COO)2

pure and adsorbed on MgO are compared.

3. The discontinuity of K absorption of the Co adsorbed on MgO shifts toward shorter wave

1 engths

.

4. Adsorption on MgO is a chemical reaction.

(25) E Sakel laridis, P., CHARACTERISTIC MULTIPLETS IN THE X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRUM OF ERBIUM. (In French)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 247 . 921-923

(1958).

1. The LP and Ly series in Er were studied.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer was used.

3. The frequencies and wavelengths for all maxima

are tabulated; intensity curves for the tran- sitions Lj-tJ), Lj-tl!),, L-^-a^, associated with

the LY]q, LY9, and LP|ij respectively, are

given.

4. The results can be attributed to the existence

of an incomplete 4f layer, i.e., the N6,8'

(26 )E Sakel laridis, P., MICROPHOTOMETRIC MEASUREMENTS OF X-RAY ABSORPTION IN RARE EARTHS. (In French.)

Chim. Chronika 2^, (8-9), 231-235 (1958).

1. The L] , L2, and L3 absorption spectra of Eu,

Gd, Tb, Ho, Er, and Tm combined as the M2O3 oxide were studied.

2. A curved crystal (mica) spectrograph was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3. The exact wavelength values due to L2 and L3

63
(26)E Cont'd.

white ray satellites could not be located; no spectra are presented.

1. Plates of Be, Cu , Mo, Sn, and Pt were studied

in a gas chamber containing ai r, A, or A-ai r, N or 0 mixtures.

2. An intensity of 600 r/sec was obtained with

the tube at 50 l<v, kO ma, \l anode, Be window,

and gas chamber at 1 0|i. Hg pressure.

3. The gases glowed at the metal surface. A

photograph of the airglow is shown.

4. The glow was attributed to electrons freed by

X-rays which excited a thin gas layer at the metal surface.

Shapiro, G. A., - See B. 1. Kotlyar.

(28)T

Shiraiwa, T., T. Ishimura and M. Sawada, THEORY OF FINE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRUM.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan \±, 8k7-Q53 (195^),

1. The lifetime of the state of the electron

ejected by absorption of a photon was

cons i dered

.

2. Kronig's method for the molecule was used and

applied to the solid; this gave reasonable

transition probabilities.

3. Detailed calculations are given and results

compared with tabulated experimental data.

(29) E Sokolowski, E., C. Nordling and K. Siegbahn, CHEMICAL SHIFT IN INNER ELECTRON LEVELS OF

Cu DUE TO OXIDATION.

Phys. Rev, J_1_0, 776 (1958).

I. A preliminary discussion of the data presented in Ref. #31 (195^) is given.

(30) E Sokolowski, E., C. Nordling and K. Siegbahn, CHEMICAL SHIFTS IN INNER ELECTRON LEVELS IN A METAL RELATIVE TO ITS OXIDES. Arkiv Fysik V^, 483-500 (1958).

1. Thin (lOOA) evaporated layers of Cu , CU2O

and CuO were studied.

2a. A magnetic analysis of X-ray produced photoelectrons in these substances was performed.

2b. Electron di f f ractograms of the oxides were obtained in order to check their composition.

3a. Natural line widtlis changed with oxidation.

3b. A shift toward greater binding energies was observed in the order Cu , CU2O, CuO; the shift is k.k eV for Is and 2s in CuO.

3c. The CuO-KLL Auger line was much lower in energy than the Cu-KLL Auger line.

3d. Spectra and tabular data are presented, and

transitions are discussed.

The K Auger yield may depend on the chemical

composition of the source.

(31 )E Taft, E. A., PHOTOELECTRIC EMISSION FROM THE VALENCE BAND IN AgBr.

Phys. Rev. _M0, 876-878 (1958).

1,3. For photoelectric emission in AgBr, the threshold energy is about 6-7 eV and the band gap is 2.5 eV. ka. The excited photcelectrons are scattered by the valence band electrons.

kb. The valence band lies 6 eV below vacuum

energy

.

(32)E

Tomboulian, D. H. and D. E. Bedo, THE K-EMISSION SPECTRUM OF METALLIC LITHIUM.

Phys. Rev. JOg., 35-40 (1958).

1. The K emission (2s K) spectrum of an evaporated Li target was investigated over a region

of 60-600A.

2a. A grating spectrometer was used at 5.5° grazing angle and intensities were photographically

recorded; the vacuum was 2 X 10"^ nvn Hg.

2b. Li was excited with 600 volts and 100 ma which

raised the temperature to 26°C below the Li mel ti ng poi nt

.

3. The band has a maximum at 229. 5OA (54.02 eV)

,

the distribution drops to half its maximum on

the high energy side at 54.58 eV, and the de- cay intensity from the peak to the high-energy

limit of the band occurs in an energy interval of 1 . 18 eV.

(33 )E

Troneva, N. V., I. D. Marchukova and I. B. Borovski

,

L-SERIES OF CERIUM IN CeBg and Ce02.

Fiz. Metal, i Meta 1 1 ovedne 6, 141-147 (1958). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography 6^, 125-131 (1958).

1. L3 absorption bands and L32P10 e'^'ssion lines were studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. Spectra and tabular data are presented.

3b. The effect of a chemical bond on the X-ray

spectra was obtained for the rare earths.

3c. Transitions are discussed.

(34) E Tsutsumi, K., FINE STRUCTURES OF X-RAY K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF Ni IN OXIDES OF Ni.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan (6), 586-590 (1958).

(27)E

Samylov, S. V., V. A. Tsukerman and I. S. Model, GLOW OF GASES IRRADIATED WITH SOFT X-RAYS.

(In Russi an .

)

Zhur. Eksptl. i Teoret. Fiz. 599-608 (1958) Trans: Sov. Phys. "JETP" 7, 414-420 (1958).

64
(3'*)E Cont'd.

1. Ni in NiO, Ni203, and Ni02 in were studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

and the spectra were photographically recorded.

3a. The first absorption maximum increased in in- tensity with increasing oxygen content while

other features of the spectra remained essentially unchanged.

3b. The results are tabulated and spectra are presented

.

k. The results support the Coster and Kiestra

theory of absorption spectra.

(35) E Vainshtein, E. E., M. N. Bril and I. B. Staryi

,

FINE STRUCTURE OF THE K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF

Ti IN TITANATES. (In Russian.)

Ooklady Akad . Nauk S.S.S.R. 122 . 201-204 (I958) Trans; Sov. Phys. "Doklady" 9^*7-9^8 (1958).

1. Titanates of Mg, Ca, Ba, Sr, Fe, and Zn were

studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

to study absorbers 3-1^ mg/cm^ thick; spectra were recorded photographically.

3a. The long-wave absorption band resulting from

Is electron transitions to 3d free levels is a singlet.

3b. All spectra are presented.

4. In perovskite types, the Ti edge depends

Strongly on the polarization of atoms in the compound

.

(36) E Vainshtein, E. E., I. B. Staryi and E. A. Zhurakovskii, THE FINE STRUCTURE OF TITAfJIUM K ABSORPTION SPECTRA IN CARBIDES. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 122 . 365-366 (1958) Trans: Sov, Phys. "Doklady" 2, 960-961 (1958).

1. Titanium with a carbon content varying from

12-24% and also Ti02 were studied.

2. A bent crystal (quarts) spectrograph was used; intensities were recorded photographically.

3. The fine structure of the titanium K absorption remains unchanged over the range of carbon contents where a single phase FCC metallic

atom lattice exists.

k. The bonds in TiC are not metallized.

1958 (C)

(C-l)T

Bilz, H., ELECTRONIC STATES OF HARD SUBSTANCES

WITH THE NaCl STRUCTURE. (In German.)

2. Physiki^, 338-358 (1958).

1. Band structure data for MX compounds of the transition metals is presented.

2. The one electron model was used for hard

phase electronic bands.

3a. Band structure data and bonding models are

shown

.

3b. Calculated data for Ti , Zr, Hf, V, Cb, Ta and

their carbides, oxides, and nitrides are tabulated and compared with experimental results

where possible.

(C-2)T

Brooks, H., and F. S. Ham, ENERGY BANDS IN SOLIDSTHE QUANTUM DEFECT METHOD

Phys. Rev. ri2, 344-361 (1958).

1. Electron energy bands in Na, Li, K, Rb, and

Cs were calculated from spectroscopic data for

the free atom.

2a. Explicit construction of one-electron potential was avoided in representing the interaction between valence and core electrons.

2b. Interaction between the valence electrons and

an ion in the crystal was assumed to be about

the same as in the free atom.

3. Tables of the data including improved polarization corrections are given.

(C-3)T

Callaway, J., ELECTRON ENERGY BANDS IN SODIUM.

Phys. Rev. UZ, 322-325 (1958).

1. Energy levels of s and p type symmetry were

determined at four points in the Brillouin

zone.

3. The potential energy of valence electrons is represented in Na by: \/(r^ -2/r + A[exp(-3r)/r],

A[exp(-Br)/r] is repulsive and represents core

electrons, A and 3 are obtained from spectral

data

.

(C-4)E

Chupp, E. L., J. W. M. DuMond, F. J. Gordon,

R. C. Jopson and H. Mark, K SERIES X-RAY WAVELENGTHS IN RARE EARTH ELEMENTS.

Phys. Rev. UZ, 1183-1186 (1958).

1. The K series in Nd, Sn, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, Lu was studied.

2. A 2-meter radius bent crystal (quartz)

spectrograph was used, with photographic

recording, and a 3.7 MEV proton accelerator

for exci tation.

3a. Ka, , KQf , K3j , and Kp lines are tabulated.

3b. Weak transitions, K3r and Ko^Oa. were found.

(C-5)T

Deslattes, R. D., 3d ELECTRONS IN TRANSITION METALS.

Phys. Rev. HO, 1471 (195o).

1. The Weiss-OeNarco data (Ref. #C-24, I958) are

d i scussed

.

(C-6)T

Dutta, A. K., SOFT X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRUM OF GRAPHITE AND THE SUGGESTION OF A SUITABLE BRILLOUIN ZONE FOR IT. Indian J. Phys. 12, 397-399 (1958).

1. Skinner's spectrum for graphite was used.

3. The 4 electron zone was suggested as most

su i tab 1 e

.

4. Known cj and n electron interaction in C-C bonds of graphite supports the 4 electron

zone view.

65
(C-7)T

Flodmark, S., ELECTRON DISTRIBUTION AND ENERGY

BANDS IN CRYSTALS OF METAL BORIDES OF THE TYPE MBs- Arkiv FysikJKt, 513-550 (1958).

1. The distribution of the boron valence electrons

in MBs metal borides is described.

2a. Hybridized s, p and d orbitals of the atomic L and M shells were used to construct Bloch wave

functi ons

.

2b. The one-electron approximation equations were

solved numerically.

3a. Energy eigenvalues and eigenvectors for bonding orbitals in L and LM approximations are tabulated.

3b. Several diagrams of the MBg bonding orbitals

and structures are shown; an energy level dia- gram is also included.

k. The M shell orbitals are essential for many of

the strongly bonded orbital sites.

(C-8)T

Friedel, J., ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE OF TRANSITION

METALS AND ALLOYS AND OF HEAVY METALS.

(In French.)

J. Phys. Radium 12., 573-581 (1958).

1. Electronic structures of transition metals

dissolved as impurities in Cu or Al are discussed and these metals are compared with

those of the kf and 5f series.

4. Magnetic properties of transition metals and

rare earths are the result of an equilibrium

of exchange couplings.

(C-9)E

Gauthe, B., ENERGY LEVELS OF ELECTRONS PASSING

THROUGH METAL FOILS - COMPARISON WITH RESULTS

OF X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY. (In French.)

Ann. Phys. (13) 1, 915-96't (1958).

I. Selected metal foils were studied to find if a relation exists between spectral distribution of energy losses observed in electrons

and the absorption pattern of X-ray spectra.

3. Two elementary interactions producing energy

losses exist - individual collisions and

plasma oscillations.

ka. Correspondence of the X-ray absorption maximum

with respect to the peak of the emission band

and the value of the electron loss indicates

individual character originating in the elementary interaction.

kb. Non-correspondences indicate plasma oscillations .

(C-IO)T

Horak, Z., CALCUUTIONS OF EXCITED STATES OF ATOMS.

Czech. J. Phys. 8, 271-276 (1958). (In English.)

1. Approximate wave functions of the excited

states of a many electron atom and also the K X-ray state of neon were calculated.

2a. The many electron calculations were made by means of the extremal i zation of the variation

funct i onal

.

2b. The X-ray state calculations were made by

radial wave functions in Morse's analytical

form.

The method can be used to interpret some results of soft X-ray spectroscopy.

(C-ll)T

Kittel, C. and W. Marshall, 3cl ELECTRONS IN IRON.

J. Chem. Phys. Solids 6, 99 (1958).

1,2. The Wei ss-DeMarco data (Ref.#C-24, 1958) is discussed in terms of spectroscopic splitting

factor (g) and the magneto-mechanical ratio

(g-).

k. It may be possible to reconcile (g-2) and

(2-g') values from other sources with the

Wei ss-DeMarco data.

(C-12)T

Lesnik, A. G., INTERATOMIC INTERACTION IN Fe-Cr SYSTEM ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 122, 385-388

(1958). Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady"^, 1006-1009

(1958).

1. It was hypothesized that the formation of a polar state of atoms in alloys occurs.

2. Statistical theory was used to support this

hypothesi s. 3. Features of the disintegration of the solid

solution accompanied by separation of an

i ntermetal 1 i c compound of the a phase type are postulated.

(c-13)T

Mokhov, V. N. and M. G. Urin, AUGER EFFECT IN HEAVY ATOMS. (In Russian.)

Zhur. Eksptl. Teoret. Fiz. ^0, 209-210 (1958). Trans: Sov. Phys. "JETP" 133 (1958).

1. A new equation for o^, the coefficient of the Auger effect, was derived.

3. For Ag, the formula gives = 1.14 X 10® and

experiment gives uo|<; = 1.12 X 10®.

(C-14)T

Morin, F. J., OXIDES OF 3d TRANSITION METALS.

Bell System Technical Journal 2Z> 1047-1084

(1958).

1. Magnetic, electrical, and optical properties were examined in 3d metal oxides and an energy

band scheme is proposed for the oxides of Sc,

Ti , and V, suggesting that the non-bonding 3cl orbitals of neighboring cations overlap to form a 3d conduction band.

3a. The 3d orbitals do not overlap in the other

3d elements, so that the 3d electrons are in isolated energy states and electron transport

occurs by electron exchange between cation

neighbors and involves an activation energy.

3b. Energy level diagrams are presented.

(C-15)T

Onaka, R., GRATING MOUNTING FOR A VACUUM ULTRA- VIOLET MONOCHROMATOR. Science of Light (Tokyo) 2, (2) 23-27 (1958).

1 ,3a. The rotation of a concave grating about a point displaced from the center of the grating

is applicable to a monochromator of any angle

of deflection.

66
(C-15) Cont'd.

3b. A general analysis of such a mounting is pre- sented and its usefulness down to 51 OA is

i 1 1 ustrated.

3c. The optical arrangement for the monochromator

is presented.

(C-16)T

Pearson, W. B., GROUP VS TO VI IB INTERMETALLIC CRYSTAL STRUCTURES.

J. Chem. Phys. Solids 2 0), 65-77 (1958).

1. Crystal structures of VB and VI IB elements

and compounds are discussed on the basis of valence bond theory.

2. A bond scheme is proposed and it is used to derive qualitative bond structures for these

el ements

.

3a. The derived bond structures deviate from the

usual semiconductor model

.

3b. Bonding is discussed in detail.

(C-17)T

Plass, G. N., MODELS FOR SPECTRAL BAND ABSORPTION.

J. Opt. Soc. Am. fiS, 690-703 (1958).

1. Models used to represent band absorption are compared and regions of validity for each

model are given.

3. Absorption of a statistical model including

effects of overlapping is shown to depend

only on an average equivalent width for a

si ngle 1 ine.

(C-18)T

Robins, D. A., BONDING IN CARBIDES, SILICIDES AND

BORIDES.

Pov/der Metallurgy 1958 (1,2) 172-188.

1. A relationship between the coordination of

the metal atoms and the number of bonding

electrons per atom is proposed.

3a. The crystal structure and stability of carbides is discussed in terms of the electron

concentration.

3b. In silicides Si-Si bonds are important; in the di silicides no metal -metal bonds remain.

3c. Boron-boron bonds are responsible for boride

bonding.

3d. Tables of calculating parameters are presented.

(C-I9)T

Take! Shi, Y., AUGER EJECTION BY NICKEL.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan \±, 766 (1958).

1,2. Expressions were developed for the average

power radiated by a high-energy electron

moving in a circular orbit. The instantaneous

electron energy E(t) is assumed to vary with

the time in accordance with E(t) = sin^

(TTt/2T) . 3a. The results are presented in a form which is applicable to any synchrotron in which the time dependence of electron energy is as stated above.

3b. Spectral distributions are obtained corresponding to the radiation emitted over a partia

or full acceleration interval.

3c. The numerical results predicted from the general relations are examined for a particular

value of the peak energy E^ = 6.0 Bev and the orbital radius R = 86. l4 ft. In the case of

these parameters, the continuous spectrum

attains a peak at 0.36A.

k. Calculations related to the case where the radiation is collected only over the low- energy portion of the acceleration interval,

indicate that it is feasible to utilize the continuum as a source for measurements in problems of interest to astrophysics and solid state spectroscopy.

(C-21 )T

Toyozawa, Y., LINE SHAPES OF EXCITON ABSORPTION

BANDS

.

Prog, Theoret. Phys. (Kyoto) J^, 214 (1958).

la. Theoretical considerations and experimental

difficulties are discussed,

lb. Earlier work is reviewed.

(C-22)T

Toyozawa, Y., LINE SHAPES OF EXCITON ABSORPTION

BANDS.

Prog. Theoret. Phys. (Kyoto) 20, 53-81 (1958).

1. The general theory of these line shapes is developed.

2. A generating function method is used.

3a. The absorption band is Lorentzian if the temperature is not too high and the coupling

is weak.

3b. If the coupling is strong and the temperature

is high, the band is Gaussian.

(C-23)T

Trost, W. R., ORBITAL THEORY IN THE TRANSITION

METALS

.

Canadian Dept. Mines Tech. Surveys, Mines

Branch Res. Repts. Rfi2, 77 pp. (1958).

1. See Ref.#C-25 (1959) for annotation.

u red

i s subtracted from the measured scattering data

leaving only the unbound electron contribution

3a. The radial extension of ks and kp electrons

is such that all their scattering factors are negligible at all Bragg angles; this leaves

1. The total electron yield for He*, Ne+, A+, and Xe* was computed.

3a. Results are tabulated.

3b. Secondary electrons are discussed.

(C-20)T

Tomboulian, D. H. and D. E. Bedo, SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE RADIATION EMITTED BY ELECTRONS ACCELERATED IN A SYNCHROTRON.

J. Appl. Phys. 22. (5) 804-809 (1958).

(C-24)E

Weiss, R. J. and J. J. Demarco, 3d ELECTRONS IN Cu , Ni , Co, Fe, and Cr. Revs. Modern Phys. ^0, 59-62 (1958).

I. Data on 3d electron population in the iron group transition metals is presented.

2a. Absolute X-ray scattering factors are measi 2b. The argon core as calculated by the selfconsistent field method for the free atom

67
(C-24)E Cont'd.

only the 3d contribution.

3b. The 3d populations found are tabulated.

1959

(1) E Bally, 0. and L. Benes, FINE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY ABSORPTIOH DISCONTINUITIES OF NICKEL AND IRON

IN Ni-Fe ALLOYS. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2f+8, 2327-2329

(195'J).

1. Alloys ranging from 50-100% Ni were studied.

2. A bent crystal (mica) spectrograph was used

in the second order and intensities were photographically recorded.

3. Results are tabulated but no spectra are

shown; nine features of the observed spectra

are listed.

(2) E Bally, D. and L. Muller, FINE STRUCTURE OF THE K ABSORPTION EDGE OF NICKEL AND IRON IN Ni-Fe ALLOYS AT LOW TEMPERATURES. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 242., 1039-1101

(1959).

1. The fine structure was determined at 113°K.

2. A crystal spectrograph was used.

3a. For the Fe-Ni alloys a general shift of the K-absorption structure towards longer wavelengths was observed.

3b. Detailed results are tabulated.

(3) E Bedo, D. E. and D. H. Tomboulian, THE M2 3 EMISSION BAND OF COPPER.

Phys. Rev. jMl, k6k-k70 (1953).

1. The M2 7 band in thin evaporated films of high purity Cu was studied.

2a. A grating spectrometer was used at grazing

incidence with 200 ma at 1 500V (300 v/atts) power input to the target which was at a pressure of 10"^ mm Hg.

2b. Fresh Cu was put down every I5 minutes, and

the total time for the photographic exposure

was 6 hours.

3a. The distortion of the band due to window effects, self-absorption, the presence of con- taminants, and the nature of the target is discussed as are satellites.

3b. Spectra are shown and data are tabulated:

The band has a maximum at 72 eV (172A), and

a width of 7.S eV; at the high energy end the intensity rises gradually and no sharp bands

are noticeable.

(it)E Bonnelle, C, L SPECTRA OF COPPER IN CU2O and CuO. Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2ft8, 2324-2326

(1959). (In French.)

1. Both the emission and absorption spectra were

studied.

2. A curved crystal spectrometer was used.

3a. The LOf is narrower and displaced 0.7 eV toward

lower energies in CU2O as compared with Cu

.

3b. In CuO, the displacement is 0.3 eV toward lov/er energi es

.

(5) E Borisov, M. D. and V. V. Nemoshkalenko, THE STRUC- TURE OF THE ENERGY SPECTRA OF ELECTRONS IN Fe-Cr, AND Fe-Cr-Ni ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Metal lovedne 8, 211-215 (1959). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography 8^ (In Process)

1. The K35 line of Cr, Fe, and Ni and also the

K3] were studied.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used.

3a. The K35 is dependent upon electron transitions

from the conduction band to the K level, and

the K3i is dependent upon electron transitions

from the 3p level to the K level.

3b. The Fermi energies of Fe-Cr alloy and Fe-Cr-Ni

alloy were 0.I9 v/R and 0.22 v/R respectively.

(6) T Borovskii, I. B. and K. P. Gurov, EFFECT OF IMPURI- TIES ON X-RAY SPECTRA OF TRANSITION METALS.

(In Russian.)

Zhur. Elisptl. i Teoret. Fiz. 1203-1206

(1959). Trans: Sov. Phys. "JETP" 2. 856-858 (1959).

1. Regional perturbation is created from impurity

charges in the electron shells of transition

metals. This amounts to induced surplus

charge, opposite in sign to that of the impurity and forming a dipole with it.

2. An integral equation is set up for this

surplus charge.

3. This equation is applied to the particular

case of of-Fe.

(7) E Borovskii, I. B. and K. P. Gurov, ELECTRONIC SPEC- TRA OF DILUTE SOLID SOLUTIONS. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Meta 1 1 ovedne 2. 225-284 (1959). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography ]_, (2), 61-70 (1959).

1. Cr, and Pb-Sn and Cr-Mo alloys were studied

at -196° and 300°C by investigating the K absorption spectrum of these materials.

2. A bent crystal transmission spectrograph with

a dispersive power of 4 XU/mm was used; in- tensities were recorded photographically.

3a. Addition of Mo to Cr increased the energy of M2 3 levels in Cr and did not affect the K spectrum.

3b. An atom block formation is postulated for dilute solid solutions at 0°K.

4. The formation of interatomic bonds in alloys

causes energy state distribution changes for

the valence shell, and thermal vibrations

exert a very large influence on the entire

electron-energy spectrum.

(8) E Borovskii, I. B. and V. V. Shmidt, INVESTIGATION

OF THE TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE OF THE FINE STRUCTURE OF THE MAIN K EDGE IN THE ABSORPTION SPECTRUM OF IRON. (In Russian.)

68
(8) E Cont'd.

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. ]2]_, 997-1001

(1959). Trans: Sov. Phys. "Ooklady" 4,

855-858 (I960).

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used in the (1,+1) position to study 7 micron

iron foils iieated by self-resistance at 5 X 10"^ mm Hg pressure; spectra were recorded

electronical ly. 3a. The energy loss of an electron was 7-5 ± 0.7 eV for Q- - Fe and 1 .0 ± 0.6 eV for y - Fe; these values were temperature independent.

3b. Actual and corrected spectra are shown.

4. The fine structure of the short wave region

and its temperature dependence can be ascribed

to the excitation of plasma oscillations in the electron cloud of the metal

.

(9) E Catterall, J. A. and J. Trotter, INTERPRETATION OF X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA.

Phil. Mag. (8) I, \k2h-\k-i\ (1959).

1. The K satellite emission bands in Li and Be were studied.

2. A grating spectrometer was used and the spectral intensities were recorded by means

of a Be-Cu photomu 1 t i pi i er

.

3. There is probably a hole occurring in the core-level when the soft X-ray emission pro- cess takes place.

k. This hole is unlikely to have a great effect

on the intensity distribution of the spectra.

(10) E Catterall, J. A. and J. Trotter, SOFT X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA FROM LITHIUM AND Li-Mg ALLOYS.

Phil. Mag. (8) k, 1164-1170 (1959).

2. A grating spectrometer was used at grazing

incidence and photons were counted with a Be-Cu photomul tipl ier. 3a. In the alloys, electron transfer took place

from Mg to Li

.

3b. The shape of the high energy edge of the Li-K

emission spectrum was explained by broadening

of the Is ionic level in the crystal.

(11) E Gallon, P., STUDY OF THE K-EMISSION BAND OF MAGNESIUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 248, I985-

1987 (1959).

1. Both metallic Mg and MgO were studied.

2. A curved crystal (25 cm. radius mica in the second order) spectrograph was used and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. Spectra and tabular results are presented.

3b. Oxide and metal bands are compared and effects of oxidation on the emission band of

metallic Mg were found.

(12) E Callon, P., EMISSION LP2 AND ABSORPTION L3 OF MOLYBDENUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 248, 2085-

2087 (1959).

1. Samples of 1 OOOA films of Mo evaporated onto

Al supports were studied.

2. A curved crystal spectrograph was used and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. The half-width value of the diminished as

the excitation potential was increased; the half-width maximum was 5 - 0.2 eV with an index of asymmetry of 1.2. 3b. Superimposed on the L32 was a strong "white"

line attributed to vacancies in the 4d band.

3c. The minimum was 6 eV from the LP2 peak.

(13) E Collet, v., THE L3 X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF COMPLEX SALTS OF PLATINUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 248, 1314-1316

(1959).

1. Some 20 complex salts of Pt were studied.

2. A special X-ray tube at 20 kV, 7-5 ma equiooed

with a Ta target was used; the spectra were

recorded photographically.

3. All results are tabulated.

(14) E Collet, v., CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY OF THE NATURE

OF TRANSITION METAL COMPLEXES BY X-RAY SPEC- TROGRAPHY. (In French.)

These Doct. Sci. Phys. Paris 1959, 52 pp. (1959)

1 . The K spectra of Ni , Co, and the L spectra of

Pt, Au , and Re in complexes were studied.

2. A Cauchois (bent crystal) spectrograph was

used; intensities were recorded photographical ly. 3. The electronic configuration for the transition metals when they are in complexes was

determi ned

.

(15) E Deslattes, R. D. and H. S. DeBen, THE K ABSORPTION

EDGE OF SELENIUM.

Phys. Rev. H^, 71-74 (1959).

1. Thin unsupported films of Se which had been

evaporated onto rock salt and which were amorphous were investigated.

2. A double crystal (quartz) spectrometer was

used; intensities were measured with a Nal scintillation counter.

3. The gap energy is about 4 eV indicating that

the lower portion of the conduction band contains low p type symmetry.

4. The edge absorption maximum arises from tran- sitions to X-ray excitation states in the region of the forbidden energy gap.

(16) E Dowdey, J. E., FINE STRUCTURE OF THE X-RAY ABSORPTION EDGE OF CUBIC FERRITES.

Univ. Microfilms MIC-59-154, 99 pp. (1959).

Diss. Abs. 12. 2365.

1. The M-Fe20z^. spinel structure type ferrites were studied.

2. A double crystal spectrometer equipped with

a scaler was used to obtain intensities.

69
{16)E Cont'd.

3. The fine structure is interpreted as a composite of electron transitions from Is to 3d,

4s, 4p, and np levels.

k. Hybridization of the orbitals gave some p character to the 3d and ks bands so that no violation of the selection rules occurred.

(17) T Outta, A. K., AN ANALYSIS OF THE SOFT X-RAY EMISSION SPECTROSCOPY OF GI^PHITE AND AN APPROPRIATE ELECTRONIC PICTURE OF IT. Proc. Phys. Sec. (London) 21. 604-608 (1959).

2. Skinner's soft X-ray spectrum for graphite

was used in performing the analysis.

3a. The Brillouin zone is bounded by two independent sets of planes with overlapping electrons (into the next zone).

3b. The total bandwidth i s 24 ± 3 eV.

4. The zone is of the four electron variety be- cause a correlation of K states with the soft

X-ray spectra gives the correct value for the

Fermi surface boundary.

(18) E Dyson, N. A., CONTINUOUS X-RAY SPECTRUM FROM ELECTRON OPAQUE TARGETS.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 21 (6) #474,

924-936 (1959).

1. The angular and energy distributions for the continuous X-ray spectrum were investigated

in the forvyard hemisphere.

2a. Exciting voltages were 6 and 12 kv. 2b. The technique and conditions are carefully

descri bed

.

3a. The angular distribution was greatly affected

by X-ray scattering.

3b. The absolute efficiency of X-ray production

was 20% greater than that predicted by the Compton-Al 1 i son formula.

3c. The results are tabulated.

2. The energies of quasi -stationary states were

determined from the measured find structure

of K and M spectra of iron.

3. Exciting voltages of the s or p core electrons

to the quasi -stati onary states of s, p, or d symmetry are estimated.

4. The absorption maxima in the fine structure of

the soft X-ray absorption spectrum of a solid are caused by the excitation of core electrons

to quasi -stati onary states. There is a close

relationship between the quasi -stationary

states and the critical potentials.

(21 )T

Kakuschadse, T. I., SATELLITES OF to, and K3| IN X-RAY SPECTRA. (In German.)

Ann. Physik (7) 1, 352-359 (1959).

1. The effective interaction of the electrons

with thermal lattice vibrations is considered.

2,3. The Bloch theory is extended to explain the occurrence of KQ'3 and KP) satellites.

(22)E

Kawaharada, H., CRITICAL POTENTIALS OF SOFT X-RAYS EMITTED FROM NICKEL.

Sci . Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. 4^, 143-

147 (1959).

1. The energies of quasi -stationary states were

determined from the measured fine structure

of K and M2 3 absorption spectra of Ni . 3a. Excitation voltages of the s or p core electrons to the quasi-stationary states of s, p, or d symmetry are estimated.

3b. The critical potentials and the calculated

excitation voltages are tabulated; these are

in good agreement.

4. There is a close relationship between the quasi -stationary Stated and the critical

potenti al s

.

(19) E Guseva, L. N. and B. I. Ovechkin, ATOMIC SCATTERING OF X-RAYS IN SOLID SOLUTIONS OF COPPER AND NICKEL. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. - Otdel . Tekh.

Nauk, Met. i Topi ivo 1959 (2), 82-85.

Annotation from Chem. Abs.

^ - 176611.

1. Only the technique is discussed - data are

not interpreted.

2. Data are obtained from X-ray powder photograms taken by the exchange method at angles

of 20, 35, 40, and 60° at 2-3 hour exposure

times.

(20) E Hayashi, T. and H. Kawaharada, CRITICAL POTENTIALS

OF SOFT X-RAYS EMITTED FROM IRON. Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ. First Ser. k^, 1-5 (1959).

1. The critical potentials were measured and the excitation voltages were calculated; good

agreement was obtained.

(23)E

Kazantsev, V. A., STUDY OF THE Mn-Kg SPECTRUM IN THE Mn-Ni SYSTEM. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 123 . 449-452 (1959) Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady"^, 1249-1253 (1959)

1. Alloys with a Ni content varying from 40.1 - 92.43 w/o were studied.

2a. A bent crystal spectrograph was used; samples were in the shape of tablets pressed into the

Cu head of the X-ray tube anode.

2b. The specimen temperature was measured during

the run, and X-ray intensities were recorded

photograph i cal ly. 3. Tables and spectra showing the behavior of

Mn-KB5 bands as a function of composition,

temperature and magnetic state of the alloy

are presented.

4. The Mn-KPq is not affected by compositional

changes, but the MnKBj shifts 1 .2 - 1 .8 eV toward lower energies as the temperature is elevated and the magnetic transition affects

the Mn-KB drastical ly.

70
(2k)E Kazan tsev, V. A., STUDY OF THE Kgj BAND AND K ABSORPTION EDGE IN NICKEL ON PASSING THROUGH

THE CURIE POINT. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. JJi, 667-670 (1959) Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady" i, 1262-1265(1959)

1. Tablets of 99-99% Ni pushed into the anode of

the X-ray tube were investigated; work was carried out at 300-4G0*C and not in immediate

proximity to the Curie point.

2a. A bent crystal spectrograph of 3.92 XU/mm

dispersive power was used; microphotograms of

the spectra were obtained In the first and

second order.

2b. For absorption spectra, a 5-6M. sheet was used

and the temperature was measured with a

ni chrome-constantan thermocouple; temperatures

used were 22, 320, and kOO'C +5°.

3. The transition to the paramagnetic state

shifts the Kf:^ 2.1 ± 0.2 eV toward higher

energies and decreases the bandwidth by 1 .8 ± 0.4 eV.

k. The Ni-K edge shifts about 1.2 eV toward

higher energies as the temperature is increased,

(25)E

Lucasson-Lemasson, A., A NEW STUDY OF THE L ABSORPTION SPECTRUM OF GERMANIUM. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2^*8, 1 156-1 158 (1959).

1. Both the L absorption and emission spectra of evaporated films of Ge were studied.

2a. A bent crystal (gypsum) spectrograpn was used

and intensities were pnotograpni cal 1 y recorded.

2b. Tne aosoroer tnickness ranged from 0.1 to 1 micron; tne temperature varied from 20 - kOO'C.

3. Results and spectra are tabulated.

k. The spectra are greatly influenced by the crystalline state of Ge, which was checked by

electron diffraction; evidence of this is presented.

(26 )E Nemnonov, S. A. and K. M.Kolobova, THE X-RAY K- ABSORPTION SPECTRUM OF IRON AT LIQUID NITROGEN TEMPERATURE. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Metallovedne 8, 478-480 (1959). Trans: Physics of Metals S- Metallography 8^. (In Process.)

2. A crystal spectrometer was used.

3. The middle of the basic K-edge curve shifted

into the long wavelength region.

4. As a result of lattice parameter decrease,

the 3d, 4s and 4p band overlap of metallic

iron increases. Thus, the d state redistribution is altered according to the energy and probability of the corresponding transformations. As a result, the Fermi surface energy

can also decrease.

(27) E Nikolaeva, L. G. and S. M. Karal'nik, CHARACTERISTIC ABSORPTION OF X-RAYS IN BINARY ALLOYS OF

IRON WITH Ni, Co, AND Cr. (In Ukrainian.)

Ukrain. Fiz. Shur. 4, 260-267 (1959).

Annotation from Chem. Abs.

^ - 21133h.

1. The change in the K absorption edge of Fe upon alloying with Ni , Cr, and Co was investigated.

3a. The greatest change in the spectra of these

alloys occurs at the K edge.

3b. An attempt is made to interpret the results

on the basis of external screening occurring

when the interatomic bond changes.

(28) E Nordling, C, ENERGY SHIFTS IN 5TH PERIOD L SHELLS

DUE TO OXIDATION AND ALLOYING. Arkiv Fysik J_5_ (3), 241-250 (1959).

1,2,3,4. Cd-CdO: Thin transmission and thick

reflection sources were prepared. The evaporated metal layers were heated in air for 12 hrs. at 200''C to obtain CdO. To check compositions, electron diffraction patterns were

taken; these showed pure Cd and complete oxidation in the CdO samples. The L] and energy shifts were measured with Cu-Kof] radiation (to produce photoel ectrons)

.

Results: L^ : shift = -0,8 + O.3 eV shift 0.6 ± 0,3 eV Minus sign indicates that the electron binding

energies are smal 1 er in CdO than in Cd. Sn-SnO: Lj , L2, Lj shifts were measured.

Samples were prepared as above. Samples were

pure. Results: L^ : shift = +1 .3 ± 0,3 eV

L2 : shift = +1 .1 ± 0.3 eV

L3 : shift = +1 .3 ± 0.2 eV

Plus sign indicates an increase in L binding

energies due to oxidation contrary to the case of Cd. Sn-Sn02: Reflection samples only:

L3 only : shift = +1.1 ± O.3 eV Samples contained less than 0.3% impurities.

Sn-SnAu: In the case of an alloy, it is most advantageous to have thick converters since

the techniques of evaporating or electroplating alloys without changing the composition

are not too reliable. The alloy was prepared

by heating 50 a/o Sn and 50 a/o Au in evacuated pyrex tube to well above M.P. (4l8°C).

In SnL^, ri£ shift was observed due to alloying

Conclusions: The magnitude of the shifts in Cd and Sn are less than in Cu and the L] shifts are not significantly greater than L2 or L3 shifts. For Cu, the widths of L photo

lines are a few tenths of an eV greater in the oxide; this is also true in Sn and is always less than 0.5 eV. The Fermi level in CdO lies about 0.4 eV below the conduction

band

.

71
Parrat, L. G., - See Review {R-S) and (R-10).

(29) E Porteus, J. 0., THE K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ALKALI METAL CHLORIDES.

Univ. Microfilms MIC 59-135, 155 pp. (1959).

Diss. Abs. ii - 2368.

1. LiCl, RbCl, and CsCl were studied.

2. A double crystal spectrometer equipped with

a proportional counter was used.

3a. Spectra and tabular data are presented.

3b. The spectra are discussed from the point of

view of X-ray excitation states.

(30) E Porteus, J. 0. and L. G. Parratt. AN OPTIMIZED

METHOD FOR CORRECTING FOR SMEARING ABERRATIONS: COMPLEX X-RAY SPECTRA. Office of Technical Services PB143952 . 130 PP. (1959).

1,2. A convolution integral is set up in order to obtain the true spectrum T(V) from the observed spectrum 0(Vn) for KCl

.

2a. The observed spectrum was assumed to come

from a spectrometer having a smearing function equal to M(\/n-\/). An attempt is made

to correct for this smearing effect also.

3a. It is shown that ^

0(Vn) = [ T(V)M(Vn-V)dV

J-D 3b. The correction method is applied to the K absorption and emission spectra of solid 1\C1 .

(3t)E

Rumyantsev, I. A. and M. 1. Korsunski i

, INVESTIGATION OF THE L SPECTRA OF Zn IN ALLOYS OF THE Cu-Zn SYSTEM. (In Russian.)

Optika i Spektoskopi ia, 2, 85O-852 (1959). Trans. Optics and Spectroscopy J., ^+98-500 (1959).

1. Alloys comprised of each phase of the Cu-Zn system and pure Cu and Zn were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph (mica) was used; intensities were recorded photographically

with exposure times ranging from 2-6 hours.

3. Spectra for each alloy studied are presented

showing the differences observed; no explanation or discussion of the data is given.

Sandstrom, A. E., - See Review (R-12).

(32)E

Sokolowski, E., ELECTRON BINDING ENERGIES OF IV AND VI PERIOD ELEMENTS BY PHOTOELECTRON

METHOD. Arkiv Fysik l^. I-30 (1959)

.

1,2,3>^' The binding energy of an inner electron

shell is the energy associated with an

electron transition from that inner shell to the lowest unoccupied level in the conduction

band. Under the assumption of a constant

density of states around the first unoccupied

level, the absorption edge should follow an arc tan function, the inflection point of which should correspond to transitions to the lowest unoccupied state in the conduction band. Since the binding energy corresponds to a transition from the given shell to the lowest

unoccupied level in the atom, the quantum

numbers vary for the final state and a discontinuity must be expected in the modified

Moseley diagram each time an outer shell is filled and the symmetry of the lowest unoccupied level is changed. The K binding energy

of 'i-th period elements is a sensitive function

of the crystal parameters.

(33) E Sokolowski, E. and C. Nordling, EXPERIMENTAL

STUDIES OF KLL AUGER SPECTP^A OF Cu A;;D Ge

.

Arkiv Fysik Xi, 557-56^

l,2,3,^i-. The sample was an evaporated metal layer

1 GOA thici'v. The intensity of the satellites

was found to be a function of source thicl;- ness. Table 1 gives KLL Auger energies for

Cu (p. 560 of paper); Table II gives KLL Auger energies for Ge (p. 561); a table giving

relative energy and intensity of lines is presented (p. 562). For the energies, a set of general equations are given which depend

on B.E. of the atomic shells involved and a group of functions F and G, accounting for screening and exchange energy:

F (or G) = A (Z-Zs)(l - aZ^)

where A, Zg and a are constants (values not given). A comparison between theory and

experiment regarding absol ute energies for

the Auger lines is not good, the calculated

energies being kO and 50 eV too low for Cu and Ge respectively. The discrepancy must be sought in the functions F and G, to which the absolute energies are more sensitive than the relative values.

(34) E Soules, J. A. and C. H. Shaw, X-RAY K ABSORPTION

SPECTRA OF SOLID ARGON AND KRYPTON.

Phys. Rev. U±, kJO-kll (1959).

1. The absorption edge of A, and Kr in the solid

and gaseous states was studied.

2. A double crystal (calcite) spectrometer was

used; photons were counted by a Xe-CH^ pro- portional counter.

3a. A great deal of fine structure was found in the solid state samples.

3b. The broad absorption maxima are correlated

with valence bands; the extremely sharp

initial rise indicates the existence of excitation states.

3c. The argon level width is O.58 eV. 3d. Actual spectra are presented.

Tomboulian, D. H., - See Review (R-16).

72
(35)E

Tcjmboulian, D. H., A PHOTON COUNTING SPECTROMETER

FOR ATTENUATION MEASUREMENTS IN THE SOFT X-RAY

REGION,

U.S. At. Energy Comm. NP-7906 . 20 pp. (1959).

1,2. Aluminum and zapon absorber foils were used

under normal illumination at 180A and a Be-Cu

photomul tipl ier was rotated from 0-22° with

respect to the foil axis to receive photons

scattered at various angles from the absorber's

front surface.

3. The scattered intensity was too small to be

observed.

k. For incident photon energies of about 70 eV, attenuation may be associated with processes which absorb energy within the foils.

(36)E

Trapeznikov, V. A., CALCULATION OF THE REABSORPTION

FOR THE SHORTEST WAVELENGTH LINE OF AN X-RAY

EMISSION SERIES. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Meta 11 ovedne 2. 29^-295 (1959). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography 2. (2), 130-132 (1959).

1. The LP2 absorption spectrum in Mo was studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

to study the 1 micron thick absorbers; 5 kV electrons at 3-^ ma caused the excitations.

3. The reabsorption accounting resulted in con- siderable changes in the form and position of

the lines in the emission series.

Tsutsumi, K., et al , - See Review (R-17).

(37) E Tsutsumi, K., X-RAY NON-DIAGRAM LINES K0' OF SOME COMPOUNDS OF THE IRON GROUP.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan Jjt, 1696-1706 (1959).

1. The Kcvj l^ of Fe and the Kg' from Cr2(S04)2 in H2O; Cr203; Mn02; MnSO^ • 4H2O; Fe(NH4)2

(S0i^)2 • 6H2O, and Fe203 were studied.

2. Samples were excited by Ni-K and then by Cu-K

radiation in a bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph; intensities were recorded photographically.

3a. Spectra are shown and results are tabulated.

3b. No difference could be found for the KP' line

for energies higher or lower than K(Z) +

L(Z+1).

k. The KP' line is due to a single ionization

and it can be derived from the difference of

the exchange interactions of the states having

different total spins (S+1/2) and (S-1/2)

where S is the total spin of the incomplete

3d shell and 1/2 is that of the incomplete

3p shell in the final state.

(38) E Vainshtein, E. E., B. I. Kotlyar and G. A. Shapiro,

STUDY OF FINE X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF IRON

IN SOME ANT I FERROMAGNETIC SUBSTANCES AND

FERRITES. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 125 . 55-58 (1959).

Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady"^, 316-318 (1959).

1. The materials fe20-^; SrO-6Fe203; MnO'Fe203;

Zn0.Fe203; Co0'Fe203; and Ni0-Fe203 were

stud i ed

.

2. A Johann bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph

was used and intensities were recorded photographical ly

.

3a. The K absorption edge wavelength is independent of the magnetic state in the compounds

studi ed.

3b. All spectra are shown.

k. "Tentative" conclusions concerning the chemical bonding in the compounds studied are

reached.

(39) E Vainshtein, E. E. and E. A. Zhu rakovski i , NEW DATA

ON THE X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA OF TITANIUM IN CERTAIN HYDRIDES, CARBIDES, AND NITRIDES.

(In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 128 . 695-697 (1959) Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady" 4, 1050-1052 (1959)

1. The Kg^, Kaj , and Kq;2 groups were studied in stoichiometric TiC, TiN, and 1, 2, and 3% H

i n Ti and pure Ti

.

2. A curved crystal (quartz) spectrograph with a dispersive power of 2.5 XU/mm was used; data were recorded photometrically at five crosssections along the lines and averaged.

3a. All spectra are presented.

3b. The KP^ was displaced about I eV toward shorter wavelengths in the hydrides as compared

with the pure metal although the shapes were

very simi lar.

(40) E Vainshtein, E. E. and E. A. Zhu rakovski i , THE FINE STRUCTURE OF THE K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF TiHYDRIDE, BORIDE, AND SILICIDE. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Otdel . Khim. Nauk

1959 . 1^93-1495. Annotation from Chem. Abs. 6295c.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used.

3. As the specific number of boron and silicon

atoms is increased, a tendency toward the formation of individual structural elements

from the metalloid atoms appears and the bond

between the atoms acquires a more covalent

character.

(^l)E

Vainshtein, E. E., E. A. Zhurakovski i and I. B. Staryi, ON SOME RESULTS OF X-RAY SPECTRAL

INVESTIGATIONS OF THE PHYSICAL NATURE OF INTERSTITIAL PHASES. (In Russian.)

Zhur. neorg. khim. k, 2^5-246 (1959). Trans: Russian Journal of Inorganic Chemistry

4 (1), lOif-105 (1959).

1. The K absorption of Titanium in TiN, Ti-C

(9-24%C), TiB2 and 1.2 and 2% hydrogen Tihydrides was studied.

2. Crystal spectrometry coupled with photographic

means was used to obtain the spectra.

3a. The longwave absorption line in the hydrides

disappears when the H content is equal to or greater than 2%; this line indicates the

73
(41 )E Cont'd.

existence of vacancies in the id shell of Ti

.

3b. Large differences were found in hydride bonding as compared with bonding of carbides and

ni tri des.

3c. The fine structure of the K edge of Ti in borides is more complex than for nitrides and

carbi des

.

Zhurakovski i

, E. A. and E. E. Vainshtein, X-RAY K ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF VANADIUM IN HYDRIDES,

NITRIDES, BORIDES, AND CARBIDES. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 127 . 53'+-537 (1959) Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady" 4, 826-828 (I960).

2. A Johann bent crystal spectrograph was used

and intensities were photographically recorded.

3a. In going from oxide to nitride, the intensity

of the longwave white absorption line changes,

but its position does not.

3b. All spectra obtained are shown but are not interpreted.

energy limit for BCC Cr and Fe, but only a negligible effect for FCC-Ni

.

3b. A density of states curve for Fe is presented.

(C-4)E

Bergvall, P., PRECISION MEASUREMENT OF Ka X-RAY

LINES FROM RARE EARTH ELEMENTS. Arkiv Fysik J_6, 57-68 (1959).

1. Elements of Z = 57-60 and 62-71 were studied;

La, Ce, Pr, and Nd were metals and the re- mainder of the elements were oxides.

2. A curved crystal (quartz) spectrometer

equipped with a scintillation counter was used.

3. The Kof line wavelengths in XU are tabulated

to six significant figures.

(C-5)T

de Carvalho, A. P., THE BAND STRUCTURE OF TELLURIUM.

(In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 248, 778-781

(1959).

1,2,3. The secular Reitz equation was used to calculate the band structure.

(C-l)T

Asaad, W. N., REUTIVISTIC CALCULATION OF THE K-LL AUGER SPECTRUM.

Proc. Roy. Soc . (London) A-249 . 555-573 (1959).

1. A calculated K-LL Auger spectrum for Hg is presented.

2. Moller's treatment for the interaction of

radiation with electrons was used in order to make the calculations.

3a. Relativistic effects increase the Auger tran- sitions by about 84% and decrease the radiative transitions by about 75%.

3b. The K series fluorescence yield, ou|^, was estimated to be 0.961 for Hg. 3c. Tables of transition probabilities for Hg are presented

.

(C-2)E

Batterman, B. W., X-RAY MEASUREMENT OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRONS IN IRON AND COPPER.

Phys. Rev. Letters 2, 148 (1959).

1,2. The X-ray intensities for Fe (carbonyl) and

Cu (smooth molded powder 0-60,000 PSI) were measured with Fe-K radiation.

3. The number of 3d electrons was the same as for the free atom in both Fe and Cu.

(C-3)T

Bel ding, E. F., THE 3d BAND STRUCTURE OF SOME TRANSITION ELEMENTS.

Phil. Mag. (8) 4, (46) 1145-1149 (1959).

1. The 3d band structure for Cr, Fe, and Ni was

cal cu 1 ated

.

2a. A tight binding approximation was used, taking into account the interaction of first and

second neighbors.

2b. A table of the overlap integrals used is given.

3a. The 3d band showed a broadening at the lower

(C-6)T

Elliott, R. J., and R. Loudon, ABSORPTION EDGE SPECTRUM OF DIAMOND.

J. Chem. Phys. Solids 8, 382 (1959).

1. The effect of magnetic fields and excitons

on the absorption edge in semiconductors was

exami ned

.

2. Simple spherical bands were assumed and spin

effects were neglected.

(C-7)T

Faulkner, J. S., ELECTRON ENERGY BANDS OF ONE DIMENSIONAL RANDOM ALLOYS.

Univ. Microfilms, L.C. Card #MIC 59-5891 . 93 pp. (1959).

1. A model consisting of two different types of

symmetric potential wells equally spaced in a "random" sequence with a fixed concentration was used.

2. The method of Korringa and a method in which

electron scattering is characterized by a

2 by 2 matrix expressing traveling waves on one side in terms of those on the other side were both employed.

3. An attempt to predict density of states curves was made.

(C-8)E

Frey, W. R., R. E. Johnston and J. I. Hopkins,

K SERIES FLUORESCENCE YIELDS ((%) FOR V, Mn, AND Ne. Phys. Rev. m, 1057-1060 (1959).

2. A proportional counter was used to measure

u)|^; counting gas was P-10 and the counter

was A1

.

3a. The Auger electron spectra are presented.

74
(C-8)E Cont'd.

3b. El ement

3c.

V 0.304 ± 0.013

Mn 0.308 ± 0.015

Ne 0.043 ± 0.004

These data are compared with earlier results.

(C-9)E

Fujiki, Y., VACUUM DEPOSITION OF ALLOYS

J. Phys. Soc. Japan Ui, 913-917 (1959).

1. The formation of alloy phases by successive

deposition of constituent metal vapors in vacuum was studied by electron diffraction

for the alloys of Au-Pb, Bi-Pb, Cu-Sn, Ag-Sn,

and Cd-Sn.

2. The total amount of metal used was 10 mg, and

the evaporation rate was 25 mg/min.; the pressure was 2 x 10-5 mm Hg.

3. The temperature of the surface layer of the primary deposit is elevated by depositing

the second metal, and this rise contributes

to the formation of true alloy phases; this

is due to the latent heat of condensation of

the metal deposited on the substrate.

4. Metal pairs having large heats of condensation may form alloys easily.

{C-10)T

Greiner, H. and E. Schaffer, ASTIGMATISM OF THE CONCAVE GRATING WITH SPHERICAL OR TOROIDAL

SURFACES. (In German.)

Optik 16, 288-303 (1959).

1. The toroidal and spherical gratings are compared with reference to the incident light

density (spectrograph) of the radiant flux

leaving the exit slit (spectrometer).

3. A procedure is given so that the ratio of the

radii of curvature for the toroidal grating

and the incident angle can be found so that departure from a stigmatic image is a minimum.

4. The density of incident light or radiant flux

depends on the length of entrance and exit

si i ts.

(c-n)E

Hass, G. and R. Tousey, REFLECTING COATINGS FOR THE EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET.

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 42., 593-602 (1959).

1. Conditions for preparing evaporated films of

Al for use on the grating are summarized and

the effect of thin overcoatings on the efficiency of ruled gratings is discussed.

3a. Data on Pt, ZnS, and AI2OJ for use as overcoatings below 1 200A are presented.

3b. From 0-400A, extrapolation of the curves of

reflectance vs. wavelength given shows that

Pt has about 15-20% reflectivity while Al has about 5-10% reflectivity.

(C-12)T

Henke, Burton L. and Jack C, Miller, ULTRASOFT

X-RAY INTERACTION COEFFICIENTS. REPORT No.

3

ON ULTRASOFT X-RAY PHYSICS. Office of Technical Services PB 144965 . 84 pp. (1959).

Interaction coefficients for ultrasoft X- radiation were derived by semi -empi rical methods

.

Semi -empi ri cal relations, based on quantummechanical theory with certain simplifying

assumptions applicable in the soft X-ray

region (lO-lOOA) were determined by interpolation of available data. Results obtained for photoelectric absorption

coefficients, atomic scattering factors,

ultrasoft X-ray scattering, and ultrasoft Xray reflection are presented graphically and

in tabular form.

(C-13)T

Kanamori, J., SUPEREXCHANGE INTERACTION AND SYM- METRY PROPERTIES OF ELECTRON ORBITALS.

J. Chem. Phys. Solids J_0, 87-98 (1959).

1. In some cases, the sign of the superexchange

interaction is determined by symmetry relations; cases in which the cation is subject

to an octahedral cubic field and in which

lines connecting interacting cations to the intervening anion make an angle of 90 or 180° are discussed.

3. Examples for perovskite, NaCl , TiH2, and some anhydrous chlorides are given.

(C-14)T

Kelley, R. L., VACUUM ULTRAVIOLET EMISSION LINES BELOW 2000A.

U.S. At. Energy Comm. UCRL-5612 , 520 pp. (1959)

Lines below 2000A are tabulated.

Data were taken from 811 references.

(C-15)T

Kleinman, L. and J. C. Phillips, SELF-CONSISTENT

CALCULATIONS FOR DIAMOND.

Phys. Rev. ri6_, 880-884 (1959).

1. Approximate self-consistent potentials with

exchange included are obtained.

2. The Slater free electron approximation was

used

.

3a. Inclusion of the momentum dependence of the exchange potential alters the valence band

wi dth

.

3b. Tables of calculated energies are presented.

(C-16)R

Kurylenko, C, TECHNIQUE FOR OBTAINING ABSORPTION AND EMISSION SPECTRA BY MEANS OF X-RAYS.

(In French.)

Cahiers de Physique H, No. 106, 237-256

(1959).

1. A general description of the methods of crystal spectrometry and photographic photometry

including historical background, general soli state and X-ray excitation theory and photoelectric theory is given. A few spectra,

notably W and Ag, are presented.

75
(C-17)T

Lohmann, A., CONTRAST TRANSFER IN THE GRATING SPECTROGRAPH.

Optica Acta (Paris) 6, 175-185 (1359).

1. Calculations are based on tlie theory of contrast transfer for optical image formation.

2. The spectral distribution of the light falling into the entrance slit is calculated from

the measured intensity by Fourier methods.

3. General formulae for the intensity distribution in a grating spectrograph with various

types of grating errors, aperture diffraction,

aberrations, and amplitude filters are given.

Note: A comprehensive bibliography on contrast transfer is given.

(C-18)A

Namioka, T., THEORY OF THE CONCAVE GRATINE I, II, III.

J. Opt. Soc. Am. k^, \:kk&-k53, 11:460-^*65,

II l:'J51-'i60, (1959).

1,2. The concave grating theory is examined in terms of geometrical optics and astigmatism,

and other aberrations are treated with re- spect to the finite length of slit illumination, grating size, and deviations of optical

components from the Rowland plane, but still on the Rowland cylinder.

3a. The aberrations in an off-plane Eagle mounting can be corrected by rotating the slit

perpendicular to the optical axis.

3b. Tables and graphs for the optimum grating

size of a 21-foot radius grating with 30,000

lines/inch and for a 1-meter grating with

15,000 lines/inch are given.

(C-19)A

Namioka, T., DESIGN OF A HIGH RESOLUTION MONOCHRO- MATOR FOR THE VACUUM ULTRAVIOLET.

, J. Opt. Soc. Am. k^, 961-965 (1959).

1. The off-plane Eagle mounting is chosen as that most suitable for the vacuum ultraviolet.

3a. The resolving power of the grating with this

mounting is calculated numerically for a 3- meter grating with 30,000 lines/inch, O-58OOA

(1st order) and a distance of the entrance

slit from the Rowland plane of 6 cm.

3b. A tentative instrumental design is presented.

(C-20)E

Nordling, C, K AND L ENERGY LEVELS IN SOME FOURTH AND FIFTH PERIOD ELEMENTS.

Arkiv. Fysik^l, 397-^+29 (1959).

1. The K and L binding energies in Cu , Zn, Ga,

Ge, and Se, and the L binding energy in ele- ments from Rh through Te were studied by the photo-electron method.

2. The kinetic energy of the photo-electrons was determined with an iron-free, double focusing

3 spectrometer equipped with a G-M counter;

a schematic diagram of the apparatus is given.

3. All results are tabulated and all photo

spectra are presented; a modified Mosely dia- gram for the K binding energies of the fourth

period elements is also given.

(C-2l)E

Nordling, C. and S. Hagstrom, ELECTRON BINDING ENERGIES IN URANIUM.

Arkiv. FysikJ_5^, 431-^+43 (1959).

1. The L3 , M2,M5, and N] ,N5 level energies were measured in uranium by the photo-electron

method

.

2a. A magnetic spectrometer equipped with a G-M counter was used to observe the evaporated

(onto an Al backing) U targets; no value for the pressure of the system was given.

2b. The Kaj lines of Ag, Pd, Ge, and Cu were used

to excite the desired photo-lines.

3. All data are tabulated and L and M photoemission spectra are presented.

(C-22)

Posener, D. W. , THE SHAPE OF SPECTRAL LINES - A TABLE OF THE VOIGT PROFILE ^ r dy (l/a2 + [v - y]2) ~ J -co Australian J. Phys. _I2_, 184-196 (1959).

1. The line shape which results when any spectral

line is broadened simultaneously by Gaussian

and Lorentzian effects is computed.

2. The equation for this effect is solved with a digital computer.

3. Tables of results for values of the titular

function are presented.

(C-23)T

Robins, D. A., AN INTERPRETATION OF SOME OF THE PROPERTIES OF THE TRANSITION METALS AND THEIR

ALLOYS.

J. Less Common Metals }_, 396-411 (1959).

1. Many of the properties of the transition

metals can be interpreted in terms of a rela- tionship between the coordination number and

the number of bonding electrons per atom.

4a. The electron resonance bond strength is a maximum when the number of bonding electrons

per atom is equal to half the coordination

number; "effective" coordination numbers must be invoked to support this view.

4b. The stability of this arrangement dictates

the alloying behavior and the crystal structure of the transition metal in question.

(C-24)T

Suoninen, E. J., INFLUENCE OF INDIRECT EXCITATION

ON THE INTENSITY OF A FLUORESCENT X-RAY LINE

IN TWO PARTICULAR CASES. (In English.)

Ann. Acad. Sci. Fennicae, Ser. A VI #15 . 12 pp. (195S).

1,3. An expression for the intensity of a fluorescent line in terms of true and total absorption

76
(C-24)T Cont'd.

coefficients in which the primary beam is assumed to be able to excite a line of

element A and Xq of element B, is given.

(C-25)T

Trost, W. R., ORBITAL CONSTRUCTIONS AND ELECTRON

POPULATIONS IN TRANSITION ELEMENTS.

Can. J. Chem. }Z, ^60-474 (1959).

1. Orbital constructions and electron populations

for the bands in transition metals are presented , 3a. It is possible to predict the crystal structure of the elements if there is a uniform

density of states in delocalized bands among nearest neighbors.

3b. Numerical values for electron populations in the s, p, d, and hybrid bands including their

bonding, antibonding, and non-bonding levels are presented.

3c. Density of states curves are given for 1, 5» 9, and 12 electron atoms.

Note: Excellent drawings of hybrid bonds

are included.

(C-26)T

Waldron, R. D., INTENSITY AND DAMPING DEPENDENCE

OF VARIOUS PARAMETERS DESCRIBING SPECTRAL LINE

SHAPES.

J. Opt. See. Am. 42.. 609-618 (1959)-

1. Expressions for several properties of a damped

harmonic oscillator system are given.

3. Equations for the displacement maxima of these

properties as a function of line width and

strength are also given.

(C-27)E

Walker, W. C, 0. P. Rustgi and 6. L. Weissler, OPTICAL AND PHOTOELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF THIN METALLIC FILMS IN THE VACUUM ULTRAVIOLET.

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 42., 471-475 (1959).

1. Evaporated films of Al , Sn, In, Bi , Au, Ag, and Cd were studied in order to correlate

optical transmission, reflection, and photoemission between 411 and 2072A.

3a. The frequency at which the reflection-transmission transition occurs is compared to that predicted by the Bohm-Pines theory.

3b. New absorption transitions were observed and related to X-ray absorption edges.

3c. Results for each film studied are plotted.

(C-28)T

Watson, R. E. , IRON SERIES HARTREE-FOCK CALCULATIONS. M.l.T. Solid State and Molecular Theory Group,

Tech. Rept. 12 . 258 pp. (6-15-1959).

1. It was assumed that there is a common one- electron radial function for all electrons

in any given shell and that all ion states

have a common one-electron radial function

for each shel 1 . 2. Slater two-electron integrals were used to find the interaction between the ion and the

crystal 1 ine field.

3. Equations and data for ions in cubic fields

are tabulated.

(C-29)E

Weiss, R. J. and J. J. DeMarco, X-RAY MEASUREMENT

OF THE DISTRIBUTIONS OF ELECTRONS IN IRON AND

COPPER.

Phys. Rev. Letters 2, 47 (1959).

1,2. The (110) peak of iron relative to Al for

Fe-Kof and Mo-Ka radiation was measured.

3. Results indicate that iron has only 2.5 ± 1.5 electrons of d type.

(C-30)E

Weiss, R. J. and A. J. Freeman, X-RAY AND NEUTRON

SCATTERING FROM ELECTRONS IN A CRYSTALLINE

FIELD AND THE DETERMINATION OF OUTER ELECTRON CONFIGURATIONS IN IRON AND NICKEL.

J. Chem. Phys. Solids 10, 147-161 (1959).

1. The effect of non-spherical charge distributions on X-ray and neutron scattering factors

is calculated for d and f electrons in hexagonal, cubic, and tetrahedral crystalline

fields.

3a. Polarized neutron data show that double and triply degenerate orbital s are equally populated i n i ron

.

3b. In nickel, the holes are 75% in triply degenerate orbitals and 25% in doubly degenerate

orbitals.

4a. In BCC iron, the spin density arises from

2.2 3d atom-like electrons in one spin direction.

4b. In nickel, the spin density is from 5.0 ed

atom-like electrons with spin up and 4.3 with

spin down.

I960

(1) E Averbukh, E. D., USE OF X-RAY SPECTROSCOPIC DATA

IN THE STUDY OF THE ENERGETIC STRUCTURE OF SOLID BODIES. (In Russian.)

Vestnik Leningrad. Univ. ]_^, #16; Ser. Fiz. i Khim. (3), 36-41 (I960).

Annotation from Chem. Abs. 3l88d.

1. Polarization effects in the initial and final states of an ionic crystal undergoing X-ray

emission were studied.

3a. These polarizations are important in determining the cross transitions belonging to different ions. 3b. The energy structure of KCl and NaCl is ex- plained by this theory.

(2) E Axel rod, N. N. and M. P. Givens, OPTICAL MEASUREMENT OF THE PLASMA FREQUENCY AND THE ^2,3 BAND OF CHROMIUM.

Phys. Rev. 120, 1205-1207 (I960).

1,2. A grating equipped vacuum spectrograph was used to study vacuum deposited Cr at a pressure of 5 X 10"5 mm Hg; intensities were

recorded photographically.

638881 O -62 -6 77
(2)E Cont'd. alloys is presented.

3a. The Cr films became transparent at 500A

{Zk.'d eV).

3b. A soft X-ray absorption plot for Cr ((xvsX) is given for the 200-800A region, but no M2 3 band is shown.

(3)T

Barinskii, R. L. and E. G. Nadzhakov, CALCULATION

OF THE CHARGE OF ATOMS IN MOLECULES FROM X-RAY

K ABSORPTION SPECTRA. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 2k,

k07-k\k (I960). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci . U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser. 2k , (In Process.)

1. Using data for Cl , Br, Ge, Zn, Fe, and Cr in halides and oxides as measured by various

other workers, a series of equations are de- rived describing the absorption edge from

line width data, charge of the absorber and

effective quantum number.

3. The secondary absorption maximum of Br, Zn,

Cl , and Ge in certain compounds is explained

by hole formation in the K shell.

{k)E

Bergvall, P. and S. Hagstrom, ATOMIC LEVEL ENERGIES IN RARE EARTH ELEMENTS. Arkiv Fysik j2. 61-79 (I960).

1. The L] , L2, L^ level energies in the oxides

of stable lanthanides were measured.

2. Photoelectronic spectrometry was used.

3. All results are tabulated.

(5) T Borisov, M. D. and V. V. Nemoshka 1 enko , ENERGY DETERMINATION OF X-RAY PHOTONS AND THE ENERGIES OF ELECTRONIC LEVELS IN ATOMS. (In Russian)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk. S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 2k,

393-336 (I960). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

2k, (In Process.)

1. All previous tabular data made with spectro- meters using calcite crystals is corrected

due to an improved value determination of the calcite lattice.

2,3. Corrected energies are calculated by means of

the following equation:

E (Rydbergs) = 5-9587650 - logX (XU)

(6) E Borisov, M. 0., V. V. Nemoshkal enko and A. M. Fefer, INFLUENCE OF THE NICKEL CONCENTRATION

ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE ENERGY SPECTRUM OF ELECTRONS IN 1 RON-CHROHI UM ALLOYS. (In Russian)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk. S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 2k, it43-¥^6 (I960). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

2k, (In process.)

1. The Kpr, Kp, and Kp' ' of Cr, Fe and kO w/o

Fe-Cr-Ni alloys containing 0, 2, 5, 7, and

10 w/o Ni were studied at 1000°C.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used.

3. A curve showing the 3d band in Fe-Cr-Ni

(7)T

Borisov, M. D. and V. A. Batiev, FINE STRUCTURE OF THE FUNDAMENTAL K EDGE OF THE X-RAY ABSORPTION

SPECTRA OF IRON GROUP ELEMENTS. (In Russian.)

izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 2k,

kk]-kk2 (I960). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser. 2k , (In Process.)

1,3a. Long wave structure gradually decreases in the order Ti , V, Cr, Fe, Co, Ni , and Cu ; this

corresponds to the unfilled portion of the d band.

3b. The horizontal portion of the structure is ascribed to ksp photoelectric transitions.

k. The fundamental K edge is a superposition of

two absorption edges.

(3)E

Borovskii, I. B. and V. V. Schmidt, THE FINE STRUC- TURE OF X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA AND CHARAC- TERISTIC LOSSES OF ELECTRON ENERGY, (In Russian)

Izvest. Akad, Nauk S.S,S,R. Ser. Fiz. 2k k2S-k32 (I960), Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

2k, (In Process.)

1. !<. absorption spectral measurements were made

on a foil of iron heated by self-resistance over a temperature range of 20-950°C.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used.

3. Changes in the fine structure occurring during the a — y phase change are listed.

(9) E Bril, M. N., AN INVESTIGATION ON THE TEMPERATURE

DEPENDENCE OF THE FINE STRUCTURE OF THE FUN- DAMENTAL REGION OF THE X-RAY ABSORPTION

SPECTRA OF TITANIUM IN BARIUM TITANATES NEAR

THE CURIE POINT OF BaTiO. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 131 . 535-537 (I960) Trans: Sov, Phys. "Doklady"^, 310-312 (I960).

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was

used; intensities were recorded photographically with exposure times of 3"5 hours,

3a, The diffuseness of the fine structure in- creases in a monotonic manner up to the Curie

point; above this point the fine structure of

Ti in a compound is much lower than in a ferroelectric,

3b. In the nonferroelectric Ba-tetrati tanate, no temperature dependence is observed.

3c, Spectra vs, temperature curves for 3aTi03

and BaO'4Ti02 are given.

(10) E Crisp, R. S., SOFT X-RAY EMISSION FROM POTASSIUM

METAL IN THE 40-lOOOA RANGE.

Phil. Mag. (o) ^, 1161-1169 (I960).

1,2. A grazing incidence grating vacuum spectro- meter capable of being evacuated to a pressure of 1 X 10"6 mm Hg was used to study

evaporated K metal; intensities were measured

by a Be-Cu photomul tipl ier.

78
(10)E Cont'd.

3a. Seven lines and bands were found, of which

two are deduced to be the L and M valence

band spectra, 3 are diagram lines and 2 (very

broad) are not identified; all spectra are

shown, and the data pertinent to the observed

features are tabulated.

3b. A density of states curve is deduced from the potassium M emission band and an energy level diagram is constructed based on the observed

data. (lUE

Crisp, R. S. and S. E. Williams, THE K-EMISSION SPECTRUM OF METALLIC LITHIUM.

Phil. Mag. (8) i, 525-527 (I960).

1. The third order L spectrum was studied with a "virtually uncontami nated target surface."

2. A spectrometer having a grating with 576 lines

/mm was employed which when used with a 40|i

slit width gave a resolution of 0.07 eV.

3a. An actual spectrum which shows a high energy

edge and an anisotropic Fermi surface is presented; the edge width is 0,30 eV. 3b. Edge widths for Na-L and potassium M were

0.21 eV and 0.19 eV respectively.

which were scraped in a vacuum of 5 x 10" mm

Hg; intensities were recorded on 1 1 ford Q-l

plates with exposure times of 2-6 hours.

3a. Skinner's CU-M2 3 band shape was obtained.

3b. Element ' N2

j

bandwidth (eV ± 0.3) Rh 1 .3 Pd 1 .3 Ag 2.1 (IMT

Deodhar, G. B. and S. T. H. Abidi, NEW RELATIONS

IN THE X-RAY K AND L SATELLITES.

Naturwi ssenschaf ten k]^, 319 (I960).

1. Empirical relations are obtained for both the high and low frequency satellites for X-ray

emission lines.

3a. The pertinent relationships for Z = 11-53 are

1 i sted.

3b. The high frequency K satellites arise from

the X-ray term difference for multiply ionized atoms

.

3c. L shells are multiply ionized in the final state by the radiationless transition k L]

.

(12) E Crisp, R. S. and S. E. Williams, THE SOFT X-RAY SPECTRA OF LITHIUM, MAGNESIUM AND ALUMINUM

AND THEIR ALLOYS.

Phil. Mag. (8)^, 1205-1216 (I960).

1. Pure Li, Mg, and Al and solid Mg-Li specimens

containing 15, ^tO, and 70 a/o Li respectively

were studied.

2a. A glass grating, grazing incidence, spectro- meter capable of being evacuated to 1 -2 x

10" mm Hg was used. Specimens were cooled to (-lOO'C) by a liquid air finger; this virtually excluded carbonaceous contamination.

2b. Intensities were obtained by a Be-Cu photomultiplier; a tungsten carbide scraper was used to clean the targets which were irradiated at 4 kV and 8-11 ma target current.

3a. Electron transfer from Mg was observed in the a I loys.

3b. The Mg band contracted and the Li band ex- tended on the low energy side.

3c. Li deposited on Al yields a K spectrum having

no metal edge.

3d. Spectra of all substances studied, and a "time-contamination" curve for the targets

are shown.

'fa. The changes in the K and L level screening

compensate almost exactly for the electron

transfer effect.

^tb. For Li deposited on Al , the first zone is full and there is no zone overlap.

(13) E Curry, C. and D. J. McNeill, SOFT X-RAY EMISSION

SPECTRA OF SOME TRANSITION AND NOBLE METALS.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) Jl, 791-793 (I960).

1 . Al and the M2 3 of Cu and Ni and the N2 3 of

Rh, Pd, and Ag v^ere studied.

2. A 1 -meter grating with 1152 lines/mm was used

at a grazing angle of 5 3/k° to study targets

(15) E i Ganeev, A. S. and I. M. Izrailev, INTERACTION ; CROSS SECTIONS OF SOFT X-RAYS WITH LITHIUM. ] (In Russian.) \ Zhur. Tekh. Fiz. }0, IO85-IO86 (I960). 1 Trans: Soviet Phys. "Tech. Phys."i, 1016- J 1017 (I960). {

\ 1. The values of [x/p for Li were measured in the ' region of X-ray energies 5.5 to 20 k eV.

j 2. A quartz crystal spectrometer was used to obj tain data from a Li specimen of 0.553 g/cm^ ,! thickness containing small amounts of some

| sixteen known impurities. ; 3. Data are presented graphically and a compari- j son with Slater's theoretical data is made. i

i

!

]

!

(16) T : Gorak, Z., ORIGIN OF SOME SATELLITES IN X-RAY , SPECTRA. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R, Ser. Fiz. hll-kll (I960).

^ Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

24, (In Process.) >

1. Satellites of the Kof of Ne and the Ka of | Fe"*^ were studied.

| 3a. Lines Ua' and to''' of Ne are caused by the interaction of vacancies in the Is and 2p shells. \ 3b. The Kg' line of Fe"*^ is caused by the inter- • action of a 3p vacancy with the partially i filled 3d5 shell. j

79
(17)A

Holliday, J. E., A SOFT X-RAY SPECTPX'METEU USING A FLOW PROPORTIONAL COUNTER.

Rev. Sci. Instr. H, 89I-G35 (IS6O).

1. The l< emission spectra of C and Be and the

Mif 5 emission spectra of Ho and Nb were studied.

2. A blazed grating spectrometer equipped with a P-10 flow proportional counter having a 1 OOOA window v/hich transmits \T/o of incident radiation at 200A was used; the spectrometer operates in the range 30-200A and can be evacuated

to 10" 'mm Hg.

3. All spectra are presented.

(13)A

Jacob, L., K. Noble and H. Yee, PHOTOMULTI PLIER

SOFT X-RAY SPECTROMETER.

J. Sci. Instr. 21, ^^60-i^.62 (I960).

1. A new soft X-ray spectrometer at the University

of Liverpool is described.

2a. The spectrometer has a 15 stage 3e-Cu photomultiplier mounted on a radial arm rotating

about the Rowland circle, a 30,000 lines/inch

grating is used and the slit width is 0.004 in. with a resolution of lA. 2b. The pulses are integrated by using a direct current amplifier to amplify the average

current from the multiplier.

3a. The spectrometer, grating mounting and amplifier circuits are diagramed.

3b. Preliminary emission band spectra of Al , Mg,

Na and Li are presented.

(19) E Johansson, P., AN EXPERIMEriTAL INVESTIGATION OF X-RAY EXCITATION STATES IN SOLIDS. Arkiv. FysikiS {k) , 289-303 (I960).

1. The KO] line of metallic Cr and of Cr202 is recorded at only a few volts above the excitati on potenti al

.

2. A bent crystal (topaz) spectrometer evacuated

to 10"® mm Hg was used; intensities were determined with a commercial G-M counter.

3a. A small (0.1 eV) wavelength shift is found

by using this "low" excitation voltage.

k. Three major conclusions are reached:

(a) The position in the spectrum of an X-ray

line is dependent upon the voltage for excitation energies slightly above the threshold

value; (b) The energy shift between threshold curves and ordinary curves is small; (c) The

emission energy is lower for the threshold

line than for the ordinary line.

(20) E Karal'nik, S. M., I. G. Nikolaeva and N. N. tiefedov, HIGH TEMPERATURE X-RAY SPECTRAL INVESTIGATION

IN IMVAR ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 24,

473-475 (I960). Trans: 3ull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser. 24 , (In process.)

1. The di spl acement of the Iron K absorption

edge was measured in Fe-Pt alloys containing

25, 48, 56, and 75 w/o Pt; the 25, 48, and

56 w/o Pt alloys were also measured between

70 and 930''C; an alloy containing Fe-34 w/o Ni was also investigated.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used.

3. The K edge in the 48% Pt alloy was displaced

to longer wavelengths with rising temperature

v/hile the reverse was true in the 56% Pt alloy.

(21 )E Kern, B., THE Si K0 BAND FROM X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA OF ELEMENTARY SILICON, CARBORUNDUM

AND Q.UARTZ. (In German.)

Z. Physikj^, 178-193 (I960).

1,2. A bent crystal vacuum spectrograph with a dispersive power of 0.498 mm/eV was used to study the SiKB emission bands of Si, SiC, and

Si02; intensities were recorded photographical ly

.

3a. All spectra and a table giving the energy

values of the structural features are pre- sented . 3b. Comparison of the results with results for diamond indicate that these are valence band

spectra and that they are only slightly

influenced by unusual perturbed states.

4. The bonding is essentially covalent in all cases.

(22) E Korsunskii, K. I. and Ya. E. Genkin, FLUORESCENCE SPECTRA OF NIOBIUM IN THE COMPOUNDS NbB2,

NbC, NbN, AND IN PURE Nb. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 24,

461-464 (I960). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

24, (In Process.)

2. A curved crystal (mica) spectrograph was used

to study LB2 and Ly\ lines, and the spectra were photographically recorded.

3a. Satellite lines of Nb are changed in the com- pounds due to L2 Ni^ and L3 — N5 transitions.

3b. The density of d states is discussed.

(23) T Korsunskii, H. I. and Ya. E. Genkin, INTENSITY

FvATIO OF THE L32, LP) 5, and Lyi LINES IN THE

L SERIES OF SUBSTANCES WITH AN UNFILLED N SHELL. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 24,

465-469 (I960). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

24, (In Process.)

1,2. The number of transitions for La], LQf2, LB),

L02, LP] 5, and Ly^ lines are computed on the basis of the degree of filling of the N shell.

3. The density of and d5/2 states in Nb , Ho,

Rh, Pd, and Ag is calculated.

(24) T Kurylenko, C, ISOLATED BREAKS IN THE X-RAY K DISCONTINUITY OF COPPER. (In French.)

Cahiers de Physi que 14 rJo. 113, 25-28 (I960).

80
(24) T Cont'd.

1,2. T. Hayashi 's theory of absorption spectra is examined and Veldkamp's mass absorption coefficient measurements on Cu are explained on

this basis.

3a. The isolated breaks (fine structure) are asym- metric with respect to the energy positions

£(200), £(220).

3b. The respective mass absorption coefficient

symmetry variations indicate that perturbed

energy states predominate over non-perturbed

states

.

3c. Detailed diagrams of the fine structure and

the \^/ p variation vs. wavelength are given.

(25) T Kurylenko, C, FINE STRUCTURE IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD

CF THE K X-RAY DISCOfNiTIIJUITY lil ZUiC.

Cahiers de Physique Ut, No. 115, 119-123

(I960). (In French.)

1. The probability of electron transfer between

perturbed and non-perturbed energy zones is exami ned

.

2. The theories of Brillouin, Bethe and Hayashi

concerning the variation of the mass absorption coefficient, M./p = P(E) where P(E) is the electron transport probability for perturbed and non-perturbed energy zones are

used.

3. The probability vs. the actual p./ p curve is plotted, and perturbed and non-perturbed

energy contours in Zn are shown.

(28)E

Lukirskii, A. P. and Yu. A. Omel 'chenko, USE OF THE PHENOMENON OF "TOTAL EXTERNAL REFLECTION"

FOR FILTERING THE CONTUOUS SPECTRUM IN THE ULTRA-SOFT X-RAY REGION. (In Russian.)

Optica i Spectrosk 8 (4), 563-568 (I960). Trans: Optics and Spectroscopy 8, 297-299

(I960).

1. The short wavelength component of the W continuum was filtered by means of Be or quartz

reflectors at various angles.

2. A 600 lines/mm grating was used at a grazing

angle of 5.5° in a vacuum spectrometer to study the radiation obtained; the vacuum was

1 X 10~6 mm Hg. 3. The W continuum (filtered and unfiltered

radiation) and a table of the relative continuum intensities in the IOO-I5OA region are presented.

k. This filtered radiation may be used as the source in the study of soft X-ray absorption

spectra.

(29)A

Lukirskii, A. P., M. A. Rumsh and L. A. Smirnov, X-RAY MONOCHROMATOR FOR ULTRASOFT RADIATION

WITH THE RECORDING OF THE ABSOLUTE NUMBER OF QUANTA. (In Russian.)

Optika i Spektoskopiya ±, 505-508 (I960). Trans: Optics and Spectroscopy (U.S.S.R.) ^,

{k), IQl-l&'i (I960).

(26) E Liefield, R. J., L SERIES X-RAY EMISSION AND

ABSORPTION SPECTRA IN ZIRCONIUM.

Univ. Microfilms LC card #MIC 60-1197, 99 pp. (I960). Diss. Abs. 20, 4147 (I960).

1. The L32 3nd Ly| lines of Zr were studied.

2. A double crystal (quartz) spectrometer was used in the (1,+1) position at a pressure of

4 X 10"^ mm Hg.

3. A density of states curve with a fairly steep

high frequency edge, with no evidence of the double peaked structure predicted for d-type

states in first period transition elements,

is proposed.

(27) E Lucasson, A., STUDY OF Zn, Ga, Ge, and Cu ALLOYS

BY X-RAY SPECTROGRAPHY. (In French.) Annates de Physique (13) i, 509-565 (1960).

1. Both the L absorption and emission spectra

in solid Zn, Ga, Ge, and the L3 edge of Cu

in alloys of Cu-Ni , Cu-Zn, and Cu-Al were

i nvest i gated

.

2. A crystal spectrometer was used.

3a. Spectra and tabular results are presented.

3b. The measured L2 edge widths of Zn and Ge and

the Lof + LP line widths gave the width of

the third band in Zn and Ge.

3c. The Fermi level shift was obtained from the

L^ edge shift in the Cu alloys.

1. A 15,000 lines per inch vacuum X-ray mono- chromator for the spectral region 15-120A is described; the grating is one meter radius

and the grazing angle is 2.5°.

2a. The K lines of F, 0, C, B and Be are excited

and this K radiation is used to excite the desired spectra: the pressure in the X-ray

tube is 5 X 10"' mm Hg. 2b. A methane quenched argon "Geiger" counter is used to obtain intensity data; a photomultiplier can also be used.

3a. Construction details and diagrams are pre- sented . 3b. The characteristic K spectra of F, 0, C, B, and Be are given.

(30)E

Lukirskii, A. P., M. A. Rumsh, and I. A. Karpovich, MEASUREMENT OF THE PHOTOELECTRIC YIELD OF THE

EXTERislAL PHOTOEFFECT UNDER THE ACTION OF X- RAYS IN THE WAVELENGTH RANGE 1. 54-13. 3A.

(In Russian.)

Optika i Spektroskopiya % 653-657 (I960). Trans: Optics and Spectroscopy (U.S.S.R.) %

343-346 (I960).

1,2. An Allen Be-Cu photomu 1 t i pi i er was used to investigate the photoelectric yields of Ti

,

W, Pt, NaBr, SrF2, and Csl.

3a. A complete account of the operating characteristics for the photomu 1 ti pi i er is given

for this spectral region.

3b. A table of photoelectric yields for the sub- stances studied is given; the specimens were excited by characteristic X-rays of various

elements.

81
(30) E Cont'd.

3c. The photoelectric yield rose with increasing

wavelength.

k. The authors feel that this rise is due to the decreased penetration of the X-rays into the photocathode

.

(31) E Lukirskii, A. P., M. A. Rumsh and L. A. Smirnov,

MEASUREMEMT OF THE PHOTOELECTRIC YIELD FOR ULTRASOFT X-RADIATION. (In Russian.)

Optika i Spektoskopiya ^, 511-513 (I960). Trans: Optics and Spectroscopy (U.S.S.R.) £

(4), 265-267 (I960).

1,3. Values of the photoelectric yield on a per- centage basis are given for 3e, Mi, W, LiF,

NaF, CaFy, Srp2> and NaCl excited by the K

line of 0, C, B, and Be, respectively.

2a. Using the apparatus described in Ref. ff23, I960, a Be-Cu photomu 1 ti pi i er was used to count small numbers of photoel ectrons and a Geiger counter was used for absolute counting

of quanta.

2b. The electrical apparatus details are given

and it is shown that, in general, the number

of registered impulses equals the number of

photoel ectrons if the probability of the appearance of two electrons as a result of

the action of a single quantum is neglected.

(32) E Mande, C, CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY OF GOLD AND

PALLADIUM AND OF THEIR ALLOYS 3Y X-RAY SPECTROGRAPHY. (In French.)

Ann. phys. ^, 1559-1614 (I960).

1. The L and M absorption spectra of pure Au

,

the K and L absorption spectra of pure Pd, the L absorption spectra of Au and the K absorption spectra of Pd i n Au-Pd alloys and

the LP2 °f and the LP5 Au emission lines were studied.

2a. A curved crystal (quartz) spectrograph was

used. Intensities were recorded photographically, the spectra being obtained by means

of mi c rophotometry

.

2b. For absorption specimens, Sandstrom's criterion for optimum absorber thickness was used

.

3a. All spectra are given and the data are also

tabulated.

3b. A density of states curve for pure Au , and

Pd, based on the data, is presented.

3c. The changes in the absorption and emission

spectra occurring on alloying are presented.

(33)E

Men'shikov, A. Z. and S. A. Nemnonov, X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA IN COMPOUNDS WITH A NICKEL- ARSENIDE STRUCTURE. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Metal 1 ovedne 10, 390-396 (I960). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography

10 (3), 7k-73 (I960).

1. The K absorption spectrum for Cr was studied

in the compounds CrS, CrSe, CrTe, and CrSb.

2. A quartz crystal spectrometer was used to study powdered specimens of the compounds;

intensities were recorded photographically.

3. All spectra are presented for comparison with

the spectrum of pure Cr; many differences are apparent

.

ka. The d electrons of transition metals participate only weakly in the chemical bond in NiAs

types.

kh. For the substances studied a or sp electron configuration is most likely.

{3h)E

Nemnonov, S. A., FINE STRUCTURE OF THE FUNDAMENTAL

;< ABSORPTION EDGE OF TRANSITION METALS OF THE

IRON GROUP, THEIR ALLOYS, AND COMPOUNDS.

(In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 2k,

kky-kSk (I960). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser.

24, (In Process.)

1 ,3a. K absorption measurements are tabulated for

Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni , Cu, Zn and their oxides,

sulfides, halides and sulfates; tabular data are also presented for Fe containing 17, 25,

50, and 75 a/o Al

.

3b. In the compounds the fundamental K edge is shifted 8-15 eV towards higher energies than

in the pure metal . 4. With increasing Al content, the superposed

3d-4s bands of iron are filling with p type

el ectrons

.

(35) E Nemnonov, S. A. and L. D. Fi nkel ' shtei n , THE CHARACTER OF THE INTERATOMIC INTERACTION OF HYDRIDES OF SOME TRANSITION METALS. (In Russian)

Fiz. Metal, i Metal 1 ovedne 2., 530-534 (I960). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography 2. (4), 48-51 (I960).

1. The K absorption edge of V pure and alloyed

with 45 a/o H was studied.

2. A bent crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used.

3a. The long wave VH lines were considerably less intense than those of pure V. 3b. The V and H bond in VH is nonlocal i zed (mixed

covalent and ionic).

4. The VH long wave spectra are explained by a screening loss in the 3d4s band by the 4p

band due to the interatomic distance increase

on al 1 oyi ng.

(36) E Nemnonov, S. A. and A. Z. Menshikov, X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF CHROMIUM IN CHROMIUM SILICIDES. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Metal I ovedne i, 385-389 (I960). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography 2

(3), 57-61 (I960).

1. The silicides CrjSi , Cr2Si2, CrSi and CrSi2 were studied.

82
(36) E Cont'd.

3. Changes In the K edge showed that the number

of electrons participating in the Cr-Cr bond

decreased while the Cr-Si bond electrons in- creased with increasing Si content.

k. The bond is a mixed coval ent-metal 1 i c up to CrSi2 when covalency becomes prevalent.

(37) £ Hemnonov, S. A. and M. F. Sorokina, THE FUMOAMENTAL K-A3S0RPTI0N EDGE OF iJICKEL IM NICKEL- ALUMIKUM ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S5.S.R. Ser. Fiz. _24, *55-if60 (I960) Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser. 24, (In Process).

1. Pure Ni, MijAl , NiAl and NiAl^ were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrograph was used.

3. The 3d band is full in NiAl and NiAl3 and nearly so in Ni^Al

.

(38) E Nemnonov, S. A., M. F. Sorol^ina and L. D. Fin, INVESTIGATION OF THE K ABSORPTION SPECTRUM

OF SMALL ADDITIONS OF ZINC IN ZINC ALUMINUM

ALLOYS. (In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Metal 1 ovedne 10, 148-150 (I960). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography

10 (1 ). 142- 144 (1560).

1 . The K absorption edge of Al and of Zn in an alloy of Al containing 1.7 weight percent Zn was studied.

2. A film of alloy 21 Op, thick was photographed

using a bent crystal (quartz) spectrometer

as the dispersing agent.

3a. A comparison curve for the absorption edges

of Al and Zn in the alloy vs. the K edge of pure Zn is given; the Zn edge is shifted to 0.8 eV toward lower energies.

3b. Details or the observed fine structure are

tabulated.

4. The conduction band of the alloy is common

to both elements.

(39 )E Neupert, W. M. , PHOTON ABSORPTION BY VALENCE ELECTRONS IN ALUMINUM, NICKEL, AND COPPER.

Thesis, Cornell University (I960).

Univ. Microfilms HIC 60-380 . 107 PP- Diss. Abs. 20, 4142-4143 (I960).

1. Maxima near L absorption edges in Al and near M absorption edges in Cu were investigated . 2a. A normal incidence vacuum spectrograph v/as modified to operate in the energy region 50

to 15 eV (2OO-9OOA); the resolution near the high energy end is better than 0.1 eV.

2b. Thin films formed directly in the chamber were investigated; the area densities ranged

from 15 to 34 p.g/cm2.

3. All observed absorption maxima in the three

metals are tabulated.

4. Collective oscillations (plasmons) as well

as interband transitions may participate in the attenuation of the incident beam; however, it is felt that the dominating process

is the interband transition.

(40 )E Nigam, A. N. and K. S. Srivastava, FORBIDDEN TRANSITIOM LIMI IN THE SPECTRUM OF PLATINUM (78).

J. Sci. 5. Ind. Research (India) 12£, 111-112

(I960).

1,2. A curved crystal (mica) spectrograph having a dispersive power of 5-8 XU/mm was used to study the L emission spectrum of Pt; intensities were recorded photographically with

exposure times of 6-8 hours.

3. A faint line was observed at 1167.3 XU (v/R = 780.66) which is believed to be due to the

L]M^ transition in Pt.

(41 )E

Nikolaeva, L. G. and S. M. Karal'nik, THE BASIC K- EDGE ABSORPTION OF X-RAYS OF IRON AND VANADIUM

IN THEIR ALLOYS AND TWO MODIFICATIONS.

(In Uicrainian.)

Ukrain. Fiz. Zhur. ^, 231-234 (I960).

Annotation from Chem. Abs. 1176 i.

1. The ;< edges in FeV alloys and in cu and ct phase

modifications were studied.

3. The short wave displacement in the alloys at- tained a peak of 4 to 5 eV in the middle con- centration range.

4. The a -* CT transformation was attended by the transfer of Fe 3d electrons to V atom outer

1 evel s

.

(42)E

Ovsyanni kova, I. A. and 1. B. Borovski i , FINE STRUCTURE OF THE X-RAY K SPECTRA OF SOME SULFIDES. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 24, 435-^>40 (I960). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Ser. Phys.

24, (In Process.)

1. The K absorption edges and satellites in Cu

,

S, CuS, Ni, NiBi, and NiS were studied.

2. A bent crystal spectrometer was used and the spectra were photographically recorded.

3a. Copper in CuS changes in the direction of a zinc spectrum indicating the promotion of a 3p electron in sulfur to a conduction electron of the 4s variety.

4. Both copper and sulfur contribute electrons

to the conduction band.

Pike, E. R., - See Review (R-11).

(43 )A

Rumsh, M. A., A. P. Luki rski i and V. N. Shchemelev, PHOTOEFFECT FOR METALLIC CATHODES IN THE WAVELENGTH REGION FROM 1.39 TO 13-3 A.

83
(43 )A Cont'd.

2.

3.

Ooklady Akad. IJauk U.S.S.R. V^, 55-57 (1360).

(In Russian.)

Trans: Soviet Physics "Doklady"^, 1231-1233

(I960).

The quantum yield, K , measured at 9 = 10°,

where 9 is the angle of incidence, is given

for W, Ni , and Be photocathodes in the range

1 .339A to 13.33A. See Ref. #30 (1S60) for a description of the methods used. Results for each photocatliode are tabulated

at nine points within the stated wavelength

region.

(VOA

Rumsh, M. A., A. P. Lukirskii and V. II. Shchemelev,

A VACUUM X-RAY MONOCMROMATOR FOR DETEKMIMING

T!1E AQSOLUTE EFFICIENCY OF RA.DIATIOiJ RECEIVERS,

(In Russian.)

Pribory i Tekhnika El'isperimenta ,No . 5 . 67-/3

(I960). Trans: Instruments and Experimental Techniques

1360 . 755-761.

1. A flat crystal Bragg type monochromator capable of being used in the lA to 13.3A region

is described in great detail; a cutaway isometric view is also provided.

3a. Using the expression

No =

^5 K1K2 (1 1<0 - where No is the number of quanta falling on

a flow proportional type counter per second,

N Is the observed counting rate,

K] is the transmi ttance of the entrance window,

K2 and \\o are the transmi ttances of the gas In the tube,

Kij. is the counting loss factor, and

is a factor for extraneous pulses,

a special counter tube Is designed which

3b.

enabled the authors to measure

The terms for Ki^ and Results for Cu , Ti , CI, Al , Na, and F shown graph i ca 1

1 y

.

and

K- were calculated.

are

(45)T

Shiraiwa, T. , THEORY OF THE FINE STRUCTURE OF THE X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRUM.

J. Phys. Soc. Japan 2i, 240-250 (IS6O).

1. State lifetimes are considered. It Is assumed

that the Inelastic cross-section of collision

between the electron and an atom is of the order of 1 square A.

2. Using this assumption, Kronig's method is applied in order to obtain transition

probabi 1 i ties.

3a. The scattering amplitude for the Hartree

field of the atom is numerically calculated.

3b. The method is applied to the \i absorption

spectra of Cu, TI , rutlle, and anatase, and

good agreement with experimental results is

obtained except for the Ti-oxides.

3c. Calculated spectra are presented in detail

(46 )T

Shmidt, V. V., ON THE EFFECT OF I NTERELECTRON INTER- ACTION IK METALS ON THE FINE STRUCTURE OF X-RAY

SPECTRA,. (In Russian.)

Zhur. Elcsptl. i Teoret. Fiz. ^i. 1269-1275

(1S60). Trans: Soviet Physics "JETP" jj., 886-89O (1961).

1. An attempt is made to solve the problem of

finding the absorption coefficient taking into account the interaction between an electron

which has absorbed an X-ray quantum with all the free electrons of the metal.

2. The free electron theory of Slater is used to determine the ratio of the absorption coefficient with plasma production to that given

by the single-electron theory.

3a. The ratio is given as TI =5, Cr = 1, and

Fe = 0.1 . 3b. The results are confirmed by the fact that, in

e;',peri mental v/ork, the fine structure details

decreased in the order Ti , V, Cr, Fe and disappeared in Ni .

(47 )T

Shuvaev, A. T., INTERPRETATION OF X-RAY SPECTRA.

(In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 24,

424-427 (1950). Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser. 24 , (In Process.)

1. A change in the K edge is assumed to be due

to a change In the Is level upon removal of

a 4s electron by valence bonding.

2. By using a self-consistent field method, a value of 0.15 eV is calculated for the screening constant change of Ca, Fe, and Zn.

3. The magnitude of K35 (conduction K band

transitions) line displacement is about 2 eV

for removal of a d electron and 1 eV for

s d and s p changes.

4. Inner screening by 3p and 4s levels in ele- ments of Z = 20-29 increases because the d

1 evel s are f i 1 1 i ng.

(48 )E Singh, J. N., FINE STRUCTURE OF THE X-RAY AB- SORPTION EDGE OF GERMANIUM.

Thesis to l/ashington State University.

Univ. Microfilms MIC 60-5350 . 92 pp. Diss. Abs. 21, 2343 (1961 ).

1. A thin (12.5IJ-) single crystal of Ge was investigated by means of the transmission method;

only the high energy side of the K edge was

studi ed

.

2. A double crystal (quartz and calcite) spectro- meter was used; a proportional counter was employed to obtain intensity data.

3a. New features were observed in the absorption

structure; the results could be explained by

Hayashi 's theory and by Kronig's theory.

3b. A necessary proof of the Cos^9 dependence in the !\ronig theory is provided by the results.

84
Taylor, G. R. and W. 3. Payne, RETARDATION AND K

X-RA.Y RELATIVE li.'TEilSITIES. Phys. Rev. J_!J3, 154-:;-1551 (1S60).

1. The matrix elsments are numerically evaluated

for electric dipols transitions with retardation for transitions between the Is and higher

states of a single Dirac electron in a coulomb

field.

3a. The relative intensities of the principal K X-ray lines in elements of high atomic number

are tabulated.

3b. Data on the relative intensity of Ka2:toi;

KP3:l\3i; and lOjiKof] are presented.

k. The effect of retardation is more significant

than screening effects only when the total angular momentum of the electron changes; this

effect shows itself in the Xa2:l\Q;] intensity

ratio in lead.

(50) A

Tomboulian, D. H., THE PERFORIWICE OF A 3e-Cu PHOTOMULTIPLIER IN THE 1 OOA TO 300A REGION.

U.S. At. Energy Comm. NP-8475 . 2S pp. (I960).

1,2. A Be-Cu photomul tipl ier was used to count

quanta in absorption coefficient determinations in the 100-300A region.

3. The reliability of the photomu 1 t i pi i er is carefully outlined.

(51) T Tomboulian, D. H., TME ANGULAR DISTRIBUTION OF THE

SYiJCHROTROi! RADIATION IN THE EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET AND X-RAY REGIONS. Office of Ordnance Research, Project #2486,

Tech. Rept. #1 , (I960).

1. Classical and quantum theories of electromagnetic radiation of high energy electrons

in circular motion are explored.

2. The classical equation for the power radiated

per unit solid angle into the Nth harmonic of

the circular frequency is put into a form

suitable for calculations, and the results of

the quantum theory are compared with this

classical expression.

3a. Curves of the angular power distribution for four wavelengths (103.6, 10.86, 1 .0C6 and

O.IO06 a) in the region of most intense radiation are computed for a Cambridge-like ac- celerator at maximum energy (orbital radius = 26.26 meters, energy = 6 Bev).

3b. The polarization of this radiation is also

calculated, as well as the angular distribution of the total power radiated into all wavel engths

.

(52) E Tomboulian, D. H., SOFT X-RAY PHOTON COUNTER- STABILIZATION OF SOURCE. Office of Technical Services, PS 1 58025 . Tech. Rept. #4, 14 pp. (I960).

1. The methods adopted for regulating the X-ray

tube current and potential are described.

2. Circuitry and behavior of the voltage and current regulators ere discussed.

3a. The X-ray potential is regulated by a commercial line voltage regulator. The regulator is modified so that the controlling signal is derived

directly by sampling a fraction of the DC target voltage.

3b. The X-ray tube current is regulated by an electronic circuit which, in effect, changes

the impedance in the primary circuit of the X-ray filament heater transformer to compensate for changes in the X-ray tube current.

(53)E

Vainshtein, E. E., E. A. Zhu rakovski i , V. S. Neshpor, and G. V. Samsonov, FINE STRUCTURE

OF X-RAY K SPECTRAL ABSORPTION AND THE HALL EFFECT IN VANADIUM S I LI C IDES. (In Russian.)

Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. 134 , 68-70 (1360). Trans: Sov. Phys. "Doklady"^, 996-998 (1961).

1. The substances studied were V^Si , VqSij, and VSi2 containing not more than 0.6% Tree Si; the l< absorption edge was investigated.

2. A curved crystal (quartz) spectrograph was used

.

3a. The absorption maximum shifts towards higher

energies with increasing silicon content.

3b. Spectra are presented and a table of results

is given.

4. The short wavelength displacement of the maximum may be connected with the perturbation of the vanadium "d" states by the neighboring silicon atoms.

I960 (C)

(C-l)A

Baez, A. v., A SELF-SUPPORTING METAL FRESNEL ZONE

PLATE TO FOCUS EXTREME ULTRAVIOLET AND SOFT

X-RAYS. Nature J[86, 958 (I960)

.

1. A Tresnel zone-plate consisting of I9 metal zones held together by thin radial struts was prepared.

2. The zone-plate was produced by lithographic

techniques; it is 10 microns thick and the narrowest gold band has a width of 20 microns.

3. Tests were made at 6/00, 4358 and 2537 A; at

I OOOA the zone-plate is faster than any tens.

4. The zone-plate will give excellent resolution

down to lOOA.

(C-2)T

Blokhin, M. A. and V. P. Sachenko, FORM OF THE ENERGY BANDS FOR A SOLID. (In Russian.)

Izvest. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Ser. Fiz. 24 , 397-406 (I960).

85
(C-2)T Cont'd.

Trans: Bull. Acad. Sci 2k (10), (In Process.) U.S.S.R. Phys. Ser,

3.

The amount of level broadening occurring as

the free electron state is approached, was

ca 1 cu 1 ated

.

The effect of this broadening on X-ray emission bands and on electron distribution within the band is enumerated.

(C-3)E

Coles, B. R., ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY AMD THE ELEC- TRONIC STRUCTURE OF CuoAu. Physica 26, U^3-l^^ (1560).

1. It is stressed that a direct indication of a reduction, upon ordering, of the freedom of

conduction electrons in Cu^Au can be found in the electrical resistance.

3. A table of resistivity is given for ordered

and disordered types of Cu^Au at 273 and 4.2°K;

the temperature effect, on the Brillouin zone structure is discussed.

(C-^)T

Cornwell, J. F. and E. P. Wohlfarth, AN ENERGY

BAND INTERPOLATION SCHEME WITH APPLICATION TO BODY-CENTERED CUBIC LITHIUM. Nature 186 . 379-380 (I960).

1,2. The energy bands in BCC-Li were calculated

using plane wave expansions of the wave functions and accurately known values of the energy levels at high-symmetry points in the Brillouin zone; for valence states having the same symmetry as the ion cores, the expansion

includes a repulsive pseudo-potential (Vr).

3. A calculated band structure and a density of states curve are presented; the Fermi energy

was -0.^+25 Ry and the Fermi surface does not touch the zone boundary.

(C-5)T

Curie, D., CALCULATION OF EMISSION STRUCTURE IN THE CONFIGURATION COORDINATE MODEL. (In French)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 2^, 83^-336

(I960).

1,3^ A simple derivation is presented for emission

and absorption bandwidths at O^K, for the increase of bandwidth with temperature elevation; and for band displacement due to an elevation of temperature.

(C-5)E

Oawber, K. i'.., PHOTOELECTRIC YIELD FROM ADSORBED

GAS LAYERS IN THE SOFT X-RAY REGION.

Rev. Sci. Inst. 210-211 (Feb. i960).

1. The photoelectric yield of Allen type photomultipliers was determined as a function of

temperature, pressure, and time after firing.

2. A lO-stage photomu 1 t i pi i er assembly was mounted without an envelope in a vacuum system containing a 200-300A X-ray source (Al target). The photosensitive first plate of

the photomul tipl ier vvas made interchangeable

and specimens of Be-Cu both clean and oxidized,

Cu, Al , Ta and stainless steel were examined.

The metal components could be rf vacuum fired, or the whole high-vacuum section could be baked out. The photomul ti pi i er could be operated immediately after either heat treatment

had ceased.

3a. Pyrof i Im resistors between multiplier stages

stood up well to 400°C bakeout or rf heating

of the plates to 800'C.

3b. The results showed that the yield from clean

metal or alloy surfaces was negligible compared to that from the adsorbed gas. 3c. Stable multilayer adsorption occurred on Cu above pressures of 1 .5 x 1 0"5 mm Hg; below

this pressure only monolayer adsorption ap- peared stable.

3d. Time variations in yield at constant temperature were noted only at pressures below

1 .5 X 10"5 mm Hg and showed no reproducibility.

k. The method of this experiment offers new means for investigating gas adsorption

phenomena

.

(C-7)E

Eley, D. 0. and P. R. Wilkenson, ADSORPTION AND

OXIDE FORIIATION ON ALUMINUM FILMS.

Proc. Roy. Soc. (London) A-25^ . 327-3^3 (I960).

3a.

3b.

The kinetics of oxygen uptake were followed

at a pressure of 1 0"2 to 1 0"3 mm Hg.

Place exchange of oxygen and aluminum atoms was deduced to be the governing uptake step. An equation for the weight uptake (g) was:

_1 = (ae dt rT ) (P°-')

where a and y are constants.

(C-8)T

Flynn, C. P. and E. F. W. Seymour, THE CORRECTION

OF SPECTRAL LINE SHAPES FOR INSTRUMENTAL AND OTHER BROADENING.

Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) J^, 337-3^4 (1S60).

A rapid method for the correction of line

shapes observed in any branch of spectroscopy

is presented.

The method is useful for distortions governed

by the equation:

3a.

f(Xo) =

+00g(X)h(Xo-X)dx

3b.

where f(X) is the observed line shape, g(X)

the true line shape, and h(X) an instrumental or intrinsic broadening function provided

h(X) is real and finite.

Formulae for the corrections of moments of

1 i nes are al so gi ven

.

(C-9)T

Goodenough, J. B., BAND STRUCTURE OF TRANS ITIO.N METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS.

Phys. Rev. 120 , 67-83 (I960).

1 An exhaustive re-examination of the band

86
(C-S)T Cont'd. conduction is given based on these data. structure of the transition metals is pre- sented with 95 references.

2. Several theoretical models are used.

3. (I) Density of states curves, (2) qualitative

features of the band structures for the various

transition metal crystal lattices, (3) the re- lation between d-orbital vs. neighbor configuration symmetry, band occupation and band characteristics in pure metals are presented.

(C-IO)E

Hagstrom, H. 0. and C. D'Amico, PROOUCTION AND

DEMONSTRATIOfl OF ATOMICALLY CLEAN SURFACES.

Jour. Appl. Phys. H, 715-723 (I960).

1. The cleaning of solid surfaces by means of

ion bombardment was tested by applying it to the metal tungsten.

2. Surface conditions during the cleaning pro- cedures were observed by means of Auger-type

ejection of electrons by slowly moving

positive ions.

3. This effect is capable of detecting changes

in surface concentration of foreign atoms which amount to a few percent of a monolayer.

k. Ion bombardment produces the same surface as

is produced by high-temperature flashing

(2200''iO.

(C-ll)T

Horak, Z., ORIGIN OF THE KP' LINE ACCORDING TO THE ANGULAR MOMENTUM COUPLING HYPOTHESIS.

Czech. J. Phys. 10, 405-^06 (1S60) (In English)

1,2. The Coster-Oruyvesteyn theory is used to calculate the Kg' satellite structure in free Hn++ and Fe"*"*^ ions.

3. Calculated results are in fair agreement with

those measured by other workers; a table is

gi ven

.

4. The originates from an angular momentum

coupl i ng

.

(C-12)T

Jaegle, P., CALCULATION OF THE RESOLVING POWER OF A SPECTROGRAPH WITH Tl/0 CONCAVE GRATINGS AT

GLANCING INCIDENCE. (In French.)

Compt. Rend. (French Academy) 25£, 3620-3621

(1560).

1. The intensity distribution of the diffracted

X-ray beam from a double grating spectrograph

at grazing Incidence is examined.

3. The resolution should be greatly improved

v-zithout intensity loss by adding the second

grating in a suitable position.

(C-13)T

Klemens, P. G., BAND STRUCTURE OF MONOVALENT

METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS. Australian J. Phys. JJ., 233-246 (I960).

1,2. Bloch theory is used in an attempt to evaluate the conduction properties of metals.

3a. The Bloch theory can only be used with a spherical and isotropic Fermi surface.

3b. The Fermi surface of monovalent metals is examined mathematically and the form of the transport equation for electrical and thermal

(C-lit)T

Lipscomb, W. N. and D. Britton, VALENCE STRUCTURES

OF THE HIGHER BORIDES.

J. Chem. Phys. 21. 275-280 (I960).

1. An attempt to systematize the valence orbital structures of the boron frameworks in MB2,

MBij., MBg, MB] 2, S]2C3 and pure boron is made.

2. The B framev/ork is isolated into polyhedra

connected by localized bonds and the molecular

orbitals of the individual polyhedra are investigated. Then electrons are "transferred"

from the more electropositive element to the

B framework until the bonding orbitals are

filled.

3a. Excess valence electrons on the metal atoms

are regarded as metallic in character.

3b. The procedure outlined above is carried out

in detail, and the results are diagramed.

(C-15)T

Murrell, J. N., CONSTRUCTION OF HYBRID ORBITALS.

J. Chem. Phys. }2, 767-770 (I960).

1. A method to construct the "best" hybrid orbitals is presented.

2. The method is based on the use of the principle of maximum overlap.

3. The method is illustrated by use of the example of CI in CIF3.

(C-16)E

Nemnonov, S. A., L. D. Fi nkel ' shtei n and K. M. Kolobova, AN X-RAY SPECTRAL AND X-RAY OIF- FRACTION INVESTIGATION OF THE INTERATOMIC BONDING FORCES IN IRON-ALUMINUM ALLOYS.

(In Russian.)

Fiz. Metal, i Metal lovedne 2. 243-247 (I960). Trans: Physics of Metals and Metallography 2. (2), 71-75 (I960).

1. Irons containing 2, 4, 10, 17, 25, and 50 atomic percent Al were annealed at various

temperatures ranging from 380*0 to 470°C and

the Oebye temperature determined.

3,4a. The appearance of the K-state on annealing

is responsible for the strengthening of the

Fe-Al bond.

4b. Iron is electronegative to aluminum in Fe-Al

al loys.

(C-17)T

Nordfors, B., THE STATISTICAL ERROR IN X-RAY ABSORPTION MEASUREMENTS. Arkiv FysikiS, 37-47 (I960).

1. The case for counter registration is studied;

the influence of background radiation is also

surveyed.

3a. The optimum conditions for absorber thickness

and for the time distribution between measuring 1 and Iq are found, and these values are

plotted.

3b. A two-page table giving the optimum conditions for different backgrounds is presented.

87
(C-18)E

Phillip, H., E. A. Taft and L. Apker, PHOTOEMISSION AND VALENCE BAND STRUCTURE OF ALKALI

IODIDES.

Phys. Rev. j_20, 49-51 (I960).

1. The energy distributions for external photoelectrons ejected from Csl by 11.3 eV photons were studied.

2. Energy distributions were determined in sealed-off phototubes with spherical collectors by retarding potential methods.

3a. All but 5% of the ejected photoel ectrons

ranged in energy from 1.5 to 5.3 eV. 3b. The energy distributions of intrinsic photoelectrons from Kl , Nal , CsBr, CsLi , Csl, and

Rbl are presented in graphical form.

3c. Photon energies equal to twice the forbidden

band gap are sufficient to eject photoelectrons from the bottom of the balence band.

k. The valence bandwidth i s 3 to ke\l below the vacuum 1 evel

.

(C-19)E

Rustgi , 0. P., THE OPTICAL AND PHOTOELECTRIC

PROPERTIES OF METALS IN THE VACUUM ULTRA- VIOLET REGION OF THE SPECTRUM.

Thesis, University of Southern California

(I960). Univ. Microfilms MIC 60-4486 . 87 pp. Diss. Abs. 21, 1609 (i960).

1. The metals, Al , Sn, In, Bl , Te, Au, Ag, Cd,

Sb, Ti , and Ge were investigated in the region 1600A to 450A.

2. The transmi ssi vi ty and the photoelectric

yield were observed in thin films of the above metals in the path of a normally incident beam.

3a. The photoelectric yield increased in regions

where the reflectivity declined.

3b. Values for the reflection-transmission

transition are given.

4. The results lead to a conclusion that plasma

oscillations caused by high energy electrons

striking a metal are not necessarily excited

by photons.

(C-20)T

Wilmshurst, J. K. , ORBITAL RADII AND THE DEPEN- DENCE OF BOND LENGTH UPON lONICITY, HYBRIDIZATION AND BOND ORDER.

J. Chem. Phys. H, 813-820 (I960).

1. Atomic orbital radii are obtained for ele- ments in the first four periods except for

transi tion metal s. 2. These orbital s were obtained by using known

bond length data and a derived expression

for bond ionici ty.

3. Results are presented in tabular form for about 75 atoms and molecules.

I960 - Supplemental.

(Papers which did not appear in print until 1961,

althouth they carry a i960 date.)

Hayashi, T. , THE K AND L2 3 ABSORPTION SPECTRUM

OF ALUMINUM.

Sci . Repts. Tohoku Univ., 1st Ser. 44 (3) 87-94 (I960).

1. The Hayashi theory of quasi -stationary electron states, (See e.g. Refs. 1949 (2), 1950

(9)) is applied to the K and L2 3 absorption

spectra of Al .

' 3a. Experimental spectra of other workers are

shown along with the corresponding appropriate

quasi -stationary states.

3b. The energy of d and s quasi -stationary states

of Al is tabulated.

4a. The fine structure of the L spectra is thought

to correspond to the absorption process

L2 3

s quasi -stationary state in the wavelength region greater than the absorption

edge.

4b. No fine structure is expected in the wavelength region greater than the absorption

edge for the K spectra.

S-2

Hayashi, T, and T. Sagawa, THE ABSORPTION SPECTRUM

OF METALLIC ALUMINIUM IN THE WAVELENGTH

RANGE OF THE Al-L2_3 EMISSION BAND.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku 'Univ. , 1st Ser. 44 (4),

126-134 (I960).

1. Both the emission and absorption AI-L2 3 bands were photographed in the wavelength

range 170-200A.

2a. See Ref. I960 (S-3) for details of the ex- perimental procedure.

2b. Absorbers were foils of Al 2,750A thick

(determined by weigning and by colorimetric

mi c roana lysis).

3a. The aosorption coefficient (|j) was found to be about 3.0 x 10^ cm"' in the range 170-200A.

3b. Fine structure was found on the long wavelength side of the Al-L2,3 absorption edge.

S-3 Sagawa, T., THE L2 3 EMISSION SPECTRUM OF METALLIC ALUMINIUM.

Sci. Repts. Tohoku Univ., 1st Ser. 44 (4) 115-125 (I960).

1. A new grazing incidence grating spectrograph

was constructed; Al was the first substance

to be studied.

2a. The spectrograph employs a Siegbahn grating

having 576 lines/mm at a grazing angle of 3°29'. Targets were evaporated Al which was excited by radiation from a W filament. Target current was 100 ma at 2 kv. 2b. The spectrometer uses photographic photometry

to obtain intensity data.

2c. The vacuum was 4-8 x 10-6 mm Hg.

2d. The resolution in the third order was 0.02 eV; carbon Kccj was not significant in this order.

3a. The observed band is presented and compared

with bands obtained by other workers.

3b. The features of the observed band are tabulated; the total band width was 14.8 eV. 3c. The experimental Al band was compatible with

the results of earlier work.

88
AUTHOR

ABIDl, S, T. H., i960

ADAMS, E. N., 1957 (C-1).

AGARWAL, B. K., 1952 (l); 1953 (5); 195^ (0;

1955 (1); 1957 (1), (2); 1958 (1).

ALEXOPOULOS, K. 1953 (l).

ALTMANN, S. L., 1957 (C-2).

AMREHN, H., 1955 (2); 1956 (C-l).

ANDREW, V. J., 1932 (1 ).

ANTONCIK, E., 1952 (C-l).

AOKI, Y., 1952 (C-2).

APKER, L., i960 (C-18).

ASAAD, W. N., 1959 (C-l).

AVERBUKH, E. D., I95I (l); i960 (l).

AXELROD, N. N., i960 (2).

BAEZ, A. v., i960 (C-l).

BALDOCK, G. R., I952 (C-3).

BALLHAUSEN, C. J., I956 (6).

BALLY, D., 1959 (1), (2).

BARINSKII, R. L., 1951 09). (20); 1952 (2); 1955 (3); 1957 (3), (h), (5); i960 (3).

BARRERE, G., I95I (2).

BATTERMAN, B. W., 1959 (C-2).

BATYIEV, V. A., i960 (7).

BAURMANN, E., I957 (6).

BEARDEN, J. A., ]9kO {]), (2).

BECKMAN, 0., 1955 (^); 1958 (2). /

BEDO, D. E., 195^^ (2); 1955 (31), (3^); 1956 (l); 1957 (7). (37); 1958 (32); (C-20); 1959 (3).

BEEMAN, W. W., 1939 (0; 19^0 (l), (3); 1952 (I9).

BELDING, E. F., I959 (C-3).

BENES, L., 1959 (1).

BERGVALL, P., 1959 (C-i+); i960 (k)

.

BEUTLER, H. G., I9I+5 (C-1 ).

BHATTACHARJEE, I952 (3); 195^ (9).

BIBERMAN, L. M., I956 (C-2).

BILZ, H., 1958 (C-l ).

1 INDEX \

3 BLOKHIN, M. A., 195^ (3), {h); 1955 (5), (6); ] 1956 (C-3), (C-1+); 1957 (8); I960 (C-2).

j BOKE, K., 1957 (9), (10). ]

BONNELLE, C, 1957 (ll). (l6); 1959 \

BORISOV, M. D., 1957 (12), (I5); 1958 (3); | 1959 (5); i960 (5), (6). 1

BOROVIKOVA, G. P., I957 (_]k) . !

BOROVSKli, I. B., 1951 (3); 1953 (2); 1957 (15). i (C-3); 1958 (33); 1959 (6), (7); (8); i960 (7).

(8), (42).

BOYCE, J. C, I9i<-1 (R-1). I

i

BRADEN, C. H., 1957 (C-1 1 ). ii BRENTANO, J. C. M., I956 (2). J

BRIL, M. N., 1958 (35); i960 (9). \ BRINKMAN, H., 1955 (37). :i

BRITTON, D., i960 (C-li^). !

BROGREN, G., I95I+ (5). i

BROOKS, H., 1958 (C-2). " | BROUT, K., 1957 (C-4). I

BROWN, E., 195!)- (c-1), \

BRUMMER, 0., I958 {k) .

\

i BULLEN, T. G., (21). ]

J BURBANK, C. J., 1939 (2).

| CADY, W. M., 19iH (2), (3).

j CALLAWAY, J., 1957 (C-5); 1958 (C-3).

J GALLON, P., 1959 (11), (12).

j CANDLIN, D. J., 1955 (C-l).

| CARTER, D. E., 1955 (3).

| CATTERALL, J. A., I958 (5); 1959 (9), (lo); R-h.

| CAUCHOIS, Y., 19^9 (1); 1950 (1), (2); 1952 (U), \ (5)> 6), (7); 1953 (3), ik); \9^k (6), (7); ; 1955 (7); 1956 {k), (5); 1957 (16). .

CHALKIN, F. C, ]9'^h (17); 1955 (20).

CHIBA, S., 1951 (6).

CHUPP, E. L., 1958 (C-k). :

CHURCH, E. L., 1952 (16). 1

i COLES, B. R., i960 (C-2). !
COLLET, v., 1959 (13), (l^^)-

CORMACK, D. v., 1955 (8).

CORNWELL, J. F., I960 {C-k)

.

COSTER, D., I9W (1); 1950 (3).

COTTON, F. A., 1956 (6), (7); 1958 (6).

COULSON, C. A., 1952 (C-k); 1957 (C-2).

CRAIG, D. P., 195^ (C-2).

CRISP, R. S., 1958 (7), (10); i960 (10), (11),

(12).

CURIE, D., 1952 (8); i960 (C-5).

CURRY, C, i960 (15).

D'AMICO, C, i960 (C-IO).

DAS GUPTA, K., 1950 {k) ; 1955 (9), (lo); 1956

1957 (28).

DAWBER, K. R., I960 (C-6).

DE BEN, H. S., 1959 (15).

DE CARVALHO, A. P., 1959 (C-5).

DEHLINGER, U., 1955 (C-2).

DE MARCO, J. J., 1958 {C-2k); 1959 (C-29).

DEOOHAR, G. B., 1950 (5); 1951 (^); 1952 (9), 1953 (5); 1956 (9); 1958 (8); i960 {\k)

.

DESLATTES, R. D., I958 (C-5); 1959 (15).

DILMORE, B. L., 1957 (17).

DORAN, D. G., 1957 (18).

DOUGHTY, D. D., I952 (11 ).

DOWDEY, J. E., 1959 (16).

DU MONO, J. W. M., 1958 (18), (C-1+)

DUTTA, A. K., 1958 (C-6); I959 (17).

DYSON, N. A., 1959 (18).

EBERBECK, W., 1957 (l9).

ECONOMY, R., 1958 (n ).

EDAMOTO, I., 1950 (6).

EDLEN, B., 1932 (3).

EISENLOHR, H., 1953 (6); 195^ (8).

EISENSTEIN, J. C, I956 (C-5).

ELEY, D. D., i960 (c-5).

EL-HUSSAINI, J. M., 1958 (9).

ELLIOTT, R. J., 1959 (C-6).

FAESSLER, A., I952 (l2); \93k (9).

FAIRBROTHER, J. A. V., I957 (C-6).

FAULKNER, J. S., 1959 (C-7).

FEFER, A. M., 1957 (12); 1958 (5); i960 (6).

FERREIRA, J. G., I95I (16); 195!+ (lO); 1955 (H).

FINE, S., 1955 (12).

FINKEL'SHTEIN, L. D., i960 (35), (C-l6).

FIN, L. D., i960 (58).

FISHER, P., 1958 (10).

FLETCHER, G. C, I95I (C-l); I952 (C-5).

FLODMARK, S., 1958 (C-7).

FLYNN, CP., i960 (C-8).

FOBBERTH, 0. G., I955 (13).

FOSTER, J. S., 1953 (C-3).

FREEMAN, A. J., I959 (C-30).

FREY, W. R., 1959 (C-8).

FRIEDEL, J., 1952 (13), (C-6), (C-l); 195^+ (C-3); 1958 (C-8).

FRIEDMAN, H., 1939 (0; 19^+0 (2), (3).

FRILLEY, M., 1951 (5).

FUJIKI, Y., 1959 (C-9).

FUJIMOTO, H., 1951 (6); I956 (lO).

GALE, B., 1956 (11).

GANEEV, A. S., I96O (I5).

GAUTHE, B., 1958 (C-9).

GENKIN, YA. E., i960 (22), (23); 1957 (24).

GIVENS, M. P., 1955 (39); 1956 (3); 1957 (1), (2); 1958 (1); i960 (2).

GLASER, H., 1951 (7).

GOKHALE, B. K., 1950 (7); 1951 (5), (8), (9); 1952 Oh).

GOLOVNER, T. M., 1953 (2).

GOODENOUGH, J. B., i960 (C-9).

GORAK, Z., i960 (16).

GORDON, F. J., 1958 {C-k)

GREEN, L. C, 1955 (C-5)

GREINER, H., 1957 (C-7); 1959 (C-10).
GROVEN, L.J 1951 (10).

GUROV, K. P., 1957 (C-3); 1959 (6), (7).

GUSANTINSKl, A. N., 1955 (6).

GUSEVA, L. N., 1959 (19).

GYORGY, E. M., 1952 (I5), (22); I955 (7); 195^+ (ll

HAASE, E. L, 1957 (C-5).

HAGSTROM, H. D., i960 (C-IO).

HAGSTROM, S., 1959 (C-2l); i960 (4).

HALFORD, R. S., 1957 ^^2).

HAM, F. S., 1958 (C-2).

HANSON, H. P., 1956 (7); 1957 (C-8); 1958 (6),

(11).

HARROWER, G. A., I956 (C-6).

HARTMAN, P. L., 1953 (8); I956 (C-ll).

HARVEY, G. G., 1951 (15); 1952 (I5), (22);

(11).

HASS, G., 1959 (C-ll).

HAYASE, A., 1957 (39).

HAYASHI, T., 19i^2 (l); I9I19 (2); 1950 (8), (9),

(10); 1958 (12); 1959 (12).

HEMPSTEAD, C. F., 1955 (1^+); 1957 (33).

HENDEE, C. F., 1955 (12).

HENKE, B. L., 1957 (20); 1959 (C-12).

HERGLOTZ, H., 1953 (9); 1955 (l5).

HERMAN, F., 195^+ {C-k)

.

HERRERA, J., 1957 (C-8).

HILL, R. D., 1952 (16).

HIRSH, JR., F. R., 1933 (1); 1935 (1); 1936 (1);

19^+2 (2); 1950 (11); 1952 (I7).

HOLLIDAY, J. E., i960 (I7).

HOPKINS, J. I., 1959 (C-8).

HORAK, Z., 1958 (C-10); I960 (C-11).

HOYT, A., 1932 (2).

HUANG, T. C, 195i<- (C-9).

HUME-ROTHERY, W., 1953 (C-2); 1 957 (C-2).

IGO, G., 195i^ (C-5), (C-ll).

ISHIMURA, T., 1958 (28).

IZRAILEV, I. M., i960 (15).

JACOB, L., 1956 (18); i960 (18).

JACOBS, E. S., 1958 (13).

JAEGLE, P., 1957 (21); i960 (C-12).

JOHANSSON, P., i960 (19).

JOHNS, H. E., 1955 (8).

). JOHNSON, F. A., 1953 (C-3).

JOHNSTON, J. E., 1937 (1); 1938 (1); 1939 (3);

195^^ (21).

JOHNSTON, R. E., I959 (C-8).

JOHNSTON, R. W., 195it- (12).

JONES, H., 193^ (1); 195^^ (13).

JOPSON, R. C, 1958 {C-k).

JOSSEM, E. L., 1951 195^ (15); 1955 i^h); 1957 (33), {:>h).

KAKUSCHADSE, T. I., 1959 (21).

KAMADA, 0., 1956 (12).

KANAMORI, J., 1959 (C-13).

KARAL'NIK, S. M., I956 (13), (1^+); 1957 (21); 1959 (27); i960 (20), (^1).

KARNATAK, R. C, I956 (9), (C-7).

KARPOVICH, I. A., i960 (30), (kh).

KATAMADZE, V. R., I956 (C-8).

KATO, S., 1952 (23); 195^ (19), (20); 1956 (23).

KAUFMAN, S., 1933 (2).

KAWAHARADA, H., I959 (20), (22).

KAZANTSEV, V. A., I955 (16); I956 (15); 1957 (23); 1959 (23), (24).

KELLEY, R. L., 1959 (C-l4).

KERN, B., i960 (21).

K 1 CHENASSAMY, S., 1951 (C-2).

KIESSLING, R., \9-^k (C-6).

KIESTRA, S., 1950 (3).

KINGSTON, R. H., 1951 (I'O. (12), (I5); 1952 (22).

KITTEL, C, 1958 (C-ll).

kiyono, s., 1952 (18); 1956 (16).

kleinman, l., 1959 (c-15).

KLEMENS, P. G., i960 (C-I3).

KLIUSHIN, V. v., 1958 (19).

KLIEVER, W. H., 1939 (4).

KOLOBOVA, K. M., 1959 (26); i960 (C-I6).
KORSUNSKII, M. 1., 1957 (1^+). (24), (35); 1958 {\h); 1959 (31); i960 (22), (23).

KOSTAREV, A. I., 19it-9 (3).

KOSTER, G. F., ]9'^k (C-IO); 1955 (C-3).

KOTLYAR, B. I., I956 (l?), (26); I958 {]6), (15); 1959 (38).

KRUTTER, T., 1935 (C-l).

KULENKAMPFF, H., 1955 (2).

KURYLENKO, I955 (17); I959 (C-l6); i960 (24),

(25).

LANDER, J. J., 1953 (C-4).

LASKER, W., 1953 (C-5); 1955 (C-4).

LE BERQUIER, F., 195^ (7).

LEE, P. A., 1951 (17).

LEE-WHITING, G. E., 1952 (C-7).

LEHMAN, G. W., 1957 (C-9).

LESNIK, A. G., 1958 (C-12).

LEWIS, M. N., 1955 (C-5).

LIEFIELD, R. J., i960 (26).

LIPSCOMB, W. N., i960 (C-l4).

LOHMANN, A., 1959 (C-17).

LOMER, W. M., 1957 (C-IO).

LOUDON, R., 1959 (C-6).

LUCASSON, A., 1957 (25); 1958 (17); 1959 (25); 1960 (27).

LUKIRSKII, A. P., 1957 (26); i960 (28), (29),

(30), (31), (43), (44).

LUNDBERG, B., I957 (20).

MACCOLL, A., 1954 (C-2).

MACK, J. E., 1932 (3).

MANDE, C, 1950 (5); 1951 (4); 1952 (9), (lO); 1955 (18), (19); 1959 (12), (27); i960 (32).

MANESCU, !., 1950 (2); 1954 (7); 1956 (5).

MARCHIKOVA, I. D., I958 (33).

MARK, H., 1958 (C-4).

MARSHALL, W., 1957 (C-IO); 1958 (C-ll).

McGRATH, J. W., 1939 (5); 1952 (l4).

McNeill, d. j., i960 (13).

MEERSON, G, A., I953 (C-6).

MERRILL, J. J., 1958 (18).

92

MENSHIKOV, A. 1., i960 (35), (36); 1958 (20).

MIKELICH, J. W., 1952 (16).

MILLER, G. L., 1954 (22).

MILLER, J. C„ 1959 (C-12).

MILNER, P. C, 1955 (C-5).

MITCHELL, G., I952 (19).

MITRA, B., 1957 (28).

MODEL, I. S., 1958 (28).

MOKHOV, V. N., 1958 (C-13).

MOORE, H. R., 1955 (20); 1957 (29).

MORIN, F. J., 1958 (C-14).

MORLET, J., 1949 (4); 1951 (IO); 1953 (lO).

MOTT, N. F., 1934 (1); I949 (l).

MULDER, M. M., 1955 (C-5).

MULLER, G. L., 1953 (6); 1954 (8).

MULLER, L., 1959 (2).

MURRELL, J. N., I960 (C-15).

NADZHAKOV, E. G., i960 (3).

NAMIOKA, T., 1959 (C-18), (C-19).

NARBUTT, K. 1., 1951 (20); 1955 (21); 1957 (3),

(36).

NEFEDOV, N. N., i960 (20).

NEFF, H., 1951 (13).

NEMNONOV, S. A., I956 (23); 1958 (19), (20); 1959 (26); i960 (34), (35), (36), (37), (38),

(C-16).

NEMOSHKALENKO, V. V., 1957 (l3); 1958 (3); 1959

(5); i960 (5), (6).

NESHPOR, V. S., i960 (51).

NEUPERT, W. M., 1957 (37); i960 (39).

NIEHRS, H., 1950 (R-7).

NIGAM, A. N., 1954 (14); 1955 (22); I957 (30); 1958 (8); i960 (to).

NIKIFOROV, I. YA., 1957 (3I).

NIKOLAEVA, L. G., I959 (27); i960 (20), (4l).

NILSSON, A., 1953 (II).

NILSSON, N., 1952 (20).

NISHIMURA, T., 1958 (l2).
NOBLE, R., 1956 (18); i960 (I8).

NORDFORS, B., 1955 (23); 1956 (I9); i960 (C-I7).

NORDLING, C, 1957 (C-12); I958 (30), (3I); 1959

(28), (33), (C-20), (C-21).

NOVODVORSKAYA, E. M., I956 (C-2).

NYHOLM, R. S., 195^+ (C-2).

OBASHI, M., 1955 (28).

O'BRYAN, H. t^., ]9kO {k)

.

O'CONNOR, B. M., I957 (C-6).

OHLIN, P., 1952 (21).

OMEL'CHENKO, YU. A., i960 (28).

ONAKA, R., 1958 (C-15).

ORLOV, A. N., 1957 (32).

OVECHKIN, B. I., 1959 (19).

OVSYANNIKOVA, I. A., i960 (42).

PARKYN, D. G., I957 (C-6).

PARRATT, L G., I936 (2), (3), (4), (^), (7);

1951 1^^); 195^ (16); 1955 2I+); 1957 (33), (34); 1958 (21); 1959 (30), R-8,

R-9, R-10.

PATRONIS, E. T., 1957 (C-ll).

PAULING, L., 1947 (C-1).

PAYNE, W. B., i960 (1+9).

PEARSALL, A. W., I935 (2).

PEARSON, W. B., 1958 (C-16).

PELL, E. M., 1951 (18).

PERLMAN, M. L., 1955 (C-8).

PHILLIP, H., i960 (C-18).

PHILLIPS, J. C, 1959 (C-15).

PIKE, E. R., (R-11).

PIORE, E. R., 1951 (15); 1952 (22).

PLASS, G. N., 1953 (C-17).

PORTEUS, J. 0., 1959 (29), (30).

POSENER, D. W., 1959 (C-22).

RAIMES, S., 1954 (C-7).

RANDALL, C. A., I9IK) (5).

RICHARDSON, J. W., I956 (C-9).

RICHTMYER, F. K., I929 (l); I933 (2), (ll).

RICHTMYER, R. D., I929 (l); I931 (]); 1956 (6); 1939 (6).

ROBINS, D. A., 1958 (C-18); 1959 (C-23).

ROGERS, J. L., 1954 (17).

ROGOSA, G. L., 1953 (17). (18); I957 (I7).

RONAMl, G. N., 1957 (15).

ROOS, G. E., 1954 (C-8).

RUBENSTEIN, R. A., I955 (C-6).

RUDSTROM, L., 1958 (22).

RUMSH, M. A., i960 (29), (30), (31), (43), (44).

RUMYANTSEV, 1. A., I957 (33); 1958 (I3); 1959 (31),

RUNDLE, R. E., I9W (C-1); I956 (C-9).

RUSTGI, 0. P., 1959 (C-27); i960 (C-19).

SACHENKO, V. P., I958 (23); i960 (C-2).

SAKELLARIDIS, P., 1953 (l3), (l4), (I5), (16); 1954 (18); 1955 (25), (26); 1958 (2.4), (25),

(26).

SALGUEIRO, L., I95I ( 1 6)

.

SANDSTROM, A. E., R-12.

SAMSONOV, G. v., i960 (53).

SAMYLOV, S. v., 1958 (27).

SATO, M., 1941 (1); 1953 (C-7); 1955 (27).

SAWADA, M., 1955 (28); 1957 (37); 1958 (28).

SCHAFFER, E., I957 (C-7); 1959 (C-IO).

SCHENK, H., 1955 (C-2).

SCHMID, E. D., 1954 (9).

SCHWARTZ, G., I953 (l2), (I7); I957 (17).

SEN, A. K., 1955 (9); 1956 (21).

SENENT, S., 1951 (C-3).

SENENT, Y., 1951 (C-3).

SEYMOUR, E. F. W., i960 (C-8).

SHAPIRO, G. A., 1958 (15); 1959 (38).

SHAW, C. H., 1936 (7); 1956 (21); I959 (34), R-I3, R-14.

SHCHEMELEV, V. N., i960 (43), (44).

SHINODA, G., 1952 (24); 1954 (I9), (20); I955 (29); 1956 (22).

SHIRAIWA, T., 1955 (28); I958 (28); I960 (45).

638881 O -62 -7 93
SHMIDT, V. v., 1959 (8); i960 (8), (1+6).

SHOEMAKER, D. P., ]9'?h (C-9).

SHUVAEV, A. T., I960 {h6)

.

SIEGBAHN, K., 1957 (C-12); I958 (50), (51 ).

SINGH, J. N., i960 (1+7).

SJOBERG, S., 1958 (22).

SKINNER, H. W. B., I93I+ (l); 1937 (l); 1938 (l);

]9^0 (if), (6); I95i^ (21), (R-15).

SLATER, J. C, I95I+ (C-10); 1955 (C-6).

SMIRNOV, L. A., i960 (29), (31).

SMIRNOVA, I. S., 1957 (36).

SMITH, G. L., 195^ (22).

SNYDER, J. N., 1955 (C-6).

SOKOLOV, A. v., 1955 (30); 1957 (32).

SOKOLOWSKI, E., 1957 (C-12); I958 (29), (30);

1959 (32), (33).

SOROKINA, M. F., I960 (57), (38).

SOULES, J. A., 1959 (3I+).

SPRAGUE, G., 1955 (31).

SRIVASTAVA, K. S., I960 {ho)

.

STARYi, 1. B., 1958 (35), ( 36); 1959 (^^1).

STEHN, J. R., 1932 (3).

STEPHANSON, S. T., 1957 (I8); 1958 (9).

STEWARDSON, E. A., I95I (17).

SUONINEN, E. J., 1959 (C-2I+).

SUTTON, L. E., 195l<- (C-2).

SUZUKI, M., 1958 (12).

SUZUKI, T., 1952 (2I+); 195^^ (19), (20); 1956 (22).

TAFT, E. A., 1958 (31); i960 (C-18).

TAKEISHI, Y., 1956 (C-10); 1958 (C-I9).

TAYLOR, G. R., i960 (1+9).

TAYLOR, R., 1952 (C-1+).

TILL, J. E., 1955 (8).

TOMBOULIAN, D. H., R-I6; I9I+I (2), (3); I9I+S (2);

1951 (18); 1953 (8); I95I+ (2), (I2); 1955 (31),

(32), (33), (51^); 1956 (1); (C-11); 1957 (37); 1958 (32), (C-20); 1959 (35), (3); i960 (50),

(51), (52).

TORKINGTON, P., 1951 (C-l+).

TOURNAIRE, M., I95I+ (23).

TOUSEY, R., 1959 (C-11).

TOWNSEND, J. R., I953 (I8).

TOYAZAWA, Y., I958 (C-2l), (C-22).

TRAPNEZNIKOV, V. A., I956 (23), (24); I957 (38); 1959 (36).

TRLIFAJ,M., 1952 (C-1).

TRONEVA, N. V., I958 (33).

TROST, W. R., 1958 (C-23); 1959 (C-25).

TROTTER, J., 1956 (11); 1958 (5); 1959 (9), (lO).

TSUKERMAN, V. A., I958 (27).

TSUTSUMI, K., 1955 (28); 1957 (37); 1958 (3^); 1959 (37); R-17.

ULMER, K., 1957 (6).

UMANSKI I, lA. S., 1953 (C-6).

UNITED STATES ATOMIC ENERGY COMM., I95O (R-17).

URIN, M. G., 1958 (C-13).

VAINSHTEIN, E. E., I9I+9 (5); 1950 (l2), (13), (II+); 1951 (19), (20); 1952 (25); 1955 (35), (36); 1956 25), (26); 1957 (3), (5), (1^), (in); 1958 (35), (56); 1959 (38), (39), {^), (^1),

(1+2); R-19; i960 (53).

VALADARES, M., 1951 (5).

VAN DEN BERG, C. B., I955 (37).

VARSHNI, Y. P., 1956 (C-7).

VASIL'EV, YU. N., 1957 i^O), (1+1).

VICTOREEN, J. A., 191+9 (6).

WAGNER, B., 1955 (58).

WALDRON, R. D., 1959 (C-26).

WALKER, W. C, 1959 (C-27).

WATSON, R. E,, 1959 (C-28).

WEISS, R. J., 1958 (C-21+); 1959 (C-29), (C-30).

WEISSLER, G. L., 1959 (C-27).

WERTHEIM, M. A., I95I+ (C-5), (C-ll).

WESER, W., 1955 (C-2).

WHITE, R., 1957 (20).

WHITMORE, G. F., 1955 (8).

WILKENSON, P. R., I960 (C-7).

WILLIAMS, S. E., 1958 (10); I96O (ll), (l2).
WILMSHURST, J. K., I960 (C-20).

WILSON, L. F., 1958 (5).

WITTE, H., 1955 (38).

WOHLFARTH, E. P., 1951 (C-1); i960 (C-4).

WOLFEL, E., 1955 (58). .

WOLFSBERG, M., 1955 (C-8).

WOOD, E., 1955 (10).

WOODRUFF, R. W., 1955 (59).

WYLY, L. D., 1957 (C-11).

YEE, H., i960 (17).

YOSHIDAj S., 1936 (8).

ZANDY, H. F., 1952 (26).

ZHURAKOVSKII, E. A., I958 (56); 1959 (38). (39),

ikO), ik]), ih2); i960 (53).

ZINKE, 0. H., 1957 (C-13), {C-]h).

ZWERDLING, S., 1957 (^2).

95
SUBJECT INDEX

'

AUGER EFFECT: 55-5E; 36-lE; 51-C2T; 57-C6E, Cll+E;

' 58-CI3T

calculation of: 55-C6T

cascade mechanism: 55-C8T I 2E electronic: 57-CI2E; 58-CI9T ] Korringa's method: 59-C7T ^ transitions: 56-eiO; 57-C13E

j 53E i BAND CALCULATIONS: j (See "Energy Band Calculations") I

ABSORBER

optimum density: 55-6E

optimum gas pressure: 55-lT

optimum thickness: 51-lT; 57-33E; 6o-3

ABSORPTION

alloying, effect of: 6o-32E, 53E, 38E,

anomaly In Ian than Ides: 53-ClT

Bragg-Pierce Law: 57-6E

coefficient: 57-20E; 6O-I5E, 25T; 50A

critical energy: 55-12E

discontinuities: 59-lE

edge vs. bonding: 51-7E

edge, effect of excitations: 59-C6T

edge, effect of magnetic field: 59-C6T

edge vs. magnetic transformation: ^6-2k-E edge shift: 51-19T, 20E; 55-18E; 56-I3E;

57-1 3E, 25E; 58-8E, 23E; 60-53E

edge, theory of: 41-lT; 51-6T; 6o-2kJ

energies, Wigner-Seitz method: 53-ClT

excitation, source for: 57-37E; 58-2E, I7E, 26E fine structure: 56-25E; 57-9E; 59-16e, 32E; 60-25T, 3^E fine structure vs. bonding: 56-23E; 57-5T

fine structure vs. color centers: 57-30T

fine structure vs. crystal orientation: 58-9E

fine structure vs. electron Interaction: 6o-k-6T fine structure, theory of: i)-9-3T; 54-14T;

57-38T

line width, theory of: 52-C7T

phase transformation, effect of: ^k-k-E spectra: (See "Absorption Spectra Index") states: •^Q-2kE

statistical error In measurement: 60-CiTT

synchrotnon radiation: 55-53E

temperature, effect of: 60-9E, 20E

theory of: 50-12T; 52-5E; 57-lOE; 58-26T,

CI7T; 59-8E; 60-I5E, 2hT, klE

thermal vibration, effect of: 59-7E

time, effect of: ^h-kE

valence electrons: 57-C8E

window: 52-4E

ADSORPTION ON ALUMINUM: 60-C7T

ALLOYS

composition vs. emission edge splitting:

57-27E

electrical conduction: 60-CI3T

theory of: 38-lE

ATOMIC RAD I I

Orbital: 60-C20

Pauling: 1+7-ClT

ATOMIC VALENCE FROM X-RAY DATA: 60-3T

ATTENUATION MEASUREMENTS: 59-35E

BANDWIDTH:

I excess, equation for: 5^13T j Internal levels: 58-23T | vs. atomic distance: 6o-C2T

BINDING ENERGY

i In uranium: 59-C21E

of 4th and 5th periods: 59-C20E

j theory of: 52-ClT; 59-32E ]

BOND LENGTHS: 60-C20

BONDING

i AuSn, AuAlgj CujSng: it-7-ClT ! CrSig: 60-36E i Fe-Al: 60-CI6E \ NIAs structure: 6o-33E I vs. absorption edge: 57-5E

Bloch theory: 55-C2T

borides: 58-C7T, CI8T ! carbides: i^-ClT; 53-C2T, C6T; 58-CI8T

' vs. emission edge: 57-5E, 57-22T 1 vs. emission fine structure: 57-38E ! vs. hardness: 53-C6T .1 hybrid: i^7-ClT; 51-C3T, CkJ; 52-C2R; 57-C2T; 1 60-CI3T ' intermetal 1 I c compounds: ^d-C\6T I LIgand theory: 56-C8; 57-C2T ' line broadening: 55-19E

vs. 1 Ine shape asymmetry: 50-13E, l^E; 'y6-]hT

metalloids: 58-20E

nitrides: hd-CH; 53-C2T : oxides: W-CIT

suicides: 58-CI8T ' I vs. soft X-ray spectra: 5^6e I Sommerfeld-Grimm theory: 55-C2T \ strength calculations: 5^C2T | transition metals: 58-C23T; 59-C25T ; transition metal complexes: 56-C8 | uranium compounds: 56-C5

j BREMSTRAHLUNG, X-RAY ,

spectra: 55-2E

Sommerfeld theory of: 56-ClE

96
BRILLOUIN ZONE ELECTRON TRANSFER: 59-1 OE

deduced from soft X-ray data: 58-C6T

electrical conductivity: 55-17T

graphite: 59-17T

temperature effect on: 60-C3E

theory of: 5I+-C9T

CHARACTERISTIC ELECTRON ENERGY LOSS: 57-37E;

60-8E

CHEMICAL SHIFT IN INNER LEVELS: 58-29E, 31

E

COMPTON RADIATION: 53-1

E

COHTINOQOS SPECTRA: 51-15E; C5T; 59-20E

filtering out: 60-28E

CORRECTION FOR (See also "Instrumental Corrections")

Instrument broadening: 56-C3T; 57-33E; 58-I8E;

59-30Ej 3E; 60-C8T

instrument distortion:

COUNTING ABSOLUTE QUANTA: 60-29A, 31

E

CRYSTAL SPECTROMETERS:

(See "Spectrographs, crystal")

CRITICAL POTENTIAL: 59-20 E, 22E

CRYSTALS

ELECTRON VACANCY EFFECT: 55-21+E; 57-16E; 59-9E,

12E ELECTRONIC ENERGY LEVELS

absolute: 55-27E

vs. atomic number:

derived: 56-9E

localized: 55-II4.E

55-7 E

calcite: 60-5T

gypsum: 52-^E

mica: 52-14-E quartz: 52-21A

DAMPING PARAMETERS: 59-C26T

DEBYE TEMPERATURE: 60-CI6E

OENSITY-OF-STATE CURVES

from X-ray spectra: 57-31T

Impurity effects: 52-C6T

theoretical: 51-ClT; 52-C5T; 55-C3T

DOPPLER EFFECT: 56-C2T

EDGE SHIFT DUE TO ALLOYING: 60-27E, 3^E

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: 58-C14T; 6O-C3E

ELECTRON DISTRIBUTION: 59-C2T, C29E, C3OE

by neutron scattering: 59-C30E

by X-ray reflection: 55-38E

ELECTRON ENERGY LOSS: 57-35E; 58-C9T; 60-8E

ELECTRON GUN, DESIGN OF: 51-12E, I5A; 58-5A, 7E

ELECTRON ORBITALS: 59-C25T

symmetry properties: 59-C13T

ELECTRON STOPPING POWER, THEORY OF: 52-C7T

ELECTRON THEORY OF METALS: 53-3E

ELECTRONIC SPECTROSCOPY: 52-2ij-E; 5^19Ej 20E; 55-29E; 56-22E

ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE

CujAu: 60-C3E

alkal I oxides: 60-I3T

bo rides: 6o-C14T

Intermetal 1 Ic compounds: 58-CI6T

NaCl type hard substances: 58-ClT

orbital theory of transition metals: 58-C23T

tellurium: 59-C5T

thorium in compounds: 55-3E

transition metals: 60-C8T

transition period, 1st, deduced: 57-ClOTj

58- C8T

EMISSION, SOFT X-RAY

critical energy of: 55-1 2E spectra: (See "Emission Spectra Index")

theory of: 52-ClT

ENERGY BAND CALCULATIONS

augmented plane wave: 53-ClT

Bloch theory: 60-CI3T

conduction band limits: 57-32T

effect of field: 57-ClT

Fermi-Thomas field approximation: 5^-C5T, CI IT graphite: 52-Cit-T Hartree field: 35-Cl Hartree-Fock field for Iron: 59-C28

inner band widths: 57-8T

Interpolation method: 6o-CkT

LCAO method, simplified: 5I+-CIOT Mulliken's molecular integral approximation:

56-C9

orthoganal i zed plane wave: ^k-Ck-J overlap integrals: 59-C3T

Roothan's self-consistent molecular orbital:

56-C9

secular Reltz equation: 59-C5T

self-consistent field: 6o-kQT

self-consistent potential for diamond: 59-^15

Slater free electron momentum dependence:

59- C28T

Slater-Koster interpolation: 57-C9T

Slater two electron integrals: 59-C28

tight binding approximation: 59-C2T

ENERGY BANDS FROM X-RAY DATA: 58-3E, C2T

EXCHANGE ENERGY: 59-33E

EXCHANGE INTERACTION: 55-30T; 59-37E, C12T

EXCITATION POTENTIAL: 53-1 IE; 59-20E, 22E

EXCITATIONS: 55-30T; 58-C21T, C22T; 59-C6T

97
EXCITED STATES

wave functions of: 58-ClO

FERMI SURFACE: 55-C7T; 5T-32T; 60-CI5T

FILTERS FOR SOFT X-RAYS: 55-5lfE

FORBIDDEN ENERGY BANDS: 55-1 5E

FORBIDDEN LINES: 52-9E, lOE

FLUORESCENT EXCITATION: 59-C21E; 6O-29A

FLUORESCENT YIELD: 57-C6E, CUE; 59-C8E

calculation of: 55-C6T

FREE ENERGY OF FORMATION: 55-C6T

FRESNEL ZONE PLATE: 60-CIA

GEIGER COUNTER RECORDING: 57-26A

GRATING: 56-2OE

astigmatism: 59-ClOT

contrast transfer: 59-C17T

efficiency: 55-31E

errors: 52-3E

mounting: 58-I2E, CI5T

optimum size: 32-5E

reflecting coating: 59-01 IE reflecting power: 56-ClO

resolving power: 32-3E; 5I-8A; 58-12E;

59-CI9A; 60-C12T

spectrographs: 38-1 E; 52-22A; 55-9E

tlieory of: lj-5-ClT; 57-071; 59-C18A

thieory of errors: 59-C18A

HEAT OF FORMATION, RELATION TO SPECTRA:

HYBRID BONDS: (See "Bonding, Hybrid")

IMPURITIES

effect of: 56-l|-E; 57-C3T! 59-6T

Tliomas-Fermi treatment: 56-llE

INSTRUMENTAL CORRECTIONS: 54-23A; 55-5T

(See also, "Correction for -")

INTERACTION COEFFICIENTS OF SOFT X-RAYS: 59-C12

IONIZATION ENERGIES, CALCULATED: 55-C7T

ISOTOPE SHIFT, THEORY OF: 5^-C5T, CUT

KIKUCHI BANDS:

KRONIG'S METHOD; 60-U0E, 14-5T

KORRINGA'S METHOD: 59-C7T

LEVEL WIDTH (See "Band Width")

LIFETIME OF A STATE: 58-29T; 60-k5J

LINE BROADENING DUE TO BONDING: 55-19E

LINE INTENSITY: 59-C2l+Tj 6o-23T, k9T

vs. atomic number: 55-^E

LINE NOMENCLATURE: (See "Nomenclature of X-ray

Lines")

LINE SHAPE: 52-14E; 56-26E; 59-C22E

calculated: 55-Ci^T; 57-32T

due to magnetic state: 56-I7E

LINE SHIFT: 57-1 3E; 57-22T, CkT; 58-I6E; 59-28E;

60-1 9E

LINE WIDTH: 5I-I6E; 52-8T

vs. atomic number: 51-9E, C2T

calculated: 55-Ci)-T; 57-8T

vs. cation radius: 57-^E

vs. fluorescence coefficient: 53-C5T

vs. level breadth: 57-CJ+T nuclear magnetic moment effect on: 51-5E;

52-8T

vs. reabsorptlon: 56-C2T

vs. slit width: 50-6A

LOW TEMPERATURE SPECIMEN STAGE: 6o-12E

MAGNETO-MECHANICAL RATIO: 58-CllT

MAGNETIC PROPERTIES: ^Q-C\kT

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF INTERMETALL IC COMPOUNDS

vs. atomic radius ratio: 5^C6T

MOLECULAR ORBITAL CALCULATIONS: 56-C8

MULTIPLICITY: 53-2E; 55-26E5 58-25E

NOMENCLATURE OF X-RAY LINES: 52-1 T; 55-5T

OXIDATION OF ALUMINUM: 60-C7T

OPTICAL PROPERTIES

metals: 58-Clij-T; 6O-CI9

PHOTOELECTRIC

methods: 59-C19E, 20E, So-^E

properties of thin films: 59-C27E

transitions: 60-7T

yield: 60-3OE, hj>A, CI 9, C6

PHOTOELECTRON

emission: 58-30E, 31

E

magnetic analysis of: 58-50E

production: 58-13E; 60-3IE, CI8T

98
PHOTOGRAPHIC

plates: ^Z-h-E recording: 56-26E; 25E, 2SE,

56E, 57E; 58-26E, 52E, 35E, Jl+E^ 55E, 36E; 59-lE, HE, 12E, 13E, l^+E, 23E, 31E, 5E,

k]E, 42E; 60-1 3E, 21 E, 22E, 32E.

PHOTOMULTIPLIER: 59-8E, 9E, lOE

Be-Cu: 56-I8E; 58-5A, lOE; 59-35E; 60-IOE,

12E, I8A, 30E, 31 E, 50A, C6 electronics: 51-15A, 12E, 6o-52E

PLASMA OSCILLATIONS: 58-C9T; 59-8E; 6o-2E

POLARIZATION EFFECTS: 60-IE

PROPORTIONAL COUNTER RECORDING: 59-29E, 3hE,

C8E; 60-I7A

aUADRUPOLE LINES: 57-29E

Q.UAS I -STATIONARY STATES: 5O-8E; 56-lOT; 59-20E,

22E

theory of: ll-2-lT; 50-9T

RADIATION RECEIVERS:

(See also "Photomu 1 t i pi iers")

absolute efficiency of: 60-hhA

REABSORPTION: 59-36E

REFRACTION OF X-RAYS: 56-C8E

RETARDATION EFFECTS: 6o-49T

SATELLITES

Auger effect: 35-3E

excitation potential: 36-2E, 3E, kE Identification: 55-ClT

intensity: 55-1 IE position relationship: 60-]kj

theory of: 35-1 E; hO-kE; 52-3E, 17E; 60-CIIT

Wentzel -Druyvesteyn formula: 31-lE

SCATTERING

X-ray: 53-6T; 58-C2I1-E; 59-19E, 20E

anomalous: ^k-dl

SCINTILLATION COUNTER RECORDING: 59-15E, ChT

Horl's procedure: 5^8T

SCREENING

constants: 60-I+8T effect: 57-22T

energy: 59-33E

Sommerfeld theory of: 56-C7

SECONDARY ELECTRON

analyzer: 56-C6

spectra: 53-Cit-E; 57-Cllj-E

SIGMA FORMATION: 58-C12T

vs. edge shift: 57-23E

SINGLE CRYSTAL SPECIMENS: 57-18E; ^Q-kE, 9E

SLIT WIDTH

vs. 1 ine width: 5O-6A

SMEKAL LINES: 56-8E

SOFT X-RAY EMISSION

critical energy: 55-12E

theory of: 52-ClT

SOLID SOLUTION

Friedel theory of: ^h-Z3T

SPARK DISCHARGE SOURCE: 53-18E; 55-itE, 39E,

56-1 E, 3E

calculation of spectral intensity: 56-I2E

SPECIFIC HEAT

theory of: i4-9-2T

SPECIMEN SURFACE PREPARATION: 58-lOE

Ion bombardment: 60-CIO

scraping: 58-7E; 60-iOE, HE, 12E

SPECTRAL WINDOW: 58-7E

SPECTROGRAPHS

alignment of: 56-2T

compound formation, effect of: 57-24E

crystal: 52-23A; 55-37E; 57-12E, 2kE; 60-32E, hhA

double crystal: 59-16E, 29E, 3hE; 60-26E,

i^7E double grating: 57-21A; 60-C12T

drive mechani-m: 58-llA

grating type: 57-7E; 58-5A, lOE, 32E; 59-9E,

lOE, 3E; 60-2E, lOE, HE, 12E, 13E, I7A,

I8A, 28E, 29A, 39E

moving grating: 57-C7T

moving specimen: 57-28E

permanent magnet: 53-C3E

resolution: 57-12E

SPLITTING FACTOR: 58-Cl'lT

SURFACE

electronic structure: 52-C3T

SYfiCHROTRON RADIATION: 53-8E; 55-32E, 33E; 56-Cll; 58-21 T, C20; 60-5IT

TAPE RECORDING

for computer input: 5^-22A

99
TEMPERATURE

effect of: 57-C3T; 59-2l^E, 26E; 60-9E, 20E

effect on bandwidth and displacement: 6O-C5T

THERMAL VIBRATION: 57-15E; 59-21T

THIN FILMS

structure of: 5^-lT; 39-6t^ 5J+-I6E

TRANSITION PROBABILITY: 55-C5T; 58-28T; 59-Cl

1

Auger: 42-2E

dlpole: 60-k91

quadrupole: il-0-2E Kronlg's method: 6o-k'^T

TRANSITIONS

magnetic: 55-16E

radiative: it-!-5T

TRANSPORT E(iUATION: 60-CI3T

VALENCE BANDS

width of: 52-5E

VAPOR DEPOSITION

of alloys: 59-C9

VOLUME OF POLYHEDRA: 5i^-C9T

WAVE FUNCTIONS OF EXCITED STATES

relation to X-ray spectra: 58-CIO

X-RAY FOCUSING: 60-CIA

100
BIBLIOGRAPHIC ENTRIES BY PERIODICAL

ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA (Acta. Cryst.)

1958 1 180-187 (;c-i) 1959

1951 5

3lt-8-550 (^) 1959

1951 5 351-356 1 5) i960 1955 Z 352-356 1^) i960

1954 7 24-9-259 ('c-9) i960

ADVANCES IN PHYSICS

1954 3 446-507 (C-3)

AIR FORCE OFFICE OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH

1954 AFOSR-TR-54-13 (Tech. Rept. No. 1 ) 68 pp. (16) 1954 AFOSR-TR-347 (Tech. Rept. No. 8) I6 pp. (C-11) '

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHYSICS

i960 28 235-242 R-11

ANALES DE LA REAL SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE FISICA Y QUiMlCA

1951 47a 1 97-220 (C-3)

ANNALEN DER PHYSIK (Ann. Physik)

1959 (7) 3 352-359 (21)

ANNALES

(Ann. ACADEMIE SCIENTARUM FENNICAE

Acad, Scl. Fennicae)

1959 Ser. A. VI No. 15 12 pp (C-24)

ANNALES DE PHYSIQUE (Ann. Phys.)

1952

1958

i960

i960

(12) 7 852-902

(13) 3 915-964

(13) 1 509-565

5 1559-1614

(14)

(c-9)

(27)

32)

ANNUAL REPORT OF SCIENTIFIC WORK, FACULTY OF

SCIENCE, OSAKA UNIVERSITY

(Ann. Rept. Sci . Work, Fac. Scl. Osaka U.)

1959 7 1-88 R-17

ARKIV FOR FYSIK (Arkiv Fyslk)

1952 3 167-169 ([20)1 1952 389-390 ( 21] 1952 517-534 ( 23; 1953 21 5-222 ( li

1 1953 z 513-592 < 1954 391-400 ( 1955 2 495-529 ( 4

1956 10 279-289 ( 19; 1957 12 301-318 1 C-12)

1958 13 297-302 I 23) 1958 13 483-500 ( 31) 1958 513-550 ( C-7)

1958 Tk 557-564 1 35) 1959 11 1-30 1!32) 1959 11 241-250 1;28) 1959 11 397-429 I[c-20)

15

17

18 15

AUSTRALIAN JOURNAL OF PHYSICS (Australian J. Phys.)

431-443 ( C-21)

57-68 (!c-4)

61-79 < 37-47 (.c-17)

289-303 (!l9)

1958

1959

i960

11

13

449-452

184 238-246

BELL SYSTEM TECHNICAL JOURNAL

1958 37 1047-1084 (C-l4)

BRITISH JOURNAL OF RADIOLOGY (Brit. J. Radiol.)

1955 28 605-609 (8)

BULLETIN DE LA CLASSE DES SCIENCES DE L'ACADEMIE

ROYALE DE BELGIQUE

(Bull. Classe Sci. Acad. Roy. Belg.)

1949

1951 1953

35 1059-1072

37 630-639

3^ 205-216

BULLETIN OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF THE USSR PHYSICAL SERIES

(Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR Phys. Ser.)

1955 20 97-102 (;i6) 1955 20 103-107 1 50) 1955 20 107-110 I 21) 1955 20 113-120 I 6) 1955 20 1 20- 1 22 1 5) 1955 20 127-138 1 5) 1957 21 1333-1540 ( 8) 1957 21 1541-1550 ( 5) 1957 21 1551-1555 1 31) 1957 21 1565-1368 ( 36) 1957 21 1569-1574 ( 1957 ^! 21 1375-1384 1 1957 21 1385-1388 1 1957 21 I4l2-l422 ( 1957 21 1)4.23-1425 1 35) 1957 21 1426-1431 ( 1957 21 1432-1459 1[22)

BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN PHYSICAL SOCIETY

(Bui 1 . Am. Phys. Soc.)

1957 (2) 258

CAHIERS DE PHYSIQUE

1955 (54) 2

1959(106) 13 1960(113) TIT 1960(1 15) Tk

1-36 237-256

25-28

1 19-123

(17)

17)

C-16)

24)

:25)

101
CANADIAN DEPARTMENT OF MINES AND TECHNICAL

SURVEYS, MINES BRANCH RESEARCH REPORTS

(Canadian Dept. Mines Tech. Surveys, Mines

Branch Repts.)

1958 Riig 77 pp. (C-23)

CANADIAN JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY (Can. J. Chem.)

1959 51 ^60-^7^ (C-25)

CANADIAN JOURNAL OF PHYSICS (Can. J. Phys.)

1955 11 k69-h7\ (C-3)

CHIMICA CHRONIKA (Chlm. Chronlka)

1958 23 (8-9) 231-235 (27)

COMPTES RENDUS DES SEANCES DE L'ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES (Compt. Rend. - French Academy)

CZECHOSLAVAKIAN JOURNAL OF PHYSICS

(Czech. J. Phys.)

1952

1958

i960

1

10

97-120

271-276

C-1)

(C-lOl

(c-iij

DOKLADY AKADEMIYA NAUK SSSR (Ooklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR)

1950 230 636-638 [7) 1950 231 575-576 ') 1951 232 1075-1076 C-2)

1951 232 1086-1088 8)

1951 233 376-377 2) 1951 233 937-939 9)

1951 233 1183-1186 5)

1952 235 613-615 6) 1953 236 1015-1016 16) 1955 255' 1255-1256 15) 1953 23^ 1557-1559 15) 1953 23^ 1767-1769 :i5) 1953 235 2159-2150 ;c-5)

195^+ 235 2296-2298 ;i8) 195^ 239 1780-1782 ^)

1955 25o 1205-1207 18) 1955 2JiO 2222-2225

1955 W] 1929-1932 11) 1956 252 100-102 5) 1956 252 1533-1536 5) 1957 255 757-759 .27) 1957 255 1230-1233 16) 1957 25|

I5l2-l5l5 21) 1957 1795-1797 25) 1957 2253-2256 11) 1958 256 95-97 17) 1958 257 876-879 ^25) 1958 257 921-923 ;26) 1959 255 778-781 C-5) 1959 2m 1156-1158 25) 1959 1315-1316 13) 1959 2W 1985-1987 11) 1959 2085-2087 ( 12) 1959 255 2325-2326 ^)

1959 2m 2327-2329

1959 1099-1 101 2) i960 250 835-836 C-5)

i960 250 3620-3621 (>C-12)

1959 69

1950 70

1951 77

1951 78

1952 B2

1952 53

1953 B5

1955 95

1955 95 1955 105 1955 105 1956 To5

1956 107 1956 107 1956 1 10 1957 m 1957 TT5

1957 115 1958 121 1958 122 1958 122 1958 122

1959 123 1959 123 1959 12^

1959 127 1959 127 1959 125

i960 131 i960 135

i960 135

771-772 >5) 21-23

1003-1006 19; 39-52

355-358 25 381-385 2)

233-236

965-968

11 65-1 167

9l)-3_946 36)

1 196-1199 35)

35-38 c-2)

33-36 C-3)

229-232 C-5)

55-57 ( 26) 1-3 51)

53-56 50)

501-503 23)

265-267 5)

201-205 i ,36)

365-366 37)

385-388 C-12)

559-552 25

667-670 ( 25! 55-58 ( 38; 535-537 (»52; 997-1001 ( 8)

695-697 ( 39)

535-537 (.9) 68-70 ( 53)

55-57 ( 53)

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PHYSICS (Handbuch der Phys Ik)

1957

1957

30

30 78-255

256-305

R-12

R-16

FIZIKA METALLOV I METALLOVEDEN I (Fiz. Metal. I Meta 1 1 ovedne)

CURRENT SCIENCE (INDIA) [Current Scl. (India).]

1955 1955

23

23

1 17-1 18 357

(15)

07)

1956 3 1956 3 1957 5

1957 5 1957 1958

1958 Z

1959 7 1959 7 1959 5

1959 H

i960 2

i960 1

i960 1

i960 10 i960 12.

315-320 25)

561-562 .25) 187 (,C-5)

8-15 58)

390-395 I 52)

157-153 ( 35)

951-952 ( 19)

225-235 ^)

295-295 ( 56)

211-215 ( 5)

578-li30 1 26)

253-257 1 C-16)

385-389 56)

530-555 55)

11*6-150 ( 58)

590-396 ( 55)

FORTSCHRIFT CHEM IE FORSCHUNG (Fortschrift Chem. Forschung)

1955 51-69 (C-6)

102
INDIAN JOURNAL OF PHYSICS (Indian J. Phys.) IZVESTIA SEKTORA FIZIKO-KHIMICHESKOGO ANALIZA

1956

1958 32

32

5-422

597-399

(20)

(C-6)

INSTRUMENTS AND EXPERIMENTAL TECHN IQ.UES(U .S. S.R.

)

i960 i960 755-761 {hh)

ISSLEDOVANIYA PC ZHARAPROCHNYM SPLAVAM AKADEMIYA

NAUK SSSR INSTITUT METALLURG 1! IMENl A. A. BAIKOVA

( Iss 1 edovan i ya po Zharoproch. Spl avam Akad. Nauk. S.S.S.R.^ Inst. Met. im A. A. Baikova)

1958 2lt-9-251

IZVESTIA AKADEMIYA NAUK SSSR, OTDELENIE KHIMICHESKIKH NAUK (izvest. Akad. Nauk. SSSR

Otdel . Khim. Nauk)

1959 1959 1^95 (^0)

IZVESTIA AKADEMIYA NAUK SSSR, OTDELENIE TEKNICHESKIKH NAUK METALLURG lYA I TOPLIVO

(Izvest. Akad. Nauk SSSR Otdel. Tekh. Nauk Met.

I Topi ivo)

1959 1259 (2) 82-85 (19)

IZVESTIA AKADEMIYA NAUK SSSR SERU I lAFIZlCHESKAl lA (Izvest. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Fiz.)

1951 11 225-230 (;5) 1955 20 107-1 n ( 16) 1955 20 113-117 (,50) 1955 20 118-121 ( 21) 1955 20 128-133 ( 6) 1955 20 133-135 ( 5) 1955 20 11+2-151 ( 5) 1956 20 781^-789 ( 25)

1956 20 790-793 ( 17) 1956 20 815-819 1:i3) 1957 21 1352-1350 (;8) 1957 21 1551-1561 ('5) 1957 21 1562-1366 (;3i) 1957 21 1375-1380 ( 36) 1957 21 1381-1386 (^)

1957 21 1587-1596 ( 5) 1957 21 1597-1500 ( 15) 1957 21 11^25-1535 ( 13) 1957 21 1555-1557 ( 35) 1957 21 12+38-1555 ('l5) 1957 21 1445-1557 (:22)

i960 2? (^) 595-596 (:5) i960 25 (N) 597-506 1;c-2)

i960 {» 407-5 15 1[3)

i960 25 ( 522-525 (;i6)

i960 25 1^) 425-527 ( i960 25 (^) 528-552 (;8) i960 2K 1^) 455-440 1 52)

i960 2^ 1N) 551-552 1 7)

i960 W { 555-^0^6 1 6) i960 2K 1 447-454 (.34)

i960 2K ( 455-460 1;37)

i960 25 I 461-464 1[22)

i960 25 1^) 465-469 {;25)

i960 25 I^) 475-475 1:2o)

1953

JOURNAL DE

1950

1955

22 105-110 (C-6)

CHIMIE PHYSIQUE (j. Chlm. Phys.)

57

51 892-897

76-88

JOURNAL DE PHYSIQUE ET LE RADIUM (j. Phys. Radium)

1952 23 115-121 (J)

1952 25 505-515 (8)

1955 15 Suppl. to No. 1 16A-22A (25) 1955 TE 255-262 (7) 1955 TE zj\-zj^ (25) 1955 T5 522-527 (26)

1955 H 655-659 (c-5) 1958 12 575-581 (c-8)

JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS (j. Appl . Phys.)

1959

1957 1958

i960

20

2822

51

1151-1157

98-105

805-809

715-725

JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL PHYSICS (j. Chem. Phys.)

1951 1952

1956

1956

1956

1957 1958

i960

i960

i960

12

2022

252526

52

33

35

528-555 I;c-4)

1298-1501 1 19)

142-146 1 c-5)

617-619 I 619-625 ( ?! 1758-1759 1 52)

85-87 ( ^)

767-770 ('c-15)

275-280 (;c-i5)

815-820 ('c-20)

JOURNAL OF THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY (LONDON)

(j. Chem. See. - London)

1954 \^ 552-557 (C-2)

JOURNAL OF THE CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS OF SOLIDS

(J. Chem. Phys. Sol ids)

1957

1957 1958

1958 1958

1959 1959

1959

2

3

T>Z

78 12

10

67-71 (:35)

282-302 ( 99 (;c-ii)

178-179 I ') 65-77 ( c-16)

582 (;c-6)

87-98 (;c-i5) 147-161 (!c-50)

JOURNAL OF THE LESS COMMON METALS (j. Less Common

Metal s)

1959 596-51

1

(C-25)

103
JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

(j. Opt. Soc. Am.)

22 2lf5-26i)- '3)

31 1-352 C-1)

1955 ' y y y % 756-761 31

)

1958 690-703 'C-17)

^9 l(46-li-59 C-18)

1959 U60-465 ;c-i8) 1959 471-475 ;c-27) 1959 593-602 :c-i 1) 1959 609-618 c-26)

1959 951-960 ,C-18) 1959 M 961-965 ;c-i9)

JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN

(j. Phys. Soc. Japan)

1952 7 451-457 'C-2)

1952 7 644-645 24)

1955 10 647-650 28)

1956 1

1

657-661 22) 1956 1 676-689 C-IO)

1957 12 793-801 39) 1958 13 586-590 :55) 1958 13 766 ;c-19) 1958 13 847-859 ;29) 1959 Tf 913-917 'c-9) 1959 If 1696-1706 [57)

i960 15 240-250 ^5)

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY

(j. Roy. Inst. Chem.)

i960 84 311-320 R-4

JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH

(INDIA) (j. Sci. & Indust. Research - India)

1950 9B 263-265 (5) 1951 lOB 260

1952 I IB 1-4 9) 1952 lis 199-200 5) 1953 12B 639-641 [5) 1955 TTb 1 29- 1 50 [9)

1956 15B 615-618 (9) 1957 524-527 [28)

i960 19B 1 11-112 [40)

JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS (j. Sci. Instr.)

1958 32 393-395 (5)

i960 37 460-462 (18)

LANDOLT-BORNSTEIN TABLES

1955 1 (4) 6th edition 769-867 R-5

LIBRARY OF CONGRESS

1953 NSF-tr-7, 3 pp. (2)

MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, RESEARCH LABORATORY OF ELECTRONICS (Research Lab. of

Electronics MIT)

1951 Tech. Rept. 193 30 pp. (l2) 1953 Tech. Rept. 254 34 pp. (7)

MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, SOLID STATE AND MOLECULAR THEORY GROUP

1959 Tech. Rept. 12 258 pp. (C-28)

METHODS OF EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS - SOLID STATE PHYSICS

1959 B-6 281-292 R-10

MIKROCHIMIKA ACTA (Mikrochlm. Acta)

1955 Ji^ 684-695 (15)

NATURE

1952 J69 889 (10)

1956 T78 8l4 (18) 1960 TBS 379-380 (C-4)

i960 1^ 958 (C-1)

NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN

1952 38 169-177 (12) 1958 i| 309 (8)

i960 W 319 (14)

NAUCHNYI BYULLETEN LEN INGRADSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO

ODENA LENINA UNIVERSTETA IMEN I A. A. ZHDANOVA

(Nauch. Byull. Leningrad. - Gosudarst. Univ. iM A. A. Zhdanova)

1951 1951 (28) 8-11 (1)

NAUCH. ZAPISKI KAFIDR. MAT. FIZ. I ESTESTVOZVAN

ODESS GOSUDARST PEDAGOG INST.

1958 22 f 1) 71-76 (15)

1958 22 (2) 60-61 (16)

NAUK POVIDOMLENNYA KIEV UNIVERSITET

1956 1956 (1) 41-42 (l4)

NUCLEONICS

1955 j3 (3) 36-57 (12)

OFFICE OF NAVAL RESEARCH

1950 ONR Report "NAVEXDS" p-1033 81 pp. (R-I8)

OFFICE OF ORDNANCE RESEARCH

i960 OOR Project No. 2486, Tech. Rept. No. 1 (51)

OFFICE OF TECHNICAL SERVICES

1958 PB 1354o4, 14 pp. (21) 1958 PB 151453, 117 pp. R-8

1959 PB 143952, 30 pp. (30) 1959 PB 144965, 84 pp. (C-12)

1960 PB 158025, 14 pp. (52)

OPTICA ACTA

1958 5 31-39 (10) 1959 Z 175-185 (c-17)

104
OPTICS AND SPECTROSCOPY 1956 50 1-15 ( ^)

1956 50 598-602 5) 71 8

1V98-500 (31) 1936 50 1006-1011 ( 7)

i960 297-299 (28) 1939 ]57_]42 ( 5)

i960 QZ

262-265 ,29) 1939 11+2-146 1 '2) i960 9 265-267 ( 31) 1939 11+6-152 1 6)

1 960 q 345-546 (30) 1939 i

387-391 ( 1959 592-405 1 1) OPT IK I9IW

1 914-0 57 786-791 1 587-595 1

*5)

11^ 265-276 ( 191+0 396-399 1 1) H 288-505 (:c-io) 191+0 g I+OO-I+06 1 '3

I9I+I 59 381-585 '2) OPTIKA 1 SPEKTROSKOPI lA I9I+I 422-425 1

;3i)

191+2 ii 157-1 4o 1 2)

1 Q59 7 850-852 ( I9I+8 75 1887 1 2)

i960 9 505-508 (,29) 1950 Ho 281-282

i960 2 511-513 ( 31) 1951 82 616-621 ;^i i960 9 653-657 ( 30) 1951 H5 1 196-1201 18) 1951 H5 562 >)

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE (Phil. Mag.) 1951 B5 944.949 11)

1952 685-686 17)

19*^9 ( 7) i)-o 1 260- 1269 ( 1952 § 1060 !ii) 1950 ( 7) IM(-151 ( 1952 ST 861-862 :i5)

1951 ( 7) 52 106-110 1 c-i) 1955 91 1582-1587 C-^)

1952 7) 55 153-189 C-6) 1953 91 1577-1578

1952 <J) 55 1115-1139 ( 13) 1953 92 88-89

1955 7) W 173-186 ^) 1953 92 556-560 ,18; 1953 7) 55 115^1160 'C-2) 1953 92 1 454- ] 457 12

195^+ J) 5|

7) 56

727-75^ ,C-7) I95I+ 93 365-569 11 195^+ 1070-1080 21) 1951+ 93 1+01-1+05 C-8)

1955 77-86 10) 1951+ 95 1072 13) 1956 .8) 1 759-770 :ii) I95I+ 95 11+98-1524 c-io) 1957 ;8) 3 185-205 .c-10) 1951+ 95 1585-1589 12) 1959 8) 3 I42ij-l451 ;9) I95I+ 95 621 :2) 1959 8) 5 11^4-5-11^9 C-3) I95I+ 95 81+0-81+1 20) 1959 8) 5 1 164-1 170 [10) 1951+ 1097 C-5)

i960 8) 1 525-527 ji) I95I+ 9^ 81+9 22)

i960 8 1 1 161-1 169 10) 1955 97 52-54 .39)

i960 :8) 5 1205-1216 .12) 1955 97 916-926 24) 1955 1655 C-6) PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY 1955 901-902 C-5)

(LONDON) (Phil

,

Trans. Roy. Soc. - London) 1955 9§

1 020- 1 028 C-5)

1955 I059-10I+5 ,C-7) 19to A239 95-13^+ (6) 1955 1855-1855 C-8) 1956 101 1469-1472 3) PHYSICA 1956 1956

102 T55

1423-141+7 52-56

C-1 1

)

C-6)

19^ I^ 175-183 ^) 1956 T55 590-597 1) 1950 377-378 11) 1957 105 681-682 C-11)

195^^ 20 801-812 C-2+) 1957 105 1 156-1 157 18)

195^ 20 1135-1157 15) 1957 105 1228-1252 33) 1955 21 85-102 37) 1957 105 1483-11+85 C-8) 1956 22 706-706 2) 1957 ToS 1163-1 161+ C-13)

i960 M lii-3-lMt. [C-3) 1957 107 62-64 1)

(Phys. Rev.)

1957 107 64-68 C-1+) PHYSICAL REVIEW 1957 107 698 C- 1957 ToH 217-221 c-^ 1929 34 57^581 [1) 1957 To5 658-659 2)

1931 35 1802-1807 [1) 1958 109 35-1+0 53) 1932 5o 477-483 (2) 1958 109 51-51)- 9)

1932 52 591-608 1958 109 1590 2) 1933 55 605-609 2) 1958 1 10 79-81+ 18) 1933 5¥ 955-960 (1) 1958 110 685-695 C-1+) 193^ 55 379-381+ P) 1958 110 776 '30) 1935 liH 133-135 (2) 1958 1 10 876-878 ;32) 1935 55 664-670 (C-1) 1958 112 322-525 :c-5) 1935 58 722-724 1958 112 5I+I+-56I fC-2) 1956 1-8 (6) 1958 112 685-695 C-1+) 1936 132-159 (2) 1958 112 1183-1186 '22) 1936 1 502-507 (3) 1959 113 464-470 [3)

105
PHYSICAL REVIEW Continued)

1959

1959

113 115

1959 115

1959 llD i960

i960

i960

i960

M120 120

120

if70-472 1057-1060

7l-7i^ 88o-88J^

151^9-1551

67-83

1205-1207

C-8)

'5)

.C-15)

>9)

c-18)

,c-9)

(2)

PHYSICAL REVIEW LETTERS (Phys. Rev. Letters)

1959 1959

hi

]k3

C-2)

C-29)

PHYSICS OF METALS AND METALLOGRAPHY

1957 k ;i; 151^-155 ;c-3) 1957 5 1) 5-12 38) 1957 5 7-1

1

^52) 1958 Z 125-131 31^) 1958 Z 183-185 19) 1959 7 <'2' 61-70 7) 1959 7 2 130-132 36)

i960 2 2; 71-75 C-II+) i960 9 ^> 48-51 35)

i960 9 57-61 36)

i960 10 \h2-\kh 38 i960 10 7I+-79 [33)

PORTUGAL IE PHYSICA

1951 3

POWDER METALLURGY

1 17-126 (16)

1958 1958 (1,2) 172-188 (C-18)

PRIBORY I TEKHNIKA EKSPERIMENTA

i960 No. 5 67-73

PROCEEDINGS OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY (LONDON)

(Proc. Phys. Soc. - London)

1951 1952 1952

1952

1953

195i^ 1955

1955 1955

1955

1957

1957

1959

1959

i960

i960

64A

70A

70A

73

75

318-319

1 92-202

815-825

1015-1022

333-3iK)

3W-356

322-328

654-656

717-725

472-473

262-274

lf66-475 924-936

6o4-6o8

337-344

791-793

;i7)

C-5)

C-4)

26)

C-1)

,17)

C-1)

23)

20)

22)

C-6)

,29)

.18) 17)

C-8)

!l3)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CAMBRIDGE PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

(Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc.)

1938

1939

1952

54

35

109-1 14 108-1 13

l^57_J+69

PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF PURE AND APPLIED CHEMISTRY (Proc. Intern. Congr. Pure

and Appl . Chem.

)

1947 il 249-259 (C-1)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY (LONDON)

(Proc. Roy. Soc. - London)

1957 1940

1952

1957

1959

i960

A-161 A- 176 A-21

2

A-240

A-24' A-25

420-440

229-262

363-376

145-160

555-573

327-343

1 (4

,C-7)

C-2

C-1 .c-7

PROGRESS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS (KYOTO)

(Progr. Theoret. Phys. - Kyoto)

1958 1958 20 214

53-81 (c-22)

RADIO ENGINEERING AND ELECTRONICS (USSR)

1957 2 (3) 99-106 (26)

RADIOTEKHNIKA I ELEKTRONIKA (Radlotekh, I Elektron)

1957 2 328-333 (26)

REPORTS ON PROGRESS IN PHYSICS

1939 i 257-283 R-15

REVIEW OF SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS (Rev. Sci. Instr.)

1951 543

1952

1952

1955 1958 i960

i960

22

23

23

31

523-528

747-750

421-424

210-21

1

891-895

22)

,16) ;34

c-6)

.17)

REVIEWS OF MODERN PHYSICS (Revs. Modern Phys.)

1941 1958

1959 30

31

1-57 59-62

616-645

REVISTA DA FACULDADE DE CIENCIAS (HSBOA)

(Rev. Fac. Clenc. Univ. Lisboa)

1954 Ser 3B 2 65-l4o (lo)

RUSSIAN JOURNAL OF INORGAMC CHEMISTRY

1959 4 (1) 104-105

SCIENCE AND CULTURE (INDIA)

1952

1956

il

21

SCIENCE OF LIGHT (TOKYO)

1958 7 (2) 25-27

(41)

1) 7)

(C-15)

106
SCIENCE REPORTS OF THE TOHOKU UNIVERSITY

(Scl. Repts. Tohoku Univ.)

FIRST SERIES

1 qIj.1 1 1 267-286 ('1 )

'

1-7 (

1 Oko I • y^ \'2^ P^ 1 ^-^— I \'8^ iRs-lRR (

1 fiQ_ 1 Q 1 (

1 <oy- \ y\ \ lOl

1 1 fh. {'6')

1 y7'^ 1-17 ( 181

22.

1 PQ_ 1 Lk (

1 i-^— 1 \s

' / 1956 39 189-193 I 10) 1956 ^0 152-160 ( 12) 1958 ITT 183-187 (^2)

1959 ^3 1-5 ('20)

1 Q^Q >yjy 1 k^- 1 k7 ( ?pi

HIT S-l

)

i960 Iff 115-125 I^S-2)

i960 125-154 (:s-3)

SERIES A

1950 A-.2 561-612 ( 1953 A-5 535-553 1 C-7) 1955 A-T 56-66 1:27)

SCIENTIFIC PAPERS OF THE INSTITUTE OF PHYSICAL

AND CHEMICAL RESEARCH (TOKYO)

(Sci. Papers Inst. Phys. Chem. Research - Tokyo)

1936 28 2k5-25 (8)

SITZUNGSBERICHTE DER OSTERRECCH I SCHEN AKADEMIE

DER WISSENSCHAFTEN (Osterr. Akad. Wiss. Math.

Maturin Kl Sitzber)

1953 Abteilung llA J[62 255-252 (lO)

SOVIET PHYSICS "DOKLADY" (Sov. Phys. "Doklady")

1956 1 li^5-lW (:c-5) 1956 1 165-168 (:c-4) 1956 1 527-529 (:26) 1957 2 207-209 1 1957 2 25I-25I+ (>I)

1958 3 826-829 ( 1958 3 b6)

1958 3 960-961 1[37) 1958 3 1006-1009 ( C-12)

1959 5 1249-1255 ( 25) 1959 3 1262-1265 ( 24)

1959 \ 316-318 I.38) 1959 \ 826-828 I 1959 \ 855-858 1[Q) 1959 \ 1050-1052 1[391

i960 1 310-512 I[9)

i960 5 996-998 I 53)

i960 5 1251-1255 1^3)

SOVIET PHYSICS "JETP" (Sov. Phys. "JETP")

1958 3 1958 7 1959 9 1960 12135

1).] 4-420

856-858

886-890

SOVIET PHYSICS "TECHNICAL PHYSICS" (Sov. Phys.

"Tech. Phys.")

i960 1016-1017 (15)

TECHNOLOGY REPORTS OF OSAKA UNIVERSITY

(Tech. Repts. Osaka Univ.)

1954 1-5 (19)

TRUDY SEMINARA PO ZHAROSTOIKIM MATERIALAM AKAD, NAUK. (UKR. Inst. Metal 1 okeram I Spetsial,

Splavov, Kiev)

1958 5 1958 5 15-20 21-27

TRUDY STALIN I RSK GOSUDARST INST.

1956 589-598

(26)

(20)

(C-8)

UCHENYE ZAP I SKI ROSTOV NA DONU

1958 68 (8) 91-104 (24)

UKRAINSKII Fi-ZICHNII ZHURNAL (Ukrain. FIz. Zhur.)

1959

i960

260-267

251-254

(27)

^1)

UNITED STATES ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION REPORTS

(u. A. AT,. ENERGY COMM.)

1953 AEC-tr-5629 6 pp. 1955 NP 5805 24 pp. 1955 NP 5805 16 pp. 1956 AECU 5190 75 pp. 1956 AECU 5578 81 pp. 1956 I SC-850 118 pp. 1957 NAASR-1859 50 pp. 1959 NP 7906 20 pp. 1959 UCRL-5612 520 pp. i960 NP 8475 29 pp.

UNIVERSITY MICROFILMS AND DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS

(Unlv. Microfilms Diss. Abs.)

1954 PUBL 9755 72 pp. 1955 PUBL 10,7^ 108 pp. 1957 PUBL 21,074 93 pp.

1957 PUBL 19;,976 137 pp. 1958 PUBL MIC-58- 105 pp. 507b

1959 MIC-59-154 99 pp. 1959 MiC-59-135 155 pp. 1959 MIC-59-5091 93 pp. i960 Ml'C-60-880 107 pp. i960 MIC-60-1 197 99 pp. i960 HIC-60-4486 87 pp. i960 MIC-6O-5350 92 pp.

DIss.Abs.

Diss. Abs.

Diss.Abs.

1098 Diss.Abs.

_14 2096 (C-1

)

25. 280 (14)

17 1097- ~ (7)

11 657 (C-14)

Diss. Abs.22 547 (13)

Diss.Abs. \2 2565 (16)

Diss.Abs. \2 2.36B (29)

(C-7)

Diss.Abs. 20 4l42 (39)

Diss.Abs. 20 4147 (26)

Diss.Abs. 21_ 1609(0-19)

Diss.Abs. 21_ 2343 (47)

VESTNIK LENINGRAD SKOGO UN IVERI SITETA (Vestnik

Leningrad. Univ.)

i960 15 (No. 16) Ser FIz i Khim (3) 36-41 (l)

VOPROSY FIZ. METAL I. METALLOVED AKAD NAUK UKR. S.S.R. SBORNIK NAUCH RABOT

1957 (8) 209-214 (12)

107
X-SEN (X-Rays)

1955 8 55-60 (29)

ZEITSCHRIFT FUR METALLKUNDE (Z. Metal 1 kunde)

1955 kS 647-650 (C-2)

XEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG (Z. Naturforsch)

1953 8a

1955 iOa

1957 iga

1958 13a

502-503

670-671

571-572

6)

(13)

6)

ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHYSIK (Z. Physik)

1951 131 1954 T35

' 1955 T5o

1955 1^2

1956 TPf

1956 T55

1957 W 1957

1958 M

J53

i960 252

ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHYS I KAL I SCHE CHEMIE (Z. Physik

Chem.

)

1-9 15)

J+9 1-553 !8) 71-79 [9)

152-164 2)

161-162 U)

529-537 ;c-i)

541-346 !c-7)

264-270 [50)

412-424 19) 558-558 C-1)

178-195 .21)

1955 5 275-529

1957 Frankfurt fNF) _10 1957 Frankfurt (NF) 11

(38)

i^5-82 (9)

523-336 (10)

ZHURNAL EKSPERIMENTAL'NOI I TEORET ICHESKO I FIZIKl (Zhur Eksp. I Teoret. Flz.)

1949

1950 1950

1958

1958

1959 i960

11

20

20

305^

21

59

413-420 ^5) 442-445 13)

446-450 >)

209-210 C-13)

599-608 28)

1203-1206 ^)

1269-1275 ;46)

ZHURNAL NEORGAN ICHESKO I KHIMll(Zhut Neorg. Khim.)

1959 4 245-246 (4l)

ZHURNAL TEKHNICHESKOl FIZIKl (Zhur. Tekh. Fiz.)

1960 50 1085-1086 (15)

BIBLIOGRAPHIC AIDS

ABSTRACTS JOURNAL OF METALLURGY USSR

ASTIA BULLETIN

BULLETIN SIGNALETIdUE (SECTION XIII, STRUCTURE DES SOLIDES ET DES FLUIOES)

CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS

CHEMICAL TITLES

ENGINEERING INDEX

NUCLEAR SCIENCE ABSTRACTS

PHYSICS ABSTRACTS

108

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1962 O -


s

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Luther H. Hodges, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

A. V. Astin, Director

THE NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

The scope of activities of the National Bureau of Standards at its major laboratories in Washington. D.C., and

Boulder, Colo., is suggested in the following listing of the divisions and sections engaged in technical work.

In general, each section carries out specialized research, development, and engineering in the field indicated by

its title. A brief description of the activities, and of the resultant publications, appears on the inside of the

front cover. WASHINGTON, D.C.

Electricity. Resistance and Reactance. Electrochemistry. Electrical Instruments. Magnetic Measurements.

Dielectrics. High Voltage.

Metrology. Photometry and Colorimetry. Refractometry. Photographic Research. Length. Engineering Metrology. Mass and Scale. Volumetry and Desimetry. Heat. Temperature Physics. Heat Measurements. Cryogenic Physics. Equation of State- Statistical Physics.

Radiation Physics. X-ray. Radioactivity. Radiation Theory. High Energy Radi^tTon. Radiological Equipment. Nucleonic Instrumentation. Neutron Physics.

Analytical and Inorganic Chemistry. Pure Substances. Spectrochemistry. Solution Chemistry. Standard

Reference Materials. Applied Analytical Research. Crystal Chemistry.

Mechanics. Sound. Pressure and Vacuum. Fluid Mechanics. Engineering Mechanics. Rheology. Combustion

Controls. Polymers. Macromolecules : Synthesis and Structure. Polymer Chemistry. Polymer Physics. Polymer

Characterization. Polymer Evaluation and Testing. Applied Polymer Standards and Research. Dental

Research.

Metallurgy. Engineering Metallurgy. Microscopy and Diffraction. Metal Reactions. Metal Physics. Electrolysis and Metal Deposition.

Inorganic Solids. Engineering Ceramics. Glass. Solid State Chemistry. Crystal Growth. Physical Properties.

Crystallography.

Building Research. Structural Engineering. Fire Research. Mechanical Systems. Organic Building Materials. Codes and Safety Standards. Heat Transfer. Inorganic Building Materials. Metallic Building Materials. Applied Mathematics. Numerical Analysis. Computation. Statistical Engineering. Mathematical Physics.

Operations Research. Data Processing Systems. Components and Techniques. Computer. Technology. Measurements Automation.

Engineering Applications. Systems Analysis.

Atomic Physics. Spectroscopy. Infrared Spectroscopy. Solid State Physics. Electron Physics. Atomic

Physics.

Instrumentation. Engineering Electronics. Electron Devices. Electronic Instrumentation. Mechanical Instru- ments. Basic Instrumentation.

Physical Chemistry. Thermochemistry. Surface Chemistry. Organic Chemistry. Molecular Spectroscopy.

Molecular Kinetics. Mass Spectrometry.

OflBce of Weights and Measures BOULDER, COLO.

Cryogenic Engineering Laboratory. Cryogenic Equipment. Cryogenic Processes. Properties of Materials. Cryogenic Technical Services. CENTRAL RADIO PROPAGATION LABORATORY

Ionosphere Research and Propagation. Low Frequency and Very Low Frequency Research. Ionosphere

Research. Prediction Services. Sun-Earth Relationships. Field Engineering. Radio Warning Services. Vertical Soundings Research. Radio Propagation Engineering. Data Reduction Instrumentation. Radio Noise. Troiwspheric Measurements.

Tropospheric Analysis. Propagation-Terrain Eflfect.s. Radio-Meteorology. Lower Atmosphere Physics.

Radio Systems. Applied Electromagnetic Theory. High Frequency and Very High Frequency Research. Modulation Research. Antenna Research. Navigation Systems.

Upper Atmosphere and Space Physics. Upper Atmosphere and Plasma Physics. Ionosphere and Exosphere

Scatter. Airglow and Aurora. Ionospheric Radio Astronomy.

RADIO STANDARDS LABORATORY

Radio Physics. Radio Broadcast Service. Radio and Microwave Materials. Atomic Frequency and TimeInterval Standards. Millimeter-Wave Research.

Circuit Standards. High Frequency Electrical Standards. Microwave Circuit Standards. Electronic Calibration Center.